LASERSCOPE
DEF 14A, 1996-07-29
ELECTROMEDICAL & ELECTROTHERAPEUTIC APPARATUS
Previous: CENTRAL JERSEY FINANCIAL CORP, 8-K, 1996-07-29
Next: XPEDITE SYSTEMS INC, 424A, 1996-07-29



<PAGE>   1
 
                            SCHEDULE 14A INFORMATION
 
          PROXY STATEMENT PURSUANT TO SECTION 14(A) OF THE SECURITIES
   
                              EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
    
 
Filed by the Registrant /X/
 
Filed by a Party other than the Registrant / /
 
Check the appropriate box:
 
   
<TABLE>
<S>                                             <C>
/ /  Preliminary Proxy Statement                / /  Confidential, for Use of the Commission
                                                Only (as permitted by Rule 14a-6(e)(2))
/X/  Definitive Proxy Statement
/ /  Definitive Additional Materials
/ /  Soliciting Material Pursuant to Rule 14a-11(c) or Rule 14a-12
</TABLE>
    
 
                                   LASERSCOPE
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                (Name of Registrant as Specified In Its Charter)
 
                                   LASERSCOPE
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    (Name of Person(s) Filing Proxy Statement, if other than the Registrant)
 
Payment of Filing Fee (Check the appropriate box):
 
/ /  $125 per Exchange Act Rules 0-11(c)(1)(ii), or 14a-6(i)(1), or 14a-6(j)(2).
 
/ /  $500 per each party to the controversy pursuant to Exchange Act Rule
     14a-6(i)(3).
 
/X/  Fee computed on table below per Exchange Act Rules 14a-6(i)(4) and 0-11.
 
   
     (1)  Title of each class of securities to which transaction applies: Common
          stock, no par value of Heraeus Surgical, Inc.
    
 
        ------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
     (2)  Aggregate number of securities to which transaction applies: 100
 
        ------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
   
     (3)  Per unit price or other underlying value of transaction computed
          pursuant to Exchange Act Rule 0-11: 1/50 of 1% of $14,472,000, the sum
          of the respective book values of the Heraeus Surgical, Inc. securities
          and other assets as of March 31, 1996 to be acquired by Laserscope.
          There is no market for Heraeus Surgical, Inc. securities, and the
          filing fee, therefore has been computed pursuant to the second
          sentence of Rule 0-11(a)(4).
    
 
        ------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
     (4)  Proposed maximum aggregate value of transaction: $14,472,000
 
   
        /X/  Check box if any part of the fee is offset as provided by Exchange
             Act Rule 0-11(a)(2) and identify the filing for which the
             offsetting fee was paid previously. Identify the previous filing by
             registration statement number, or the form or schedule and the date
             of its filing.
    
 
   
     (1)  Amount Previously Paid: $3,000
    
 
        ------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
   
     (2)  Form, Schedule or Registration Statement No.: Schedule 14A
    
 
        ------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
   
     (3)  Filing Party: Laserscope
    
 
        ------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
   
     (4)  Date Filed: June 12, 1996
    
 
        ------------------------------------------------------------------------
<PAGE>   2
 
                                      LOGO
 
   
                               3052 ORCHARD DRIVE
    
                        SAN JOSE, CALIFORNIA 95134-2011
 
Dear Shareholder:
 
     A Special Meeting of Shareholders (the "Special Meeting") of Laserscope
will be held at the executive offices of Laserscope, 3052 Orchard Drive, San
Jose, California 95134-2011 on August 29, 1996, at 9:00 a.m. local time.
 
     At the Meeting, you will be asked to consider a proposal to approve the
agreement dated April 23, 1996 (the "Agreement"), between Laserscope and Heraeus
Med GmbH, a corporation organized under the laws of the Federal Republic of
Germany ("HME"), and the transactions and agreements contemplated thereby (the
"Acquisition"), including the issuance by Laserscope of 4,609,345 shares of
Laserscope common stock and the payment of $2 million by Laserscope in exchange
for all of the outstanding capital stock of Heraeus Surgical, Inc., a
wholly-owned subsidiary of HME, and certain assets and liabilities of HME's
laser distribution operations. In addition, you will be asked to consider
proposals to amend Laserscope's 1994 Stock Option Plan to increase the number of
shares of Laserscope common stock reserved for issuance under such plan and to
approve the adoption of the 1995 Directors' Stock Option Plan.
 
     After careful consideration, your Board of Directors has unanimously
approved the Agreement described in the attached material and the transactions
contemplated thereby and has concluded that they are fair to and in the best
interests of Laserscope and its shareholders. Your Board of Directors
unanimously recommends a vote in favor of the Acquisition. Your Board of
Directors also unanimously recommends a vote in favor of the proposals to amend
the 1994 Stock Option Plan and adopt the 1995 Directors' Stock Option Plan.
 
   
     In the material accompanying this letter, you will find a Notice of Special
Meeting of Shareholders, a Proxy Statement relating to the actions to be taken
by Laserscope shareholders at the Special Meeting, a proxy card and Laserscope's
Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1995 and Quarterly
Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 1996. The Proxy Statement
more fully describes the proposed acquisition and includes information about
Laserscope and the purchased assets and assumed liabilities, including certain
risks associated with the acquisition, and certain other matters for
consideration at the Special Meeting.
    
 
     All shareholders are cordially invited to attend the Special Meeting in
person. However, whether or not you plan to attend the Special Meeting, please
complete, sign, date and return your proxy in the enclosed envelope. If you
attend the Special Meeting, you may vote in person if you wish, even if you have
previously returned your proxy. It is important that your shares be represented
and voted at the Special Meeting.
 
                                          Sincerely,
 
                                          BENJAMIN L. HOLMES
                                          Chairman of the Board
<PAGE>   3
 
                                      LOGO
 
                   NOTICE OF SPECIAL MEETING OF SHAREHOLDERS
                           TO BE HELD AUGUST 29, 1996
 
To the Shareholders of Laserscope:
 
     A Special Meeting of Shareholders (the "Special Meeting") of Laserscope, a
California corporation ("Laserscope" or the "Company"), will be held at the
executive offices of Laserscope, 3052 Orchard Drive, San Jose, California, on
August 29, 1996 at 9:00 a.m. local time, for the following purposes:
 
   
          1. To consider a proposal to approve the agreement dated April 23,
     1996 (the "Agreement"), between Laserscope and Heraeus Med GmbH, a
     corporation organized under the laws of the Federal Republic of Germany,
     and the transactions and agreements contemplated thereby (the
     "Acquisition"), including the issuance by Laserscope of 4,609,345 shares of
     Laserscope common stock and the payment by Laserscope of $2 million in
     exchange for all of the outstanding capital stock of Heraeus Surgical,
     Inc., a wholly-owned subsidiary of HME, and certain assets and liabilities
     of HME's laser distribution operations. A vote in favor of approval of the
     Agreement will also constitute a vote in favor of each of the foregoing
     elements of the Acquisition and all other transactions and agreements set
     forth in the Agreement for all purposes. The Agreement is attached as
     Exhibit A to the accompanying Proxy Statement.
    
 
          2. To authorize an amendment to Laserscope's 1994 Stock Option Plan to
     increase the number of shares of Laserscope common stock reserved for
     issuance thereunder by 975,000 shares.
 
          3. To approve the adoption of Laserscope's 1995 Directors' Stock
     Option Plan and the reservation of 300,000 shares of Laserscope common
     stock for issuance thereunder.
 
          4. To transact such other business as may properly come before the
     Special Meeting or any postponements or adjournments thereof.
 
     The foregoing items of business are more fully described in the Proxy
Statement accompanying this Notice.
 
     Only shareholders of record at the close of business on July 15, 1996, will
be entitled to notice of, and to vote at, the Special Meeting or any
postponement or adjournment thereof. All shareholders are cordially invited to
attend the Special Meeting in person. However, to assure your representation at
the meeting, you are urged to mark, sign, date and return the enclosed proxy
card as promptly as possible in the postage-prepaid envelope enclosed for that
purpose. If you decide to attend the meeting, you may vote in person even if you
have previously returned a proxy card.
 
                                          BY ORDER OF THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS
 
                                          CRAIG W. JOHNSON
                                          Secretary
 
San Jose, California
   
July 29, 1996
    
 
                             YOUR VOTE IS IMPORTANT
 
WHETHER OR NOT YOU PLAN TO ATTEND THE MEETING IN PERSON, YOU ARE URGED TO SIGN
AND MAIL PROMPTLY THE ENCLOSED PROXY IN THE RETURN ENVELOPE SO THAT YOUR SHARES
MAY BE REPRESENTED AT THE MEETING.
<PAGE>   4
 
                               TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                        PAGE
                                                                                        ----
<S>                                                                                     <C>
PROXY STATEMENT FOR SPECIAL MEETING OF SHAREHOLDERS...................................    1
SUMMARY...............................................................................    2
  Date, Time and Place of Special Meeting.............................................    2
  Purpose of the Special Meeting......................................................    2
  Certain Risks Associated with the Acquisition.......................................    2
  Voting and Proxies..................................................................    3
  The Acquisition.....................................................................    3
  Additional Agreements...............................................................    5
  Dissenters' Rights..................................................................    5
  Interest of Certain Persons in the Acquisition......................................    6
  Certain Federal Income Tax Considerations...........................................    6
  Recommendation of the Board of Directors............................................    6
CERTAIN RISKS ASSOCIATED WITH THE ACQUISITION.........................................    7
VOTING AND PROXIES....................................................................   12
  Date, Time and Place of Special Meeting.............................................   12
  Records Date and Share Ownership....................................................   12
  Revocability of Proxies.............................................................   12
  Voting, Vote Required and Solicitation..............................................   12
  Dilution............................................................................   13
SELECTED HISTORICAL AND PRO FORMA COMBINED CONDENSED FINANCIAL DATA...................   14
SELECTED PRO FORMA COMBINED CONDENSED FINANCIAL DATA..................................   14
SELECTED LASERSCOPE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA.......................................   14
SELECTED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA RELATING TO HSI..................................   15
COMPARATIVE PER SHARE DATA............................................................   16
PROPOSAL NO. 1 THE ACQUISITION AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS...............................   17
  Background..........................................................................   17
  Reasons for the Acquisition.........................................................   18
  Laserscope Financial Advisor........................................................   20
  Recommendation of the Board of Directors............................................   21
TERMS OF THE ACQUISITION..............................................................   21
  Effective Time of the Acquisition...................................................   21
  Assets and Liabilities to be Acquired...............................................   22
  Consideration for the HME Assets....................................................   22
  Certain Covenants...................................................................   22
  Indemnification.....................................................................   23
  Continuing Liability................................................................   24
  Escrow..............................................................................   25
  Indemnification -- Additional Laserscope Shares.....................................   25
  Registration Rights.................................................................   26
  Closing and Conditions to the Acquisition...........................................   26
  Fees, Expenses and Taxes............................................................   27
  Appointment of Directors............................................................   27
</TABLE>
    
 
                                        i
<PAGE>   5
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                        PAGE
                                                                                        ----
<S>                                                                                     <C>
  Termination of Agreement............................................................   27
  Additional Agreements...............................................................   28
  Dissenters' Rights..................................................................   28
  Certain Federal Income Tax Considerations...........................................   29
  Governmental and Regulatory Approvals...............................................   30
  Accounting Treatment................................................................   31
PROPOSAL NO. 2 AMENDMENT TO THE 1994 STOCK OPTION PLAN................................   32
  General.............................................................................   32
  Purpose.............................................................................   32
  Administration......................................................................   32
  Eligibility.........................................................................   33
  Terms of Options....................................................................   33
  Adjustments Upon Changes in Capitalization..........................................   35
  Amendment and Termination...........................................................   35
  Federal Income Tax Aspects of the 1994 Option Plan..................................   35
  Required Vote.......................................................................   36
PROPOSAL NO. 3 ADOPTION OF THE 1995 DIRECTORS STOCK OPTION PLAN.......................   37
  General.............................................................................   37
  Purpose.............................................................................   37
  Administration......................................................................   37
  Eligibility.........................................................................   37
  Terms of Options....................................................................   38
  Adjustment Upon Changes in Capitalization...........................................   39
  Amendment and Termination...........................................................   39
  Tax Information.....................................................................   39
  Required Vote.......................................................................   40
INFORMATION CONCERNING LASERSCOPE.....................................................   41
  Executive Officers of the Company...................................................   41
  Executive Compensation..............................................................   42
TRANSACTIONS WITH MANAGEMENT AND OTHERS...............................................   45
HUMAN RESOURCES COMMITTEE INTERLOCKS AND INSIDER PARTICIPATION........................   47
COMMON STOCK OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT....................   48
MARKET FOR THE COMPANY'S COMMON STOCK AND RELATED SHAREHOLDER MATTERS.................   49
  Transfer Agent......................................................................   49
INFORMATION CONCERNING HSI AND THE LDB................................................   50
  Overview............................................................................   50
  Products............................................................................   50
  Manufacturing.......................................................................   51
  Marketing and Sales.................................................................   51
  Service and Installation............................................................   52
  Research and Development............................................................   52
  Patents and Licenses................................................................   52
</TABLE>
    
 
                                       ii
<PAGE>   6
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                        PAGE
                                                                                        ----
<S>                                                                                     <C>
  Competition.........................................................................   53
  Regulation and Quality Assurance....................................................   53
  Facilities..........................................................................   54
  Hazardous Materials.................................................................   54
  Legal Proceedings...................................................................   54
  Description of Securities...........................................................   54
  Employees...........................................................................   54
  Risk Factors........................................................................   54
HSI MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF
  OPERATIONS..........................................................................   55
  Overview............................................................................   55
  Quarters Ended March 31, 1996 and 1995..............................................   55
  Years Ended December 31, 1995 and 1994..............................................   56
  Years Ended December 31, 1994 and 1993..............................................   57
  Liquidity and Capital Resources.....................................................   58
INCORPORATION BY REFERENCE............................................................   58
COMPLIANCE WITH SECTION 16(a) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE
  ACT OF 1934.........................................................................   59
SHAREHOLDER PROPOSALS FOR 1997 MEETING................................................   59
OTHER MATTERS.........................................................................   59
INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS.........................................................  F-1
INDEX TO EXHIBITS
</TABLE>
    
 
                                       iii
<PAGE>   7
 
                                   LASERSCOPE
                               3052 ORCHARD DRIVE
                        SAN JOSE, CALIFORNIA 95134-2011
 
                                PROXY STATEMENT
                                      FOR
                        SPECIAL MEETING OF SHAREHOLDERS
 
   
     The accompanying proxy is solicited by the Board of Directors of Laserscope
for use at the Special Meeting of Shareholders of Laserscope to be held August
29, 1996 (the "Special Meeting"), and at any postponement or adjournment
thereof, for the purposes set forth in the accompanying Notice of Special
Meeting of Shareholders. The date of this Proxy Statement is July 29, 1996. This
Proxy Statement and accompanying proxy were first sent to shareholders on or
about July 29, 1996.
    
 
   
     Except for the historical information in this Proxy Statement and documents
incorporated herein by reference (collectively, the "Proxy Statement") the
matters discussed herein are forward-looking statements that are subject to
certain risks and uncertainties that could cause the actual results to differ
materially from those projected. Factors that could cause actual results to
differ materially include, but are not limited to, the risks associated with the
proposed acquisition transaction between Laserscope and Heraeus Med GmbH,
including the integration of the assets to be acquired by Laserscope and other
matters described more fully herein, the timing of orders and shipments of the
Company's products, the timely development and market acceptance of new products
and surgical procedures, the impact of competitive products and pricing, the
Company's ability to further expand into international markets, public policy
relating to health care reform in the United States and other countries,
approval of the Company's products by government agencies such as the United
States Food and Drug Administration, and other risks detailed below and included
from time to time in the Company's reports filed with the Securities and
Exchange Commission and press releases, copies of which are available from the
Company upon request. The Company assumes no obligation to update any
forward-looking statements contained herein.
    
 
   
     References made in this Proxy Statement to "Laserscope," the "Company" or
the "Registrant" refer to Laserscope and its subsidiaries. The following
Laserscope trademarks are mentioned in this Proxy Statement: Laserscope,
Dermastat, KTP/532 and Microbeam, are registered trademarks of the Company; and
Endostat, KTP/YAG, Microstat, KTP Disc Kit, Laparostat, SpineStat, ADD, ADDStat,
LDD, Orion, Aura, SmartScan and StarPulse are trademarks of the Company.
Hexascan is a trademark of Prein and Partners. Photofrin is a registered
trademark of QLT Phototherapeutics, Inc.
    
 
     The following trademarks of Heraeus Med GmbH ("HME") and Heraeus Surgical,
Inc. ("HSI") are referred to in this Proxy Statement: HANAULUX, HANAUPORT and
HANAUVISION are registered trademarks of HME; LaserSonics, ULTRALINE and
ILLUMINA are registered trademarks of HSI; PARAGON and HERCULES are trademarks
of HSI. MAQUET is a registered trademark of Stierlen Maquet AG.
<PAGE>   8
 
                                    SUMMARY
 
     The following is a brief summary of certain information contained elsewhere
in this Proxy Statement. This summary does not contain a complete statement of
all material features of the proposals to be voted on at the Special Meeting and
is qualified in its entirety by reference to the more detailed information
contained elsewhere in this Proxy Statement, the Exhibits hereto and the
documents referenced herein, which shareholders are urged to read. The
information set forth in this Proxy Statement concerning Laserscope has been
furnished by Laserscope. The information set forth in this Proxy Statement
concerning HME, HSI and the LDB (each as defined below) has been furnished by
HME.
 
DATE, TIME AND PLACE OF SPECIAL MEETING
 
     The Special Meeting will be held at the executive offices of Laserscope,
3052 Orchard Drive, San Jose, California 95134-2011, on August 29, 1996 at 9:00
a.m. local time.
 
PURPOSE OF THE SPECIAL MEETING
 
     At the Special Meeting, the shareholders of Laserscope will be asked to
consider a proposal to approve the agreement dated April 23, 1996 (the
"Agreement"), between Laserscope and Heraeus Med GmbH ("HME"), and the
transactions and agreements contemplated thereby (the "Acquisition"). The
Acquisition is being presented to shareholders as a single unified proposal, and
adoption of the Acquisition by Laserscope's shareholders will constitute
adoption by such shareholders of all transactions and agreements contemplated by
the Agreement, as described more fully below. See "SUMMARY -- The Acquisition,"
"THE ACQUISITION AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS," and Exhibit A.
 
     In addition, shareholders will be asked to consider proposals to: (a)
approve an amendment to Laserscope's 1994 Stock Option Plan to increase the
number of shares of Laserscope common stock reserved for issuance thereunder by
975,000 shares; and (b) adopt Laserscope's 1995 Directors' Stock Option Plan and
the reservation of 300,000 shares of Laserscope common stock for issuance
thereunder. See "AMENDMENT TO THE 1994 STOCK OPTION PLAN" and "ADOPTION OF THE
1995 DIRECTORS' STOCK OPTION PLAN." Shareholders will also consider such other
matters as may properly come before the Special Meeting. See "OTHER MATTERS."
 
   
CERTAIN RISKS ASSOCIATED WITH THE ACQUISITION
    
 
   
     The anticipated benefits of the Acquisition are subject to the successful
and timely integration of the HME Assets (as defined below). Such integration
will require substantial attention of Laserscope's management, which does not
have experience integrating businesses of this size. The Acquisition will be
recorded as a purchase and as a result Laserscope will record certain
non-recurring and recurring charges. In the period in which the transaction
closes, Laserscope will record a non-recurring charge of approximately $1.1
million relating to the write-off of in-process technology.
    
 
   
     As of March 31, 1996, Laserscope's total assets and liabilities were $23.0
million and $5.6 million, respectively. As of such date Laserscope's working
capital was $12.8 million while cash and cash equivalents amounted to
approximately $2.6 million. In connection with the Acquisition, Laserscope may
need to raise additional capital which, if available, may result in dilution to
Laserscope shareholders and/or financial and operating restrictions. Both
Laserscope and HSI have a history of significant losses. There can be no
assurance that, following the consummation of the Acquisition, the combined
companies will achieve profitability.
    
 
   
     As part of the Acquisition, Laserscope will issue 4,609,345 shares of
Laserscope common stock (representing approximately a 39.5% ownership interest)
to HME and will appoint three designees of HME to the Laserscope Board of
Directors. As a result, Laserscope shareholders will experience substantial
dilution in their ownership interest while HME will be in a position to exert
significant influence on Laserscope.
    
 
   
     In addition, factors such as regulatory actions, technological change,
uncertainty of new product developments, dependence on single-source suppliers,
competition, reliance on intellectual property protection, dependence on key
personnel, transfers of Laserscope shares by HME, fluctuations in Laserscope's
actual
    
 
                                        2
<PAGE>   9
 
   
or anticipated quarterly operating results, product liability and general
economic conditions may have a material adverse impact on the market price of
Laserscope common stock. See "CERTAIN RISKS ASSOCIATED WITH THE ACQUISITION."
    
 
VOTING AND PROXIES
 
   
     Only shareholders of record at the close of business on July 15, 1996 are
entitled to notice of, and to vote at, the Special Meeting and any postponements
or adjournments thereof. As of that date, there were approximately 7,189,890
shares of common stock of Laserscope issued and outstanding. Each holder of
shares of Laserscope common stock is entitled to one vote for each share of
stock held by him or her on the proposals presented in this Proxy Statement. The
presence, either in person or by properly executed proxy, of a majority of the
outstanding shares of Laserscope, on an as-converted basis, will constitute a
quorum, at the Special Meeting.
    
 
     Under the California General Corporation Law, the proposal to approve the
Agreement and the Acquisition must be approved by the affirmative vote of a
majority of the outstanding shares of Laserscope's common stock. The proposals
for the Acquisition are not structured so that approval of at least a majority
of Laserscope's unaffiliated shareholders is required for adoption. Certain of
Laserscope's directors and executive officers have advised Laserscope that they
and their affiliates intend to vote all shares of Laserscope held by them,
representing approximately 2% of the outstanding shares of Laserscope's common
stock, in favor of the Acquisition. The affirmative vote of a majority of the
shares represented and voting at the Special Meeting (providing that a quorum is
present), which shares voting affirmatively also constitute a majority of the
required quorum, is required under California law for approval of the amendment
to the 1994 Stock Option Plan and the adoption of 1995 Directors' Stock Option
Plan. See "VOTING AND PROXIES."
 
THE ACQUISITION
 
   
     Effective Time.  Laserscope and HME executed the Agreement on April 23,
1996. The transactions contemplated by the Agreement will take place at the
closing (the "Closing") which shall occur on or before August 31, 1996 (the
"Closing Date").
    
 
   
     Assets and Liabilities to be Acquired.  The Agreement provides that at the
Closing Laserscope will acquire all of the outstanding shares of capital stock
of HSI (the "HSI Shares") and certain assets and liabilities of HME's German
laser distribution operations (the "LDB Assets and Liabilities"), consisting
principally of inventory, trade payables and employee-related liabilities. The
HSI Shares and the LDB Assets and Liabilities are collectively referred to
herein as the "HME Assets." The Agreement also provides that, effective upon the
Closing, HME will grant to Laserscope the right to purchase and resell in the
United States certain products for HME. In addition, Laserscope has agreed to
assume any product liability arising after the Closing, relating to products
manufactured or sold by HSI or HME's laser distribution operations any time
before or after the Closing. See "TERMS OF THE ACQUISITION -- Assets and
Liabilities to be Acquired," "-- Indemnification" and "-- Additional
Agreements."
    
 
     Consideration for the HME Assets.  As consideration for the HME Assets,
Laserscope will issue to HME 4,609,345 shares of Laserscope common stock
(500,000 of which will be placed in an escrow account for one year to cover
certain indemnification obligations of HME under the Agreement), and will pay to
HME $2 million in cash.
 
     Additional Rights.  At the Closing, Laserscope will grant to HME: the right
to obtain from Laserscope, at any time within four years of the Closing Date, a
nonexclusive worldwide sublicense outside the United States (the "CVAC
Sublicense") to all of HSI's rights to manufacture and sell central smoke
evacuation equipment ("CVAC"), and all related rights, for so long as HSI
continues to have such rights; and a nonexclusive worldwide license outside the
United States to all of HSI's technology relating to mounting devices (the
"Mounting Device License") for a period of ten years from the Closing. See
"TERMS OF THE ACQUISITION -- Indemnification" and "-- Additional Agreements."
 
                                        3
<PAGE>   10
 
     Certain Covenants.  Pursuant to the terms of the Agreement, HME and
Laserscope have each agreed to certain additional covenants in connection with
the Acquisition and related agreements, including an agreement by: (i) HME not
to develop, manufacture or sell hospital or physician office-based laser
surgical systems or accessories for a period of seven years from the Closing
Date; (ii) Laserscope not to develop, manufacture, service or sell mounting
device products outside of the United States during the term of its related
license to HME; (iii) Laserscope not to develop, manufacture, service or sell
products based on certain technology sublicensed to HME relating to CVAC outside
of the United States during the seven year period after the Closing; (iv) HME
not to acquire any additional shares of Laserscope common stock without the
approval of Laserscope's Board of Directors, during the seven year period after
Closing; (v) HME not to sell, transfer or pledge any shares of Laserscope common
stock received at the Closing (other than to Laserscope pursuant to the
indemnification provisions described above) for a period of one year from the
Closing Date; (vi) Laserscope to cause the reduction in its authorized number of
directors from eight to seven upon the first anniversary of the Closing and to
use its best efforts to have a certain number of nominees of HME elected to the
Laserscope Board of Directors, as more fully described below; and (vii)
Laserscope until the Closing not to issue and sell more than $3 million of its
capital stock (excluding sales upon exercise of employee, director or consultant
stock options), grant options to purchase more than 150,000 shares of Laserscope
common stock to employees and directors of, and consultants to Laserscope or
grant effective upon the Closing, options to purchase more than one million
shares of Laserscope common stock to employees and directors of, and consultants
to Laserscope or HSI, not more than 200,000 of which shall be granted to
Laserscope's executive officers, without obtaining the prior written consent of
HME. In addition, Laserscope and HME have each agreed to conduct their
respective businesses in the ordinary course consistent with prior practices.
See "TERMS OF THE ACQUISITION -- Certain Covenants" and "-- Additional
Agreements."
 
     Indemnification.  Laserscope and HME have agreed to indemnify and hold each
other harmless from breaches of representations and warranties and covenants and
for certain liabilities in connection with the Acquisition, the HME Assets and
the operation of their respective businesses. See "TERMS OF THE
ACQUISITION -- Indemnification" and "-- Continuing Liability."
 
   
     Continuing Liability.  In the absence of fraud and for a period of one year
from the Closing Date and except for certain HSI tax-related liabilities, HME's
liability to Laserscope for breach of HME's representations and warranties under
the Agreement will be limited to the 500,000 shares of Laserscope common stock
placed in escrow as described below, and Laserscope's liability to HME for
breach of Laserscope's representations and warranties under the Agreement will
be limited to 500,000 additional shares of Laserscope common stock. In the event
of fraud or any claim other than for a breach of a representation or warranty,
the Agreement entitles the aggrieved party to all rights and remedies at law and
in equity which may accrue to such party. See "TERMS OF THE
ACQUISITION -- Continuing Liability."
    
 
     Escrow.  At the Closing, or as soon thereafter as possible, Laserscope's
transfer agent will deposit into escrow a certificate representing 500,000 of
the shares of Laserscope common stock issuable to HME under the Agreement to
cover certain indemnification obligations of HME under the Agreement. If the
Escrow Agent (as defined below) has not received written notice of a claim for
indemnification by Laserscope under the Agreement within one year after the
Closing, the Escrow Agent will release the certificate for the escrowed shares
to HME. Any escrowed shares used to settle any claim under the Agreement will be
valued at the average of the closing prices of Laserscope common stock on the
Nasdaq National Market ("Nasdaq") over the five trading days immediately
preceding the date on which the claim is settled. See "TERMS OF THE
ACQUISITION -- Escrow."
 
   
     Additional Laserscope Shares.  If HME notifies Laserscope within one year
after the Closing that it has a claim or claims for indemnification under the
Agreement, and such claim has been resolved by Laserscope and HME or by an
arbitrator (selected by the parties), Laserscope shall issue up to 500,000
additional shares of Laserscope common stock to HME to compensate HME for the
amount of such claim or claims. Such additional shares issued to HME to settle
any claim under the Agreement will be valued at the average of the closing
prices of Laserscope common stock on Nasdaq over the five trading days
immediately preceding the date on which the claim is settled. See "TERMS OF THE
ACQUISITION -- Indemnification Shares."
    
 
                                        4
<PAGE>   11
 
     Registration Rights.  The Agreement provides HME with certain registration
rights which become effective one year following the Closing. See "TERMS OF THE
ACQUISITION -- Registration Rights."
 
     Closing and Conditions to the Acquisition.  The Agreement provides that the
Closing will take place following the approval of the Acquisition by the
shareholders of Laserscope at such time and place as the parties may mutually
agree, prior to August 31, 1996. The respective obligations of HME and
Laserscope to consummate the Acquisition are subject to the satisfaction of a
number of conditions, including, but not limited to, (a) the truth and accuracy
in all material respects of the representations and warranties of the other
party set forth in the Agreement; (b) the legality of the Acquisition; (c) the
approval of the Agreement by the shareholders of Laserscope; (d) the Closing of
the Acquisition on or before August 31, 1996; and (e) the obtaining of all
material government approvals and agreements and consents of any party necessary
for the other party's consummation of the transactions contemplated by the
Agreement. In addition, the obligation of Laserscope to consummate the
Acquisition is further subject to the satisfaction of a number of conditions,
unless waived in writing by Laserscope, including the receipt by Laserscope of
an opinion of counsel to HME reasonably satisfactory to Laserscope as to matters
usual in transactions similar to the Acquisition. Furthermore, the obligation of
HME to consummate the Acquisition is further subject to the satisfaction of a
number of conditions, unless waived in writing by HME, including (a) the receipt
by HME of an opinion of counsel to Laserscope reasonably satisfactory to HME as
to matters usual in transactions similar to the Acquisition, and (b) the
expansion of the Board of Directors of Laserscope to eight members, and the
appointment of three directors designated by HME to fill the three resulting
vacancies. See "TERMS OF THE ACQUISITION -- Certain Covenants -- Directors,"
"-- Closing and Conditions to the Acquisition," and "-- Appointment of
Directors."
 
     Appointment of Directors.  Upon the consummation of the Acquisition, the
number of directors on the Board of Directors of Laserscope will be set at
eight, and three directors designated by HME will be appointed by the Laserscope
Board to fill the three resulting vacancies. See "TERMS OF THE ACQUISITION --
Certain Covenants -- Directors," "-- Closing and Conditions to the Acquisition,"
and "-- Appointment of Directors."
 
     Termination of Agreement.  The Agreement may be terminated at any time
prior to the Closing Date, whether before or after approval of the Acquisition
by the shareholders of Laserscope, by either Laserscope or HME if (a) the other
party has breached a material provision of the Agreement and has not corrected
such failure within thirty days after receipt of written notice describing such
breach; or (b) every condition to Closing is not either satisfied or waived, and
Closing does not occur, by August 31, 1996.
 
ADDITIONAL AGREEMENTS
 
     In connection with the Acquisition, Laserscope has also entered or agreed
to enter into certain other agreements involving the distribution or licensing
of certain products and technology. In addition, in connection with the
Agreement's indemnification provisions, Laserscope and HME will enter into an
escrow agreement with respect to 500,000 of the shares of Laserscope common
stock to be issued to HME upon Closing (the "Escrow Agreement"). Under the
Escrow Agreement, Laserscope and HME agree to indemnify the Escrow Agent (as
defined below) against any and all losses, claims, damages, liabilities and
expenses incurred by the Escrow Agent in connection with performing his duties
under the Escrow Agreement, provided the Escrow Agent acts in good faith and in
the exercise of good business judgment. In the event of any dispute with respect
to the Escrowed Shares (as defined below), the Escrow Agent is authorized under
the Escrow Agreement to retain possession of the Escrowed Shares until such
dispute is resolved.
 
DISSENTERS' RIGHTS
 
     If the Acquisition is approved by the required vote of Laserscope's
shareholders and is not abandoned or terminated, any holder of Laserscope's
stock may, by complying with the provisions of the California General
Corporation Law, require Laserscope to purchase for cash at their fair market
value the shares owned by such shareholder which were voted against the
Acquisition. Under California law, the fair market value shall be
 
                                        5
<PAGE>   12
 
determined as of the day before the first announcement of the terms of the
Acquisition, excluding any appreciation or depreciation in consequence of the
Acquisition.
 
   
INTEREST OF CERTAIN PERSONS IN THE ACQUISITION
    
 
   
     As part of the Acquisition, the Company has agreed to appoint three
designees to HME to Laserscope's Board of Directors, contingent upon the
Closing. See "TERMS OF THE ACQUISITION -- Certain Covenants -- Directors,"
"-- Closing Conditions to the Acquisition." Upon the Closing, HME will own
approximately 39.5% of the Laserscope common stock and will be in a position to
have significant influence on the election of directors and other corporate
matters which require the vote of Laserscope shareholders. See "CERTAIN RISKS
ASSOCIATED WITH THE ACQUISITION -- Dilution of Ownership of Laserscope;
Significant Influence on Laserscope by HME."
    
 
CERTAIN FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSIDERATIONS
 
   
     A Laserscope shareholder will not recognize gain or loss as a result of the
Acquisition except to the extent that the shareholder exercises dissenters'
rights. Laserscope's issuance to HME of 4,609,395 shares of Laserscope common
stock as partial consideration for the purchased assets could, when aggregated
with other changes in ownership of Laserscope stock over the preceding three
years, cause Laserscope to be deemed to have undergone an "ownership change"
within the meaning of Section 382 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, which
could limit the amount of Laserscope's net operating loss carryforwards
available to offset taxable income which may be earned by Laserscope in future
periods. See "TERMS OF THE ACQUISITION -- Certain Federal Income Tax
Considerations" and "-- Dissenters' Rights."
    
 
RECOMMENDATION OF THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS
 
     LASERSCOPE'S DIRECTORS HAVE UNANIMOUSLY AUTHORIZED AND APPROVED THE
ACQUISITION AND BELIEVE THAT THE ACQUISITION IS IN THE BEST INTERESTS OF
LASERSCOPE AND THE SHAREHOLDERS, AND UNANIMOUSLY RECOMMEND THAT LASERSCOPE'S
SHAREHOLDERS APPROVE THE AGREEMENT AND THE ACQUISITION. IN ADDITION,
LASERSCOPE'S DIRECTORS HAVE UNANIMOUSLY APPROVED, AND UNANIMOUSLY RECOMMEND,
THAT LASERSCOPE'S SHAREHOLDERS APPROVE THE PROPOSALS TO AMEND LASERSCOPE'S 1994
STOCK OPTION PLAN AND TO ADOPT LASERSCOPE'S 1995 DIRECTORS' STOCK OPTION PLAN. A
VOTE IN FAVOR OF APPROVAL OF THE AGREEMENT WILL ALSO CONSTITUTE A VOTE IN FAVOR
OF EACH OF THE ELEMENTS OF THE ACQUISITION AND ALL OTHER TRANSACTIONS AND
AGREEMENTS SET FORTH IN THE AGREEMENT FOR ALL PURPOSES.
 
                                        6
<PAGE>   13
 
   
                 CERTAIN RISKS ASSOCIATED WITH THE ACQUISITION
    
 
   
     Difficulties and Cost of Integration.  The anticipated benefits of the
Acquisition will not be achieved unless the HME Assets are successfully
integrated in a smooth and timely manner. The transition will require among
other matters, integration of the respective companies' engineering,
manufacturing and marketing and sales organizations, product offerings and
research and development personnel and activities. The integration will require
substantial attention from management, which does not have experience
integrating businesses of this size. There can be no assurance that the
integration can be accomplished smoothly or successfully. In addition, the
diversion of management attention from the day-to-day operations of the
businesses to the integration, and any difficulties encountered in the
transition process could have a material adverse impact on the business,
revenues and operating results of Laserscope.
    
 
   
     Impact of Amortization on Earnings.  The transaction will be recorded as a
purchase and as a result Laserscope will record certain non-recurring and
recurring charges. In the period in which the transaction closes, the Company
will record a non-recurring charge of approximately $1.1 million relating to the
write-off of the in-process technology included in the Acquisition. In addition,
the Company will record annually for a period of five to seven years,
approximately $300,000 in charges resulting from the amortization of other
intangibles determined by the purchase price allocation.
    
 
   
     Limited Working Capital; Potential Need to Raise Additional Capital.  As of
March 31, 1996, Laserscope's total assets and liabilities were $23.0 million and
$5.6 million, respectively. As of such date, Laserscope's working capital was
$12.8 million while cash and cash equivalents amounted to approximately $2.6
million. Laserscope's need for capital is affected by the current and
anticipated demand for its products as well as procurement and production lead
times in its manufacturing processes. In addition, pursuant to the Agreement,
Laserscope has agreed to pay HME $2 million as partial consideration for the HME
Assets. Laserscope also expects to pay approximately $1.5 million of additional
costs relating to the Acquisition within the first six months after the Closing
of the Acquisition. Changes in these factors could have a material impact on
capital requirements. Laserscope is exploring alternatives, in addition to using
existing cash resources, to finance the Acquisition, including debt and equity.
Such financing alternatives may not be available on satisfactory terms, or at
all. In addition, future equity financings could result in dilution to
Laserscope's shareholders, and future debt financings could result in certain
financial and operational restrictions. Laserscope currently anticipates that
additional financing either through the Company's bank line of credit or
otherwise would be required for the Company's currently envisioned long term
needs.
    
 
   
     History of Losses.  At March 31, 1996, the Company had an accumulated
deficit of $19.2 million. The Company experienced annual net losses of $3.6
million, $931,000, $4.4 million and $5.2 million for the years ended December
31, 1995, 1994, 1992 and 1991, respectively. HSI has also experienced
significant net losses, incurring net losses of $211,000 for the three months
ended March 31, 1996, and $3.3 million, $439,000, $675,000, $5.1 million and
$1.1 million for the years ended December 31, 1995, 1994, 1993, 1992 and 1991,
respectively. At March 31, 1996, HSI had an accumulated deficit of approximately
$26.0 million. There can be no assurance that, following consummation of the
Acquisition, the combined companies can achieve profitability.
    
 
   
     Currency Fluctuations.  Approximately 20% of HSI's sales are made outside
the U.S. and significant portions of the OR Products are imported from Germany.
Fluctuations in currency rates affect and could continue to affect the price
competitiveness and profitability of HSI's products in international markets.
HSI generally does not hedge against currency risks. See "HSI MANAGEMENT'S
DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF
OPERATIONS -- Liquidity and Capital Resources."
    
 
   
     Dilution of Ownership of Laserscope; Significant Influence on Laserscope by
HME.  Upon the closing of the Acquisition, HME will beneficially own
approximately 39.5% of the outstanding Laserscope common stock, and
approximately 42% if Laserscope issues all of the 500,000 Additional Laserscope
Shares (as defined below). This represents substantial dilution of the ownership
interest in Laserscope to its current shareholders. See "VOTING AND
PROXIES -- Dilution." In addition, contingent upon the Closing, the Laserscope
Board of Directors has amended the Laserscope Bylaws to increase the number of
directors on the Laserscope Board from seven to eight. Under the Agreement,
Laserscope has agreed to fill the resulting vacancy, as well as the existing two
vacancies on
    
 
                                        7
<PAGE>   14
 
   
the Laserscope Board of Directors, with three designees of HME, subject to and
effective upon the Closing. Under the Agreement, Laserscope has agreed to reduce
its Board of Directors to seven members one year from the Closing Date.
Commencing one year after the closing of the Acquisition, for so long after such
anniversary as HME owns at least 3.3 million shares of Laserscope common stock,
Laserscope has agreed to use its best efforts to have three nominees of HME
elected to the Laserscope Board of Directors; for so long after such anniversary
as HME owns at least 1.6 million shares of Laserscope common stock, Laserscope
has agreed to use its best efforts to have at least two nominees of HME elected
to the Laserscope Board of Directors; and for so long after such anniversary as
HME owns at least 600,000 shares of Laserscope common stock, Laserscope has
agreed to use its best efforts to have one nominee of HME elected to the Board.
Furthermore, for so long as HME owns at least 600,000 shares of Laserscope
common stock, Laserscope has agreed not to increase, or ask its shareholders to
increase, the number of directors beyond seven without the prior consent of HME.
    
 
   
     As a result of the above agreements and as a result of HME's ownership
interest in Laserscope, HME will be in a position to have a significant
influence on the election of directors and other corporate matters which require
the vote of Laserscope shareholders. See "TERMS OF THE ACQUISITION -- Certain
Covenants -- Directors," "-- Appointment of Directors," and "INFORMATION
CONCERNING LASERSCOPE -- Principal Shareholders."
    
 
   
     Government Regulation; Uncertainty of Obtaining Regulatory
Approval.  Government regulation in the United States and other countries is a
significant factor in the development, manufacturing and marketing of many of
the Company's products and in the Company's ongoing research and development
activities. The Company and its products are regulated by the United States Food
and Drug Administration ("FDA") under the Federal Food, Drug and Cosmetic Act
(the "FDC Act") and the Radiation Control for Health and Safety Act. The FDC Act
provides two basic review procedures for medical devices. Certain products
qualify for a Section 510(k) ("510(k)") procedure under which the manufacturer
gives the FDA premarket notification of the manufacturer's intention to commence
marketing the product. The manufacturer must, among other things, establish that
the product to be marketed is "substantially equivalent" to a previously
marketed product. In some cases, the manufacturer may be required to include
clinical data gathered under an investigational device exemption ("IDE") granted
by the FDA allowing human clinical studies.
    
 
   
     If the product does not qualify for the 510(k) procedure, the manufacturer
must file a premarket approval application ("PMA") based on testing intended to
demonstrate that the product is both safe and effective. The PMA requires more
extensive clinical testing than the 510(k) procedure and generally involves a
significantly longer FDA review process. Approval of a PMA allowing commercial
sale of a product requires preclinical laboratory and animal tests and human
clinical studies conducted under an IDE establishing safety and effectiveness.
Generally, because of the amount of information required, the 510(k) procedure
takes less time than the PMA procedure. Future applications may require
clearance through the PMA procedure. There can be no assurance that such
marketing clearances can be obtained on a timely basis. Delays in receiving such
clearances could have a significant adverse impact on the Company. The FDA may
also require post-market testing and surveillance programs to monitor certain
products.
    
 
   
     Certain other countries require the Company to obtain clearances for its
products prior to marketing the products in those countries. The requirements
vary widely from country to country and are subject to change. The European
community is in the process of developing a new approach to the regulation of
medical products which may significantly change how medical devices are marketed
in those countries within the next several years. In February 1996, the Company
achieved ISO 9001 and CE (European Conformation) mark registration in
anticipation of this approach.
    
 
   
     The Company is also required to register with the FDA and state agencies,
such as the Food and Drug Branch of the California Department of Health
Services, as a medical device manufacturer. The Company is inspected on a
routine basis by both the FDA and the State of California for compliance with
the FDA's Current Good Manufacturing Practice regulations. Those regulations
impose certain procedural and documentation requirements upon the Company with
respect to manufacturing, testing, and quality control
    
 
                                        8
<PAGE>   15
 
   
activities. If violations of applicable regulations are noted during these
inspections, the continued marketing of any products manufactured by the Company
may be adversely affected.
    
 
   
     In addition, the Company's laser products are covered by a performance
standard for laser products set forth in FDA regulations. The laser performance
standard imposes certain specific record-keeping, reporting, product testing,
and product labeling requirements on the Company. These requirements also
include affixing warning labels to the Company's laser systems, as well as the
incorporation of certain safety features in the design of the Company's
products.
    
 
   
     In 1983, regulations were adopted under the Medicare program for the
reimbursement of health care costs based on Diagnostic Related Groups ("DRGs").
The DRG regulations limit the dollar amount that a hospital may be reimbursed
depending on the nature of the diagnosis. This provides an incentive for the
hospital to treat a patient in the most cost-effective manner since the
reimbursement will be fixed, regardless of how much it costs the hospital to
provide the treatment. Changes in DRG regulations, such as those relating to
reimbursement of capital equipment costs, could have an adverse effect on the
Company. These regulations also influence reimbursements by private insurance
companies. Changes in insurance coverage could impact such reimbursements and
thereby adversely affect future sales of the Company's products.
    
 
   
     Complying with applicable governmental regulations and obtaining necessary
clearances or approvals can be time consuming and expensive, and there can be no
assurance that regulatory review will not involve delays or other actions
adversely affecting the marketing and sale of the Company's products. The
Company also cannot predict the extent or impact of future legislation or
regulations.
    
 
   
     During the past four years, there has been substantial debate in the
political arena related to prospective changes in the U.S. healthcare system.
Cost containment is a major element of these policy reviews and to the extent
that new policies and practices curtail hospital capital equipment and supplies
procurement patterns or dictate which surgical procedures will be covered by
applicable insurance or government funded or subsidized programs, this could
have a negative impact on the Company.
    
 
   
     The Company is also subject to regulation under federal and state laws
regarding, among other things, occupational safety, the use and handling of
hazardous materials and protection of the environment.
    
 
   
     Uncertainty of Technological Change; Uncertainty of New Product
Development.  Laserscope and HSI operate in industries that are subject to rapid
technological change. Their ability to remain competitive will depend upon,
among other things, their ability to anticipate and respond to such change. As a
result, the Company has devoted and will continue to devote substantial
resources to research and development. Laserscope's current research and
development programs are directed toward the development of new products and
enhancements to existing laser, instrumentation and disposable products. Much of
the Company's laser product development efforts have built on the earlier basic
research of Du Pont related to the potassium titanyl phosphate ("KTP") crystal.
A major element of the Company's current product development effort is related
to instrumentation and disposable products. The Company's expenditures for
research and development were approximately $3.8 million, $3.6 million, and $4.0
million in 1995, 1994 and 1993, respectively.
    
 
   
     In addition, HSI has encountered various technical problems with the
production of its PARAGON CO2 laser product, which is relatively new. Although
these problems are not believed to be unusual for a new product of this type,
they could adversely affect sales and profitability of this product. See "HSI
MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF
OPERATIONS -- Years Ended December 31, 1995 and 1994."
    
 
   
     No assurance can be given that the Company will be successful in designing,
manufacturing or selling its enhanced or new products in a timely manner. Nor
can any assurance be given that a competitor could not introduce a new or
enhanced product or technology that could have an adverse effect on the
Company's competitive position.
    
 
   
     Dependence on Single-Source Suppliers.  Certain of the components used in
the Company's products, including KTP crystals, molded and cast components,
power supplies, and certain optical components, are
    
 
                                        9
<PAGE>   16
 
   
purchased from single sources. KTP crystals are currently available at
appropriate quality levels from only one supplier, a division of Litton
Industries. This supplier has a second crystal growing and fabrication facility
at a second location in the United States geographically isolated from its
original production facility. An interruption in the supply of KTP crystals or
other supplies from present suppliers could have a material adverse effect on
the Company's business and results of operations.
    
 
   
     Competition.  The medical laser market is highly competitive. The ability
of the Company to compete effectively depends on such factors as market
acceptance of its laser systems, product performance and price, customer
support, and success and timing of new product development by the Company and
its competitors. Some of the Company's current and prospective competitors have
or may have significantly greater financial, technical, manufacturing and
marketing resources than the Company.
    
 
   
     Laserscope competes in the nonophthalmic surgical segment of the worldwide
medical laser market, in which lasers are used in hospital operating rooms,
outpatient surgery centers and individual physician offices for a wide variety
of procedures. A large number of companies have entered the surgical laser
market over the past several years, certain of which have significantly greater
financial and other resources than the Company. Certain surgical laser
manufacturers have targeted their efforts on narrow segments of the market, such
as angioplasty and lithotripsy. To the extent that their products compete for
the same capital equipment funds, these manufacturers may be deemed to compete
with the Company. More generally, surgical laser manufacturers such as
Laserscope compete with standard surgical methods and other medical
technologies. There can be no assurance that the Company can compete effectively
against such competitors. In addition, there can be no assurance that these or
other companies will not succeed in developing technologies and products that
are more effective than the Company's or that would render the Company's
technology or products obsolete or uncompetitive.
    
 
   
     Reliance on Patents and Licenses.  The Company's ability to compete
effectively will depend in part on its ability to develop and maintain
proprietary aspects of its technology. The Company holds several patents issued
in the United States, generally covering surgical laser systems, delivery
devices, calibration inserts, the laser resonator and the connector used to
attach disposable and reusable instrumentation to the Company's laser systems.
There can be no assurance that the patents that have been issued to the Company
or any patents which may be issued as a result of the Company's patent
applications will provide any competitive advantages for the Company's products
or that they will not be successfully challenged, invalidated or circumvented in
the future. In addition, there can be no assurance that competitors, many of
which have substantial resources and have made substantial investments in
competing technologies, will not seek to apply for and obtain patents that will
prevent, limit or interfere with the Company's ability to make, issue, use and
sell its products.
    
 
   
     In 1986, the Company acquired a license under certain United States patents
from Du Pont relating to KTP and related crystalline material used in the
Company's laser systems for $270,000. The license was exclusive for in vivo
diagnostic and therapeutic applications of KTP material. Although the license
has a 15-year term expiring in 2001, the principal patent licensed under this
agreement expired in April 1993. Accordingly, the use by competitors of a key
component in the Company's surgical laser systems has not been prohibited since
the expiration date. Under the terms of the Company's license, the Company is
required to achieve certain minimum sales of systems using KTP material to
maintain the license. In addition, Du Pont has sole discretion whether or not to
enforce the license against infringers. There can be no assurance that others
will not develop substantially equivalent proprietary technology or otherwise
obtain access to the Company's know-how.
    
 
   
     Failure to Attract or Retain Key Personnel Can Adversely Affect
Results.  Laserscope is and will continue to be dependent upon the efforts and
abilities of a number of current key personnel. In addition, upon consummation
of the Acquisition, Laserscope will be dependent upon the efforts and abilities
of key personnel that will become employees in connection with the Acquisition.
The success of Laserscope after the Acquisition will depend to a large extent
upon its ability to attract and to retain key employees and to integrate former
employees of HSI and HME. The loss of certain of these people or Laserscope's
inability to attract and retain other key employees would have a material
adverse effect on the business, financial condition and results of operations of
Laserscope.
    
 
                                       10
<PAGE>   17
 
   
     Potential Adverse Effect on Price of Common Stock and Laserscope's Ability
to Raise Capital upon Release of Lockup Restriction.  Laserscope will issue
4,609,345 shares of Laserscope common stock to HME in connection with the
Acquisition representing an approximately 39.5% ownership interest in
Laserscope. HME has agreed not to sell any of such additional shares until after
one year from the Closing. Laserscope has agreed to file a "shelf" registration
statement with respect to HME's shares of Laserscope common stock by the end of
such one year period. HME will have the ability, subject to certain restrictions
set forth in the Agreement, to sell all or any of its shares of Laserscope
common stock at any time after such one year period. Any sale of shares by HME
would substantially alter the market float for Laserscope's common stock and
could have an adverse effect on Laserscope's ability to raise capital. In
addition, any such sales, especially in large amounts, could adversely affect
the market price of Laserscope's common stock. See "TERMS OF THE ACQUISITION --
Certain Covenants -- Lockup" and "-- Registration Rights."
    
 
   
     Fluctuations in Quarterly Operating Results.  A number of factors affect
the Company's financial results and stock price, especially on a quarterly
basis. One such factor is the timing of shipments. The Company's laser products
are relatively expensive pieces of medical capital equipment and the precise
shipment date of specific units can have a marked effect on the Company's
results of operations on a quarterly basis. Any delay in product shipments near
the end of a quarter could cause quarterly results to fall short of anticipated
levels. Another related factor is the timing of orders. To the extent orders are
received by the Company near the end of a quarter, the Company may not be able
to fulfill the order during the balance of that same quarter. In addition, the
Company typically receives a disproportionate percentage of its orders toward
the end of each quarter. To the extent that anticipated orders are not received
or are delayed beyond the end of the applicable quarter, the Company's revenues
may be adversely affected and the Company's revenues may be unpredictable from
quarter to quarter. Further, there can be no assurance that revenue growth or
profitability on a quarterly or annual basis will be accomplished.
    
 
   
     Product Liability Risk; Limited Insurance Coverage.  Laserscope's
development, manufacture and sale of surgical, dermatological and therapeutic
laser systems and related surgical instrumentation and disposable supplies and
accessories entails significant risk of product liability claims. Laserscope has
agreed to indemnify HME and its officers, directors, shareholders and
affiliates, insurers, attorneys, successors and assigns, from, among other
things, any and all liabilities, losses, damages, claims, costs and expenses not
reimbursed by insurance resulting from any product liability claims (whether
based on negligence, strict liability or any other legal theory) arising after
the Closing and relating to products sold by Laserscope or HSI or the LDB at any
time before or after the Closing. The Company's current product liability
insurance covers claims related to products sold by Laserscope and its
subsidiaries and affiliated persons, including acquired products sold prior to
the Closing by HSI and HME, in an amount up to $10 million (subject to a
$100,000 deductible). There can be no assurance that Laserscope's product
liability insurance coverage is adequate to protect the Company from any
liabilities that it might incur in connection with the development, manufacture
and sale of its products or in connection with the Company's indemnification
obligations to HME. In addition, product liability insurance is expensive and in
the future may not be available to the Company on acceptable terms, or at all. A
successful product liability claim or series of claims, or an indemnification
claim by HME brought against the Company in excess of its insurance coverage,
would have a material adverse effect on the Company's business, financial
condition and results of operations. See "TERMS OF THE
ACQUISITION -- Indemnification" and "INFORMATION CONCERNING HSI AND THE
LDB -- Products."
    
 
   
     Volatility of Stock Price.  The market price of the Company's common stock
may be subject to significant fluctuations. These fluctuations may be due to
factors specific to the Company, such as quarterly fluctuations in the Company's
financial results, changes in analysts' estimates of future results, changes in
investors' perceptions of the Company or the announcement of new or enhanced
products by the Company or its competitors as well as announcements relating to
acquisitions and strategic transactions by the Company or its competitors,
including the Acquisition. In addition, such fluctuations may be due to or
exacerbated by general conditions in the medical equipment industry or
conditions in the financial markets generally. See "THE ACQUISITION AND RELATED
TRANSACTIONS -- Certain Risks Associated with the Acquisition -- Fluctuations in
Quarterly Operating Results."
    
 
                                       11
<PAGE>   18
 
                               VOTING AND PROXIES
 
DATE, TIME AND PLACE OF SPECIAL MEETING
 
     The Special Meeting will be held at the executives offices of Laserscope,
3052 Orchard Drive, San Jose, California, 95134-2011 on August 29, 1996, at 9:00
a.m. local time.
 
RECORD DATE AND SHARE OWNERSHIP
 
   
     Shareholders of record of Laserscope common stock at the close of business
on July 15, 1996 (the "Record Date"), are entitled to notice of, and to vote at,
the Special Meeting. As of the Record Date, 7,189,890 shares of Laserscope's
common stock were issued and outstanding. HME is the only shareholder of record
of HSI capital stock and has agreed to the Acquisition.
    
 
REVOCABILITY OF PROXIES
 
     All properly executed proxies that are not revoked will be voted at the
Special Meeting in accordance with the instructions contained therein. Proxies
containing no instructions regarding the proposals specified in the form of
proxy will be voted for approval of the Agreement and related transactions, and
for approval of the other proposals described below brought before the
shareholders at the Special Meeting, in accordance with the recommendation of
the Board of Directors of Laserscope. Any proxy given pursuant to this
solicitation may be revoked by the person giving it at any time before its use
by delivering to Laserscope (Attention: Dennis LaLumandiere, Inspector of
Elections) a written notice of revocation or a duly executed proxy bearing a
later date or by attending the Special Meeting and voting in person.
 
VOTING, VOTE REQUIRED AND SOLICITATION
 
     Votes cast by proxy or in person at the Special Meeting will be tabulated
by the Inspector of Elections with the assistance of Laserscope's transfer
agent. The Inspector of Elections will also determine whether or not a quorum is
present.
 
     The affirmative vote of a majority of the outstanding shares of Laserscope
common stock is required under California law for approval of the Agreement and
the Acquisition. The affirmative vote of a majority of the shares represented
and voting at the Special Meeting (providing that a quorum is present), which
shares voting affirmatively also constitute a majority of the required quorum,
is required under California law for approval of the amendment to the 1994 Stock
Option Plan and the adoption of 1995 Directors' Stock Option Plan. Under
California law a quorum generally consists of a majority of the shares entitled
to vote, represented either in person or by proxy. The Inspector of Elections
will treat abstentions as shares that are present and entitled to vote for
purposes of determining the presence of a quorum but not as voting for purposes
of determining the approval of any matter submitted to the shareholders for a
vote. Any proxy which is returned using the form of proxy enclosed and which is
not marked as to a particular item will be voted for the Acquisition or any and
all other proposals described below that are not marked. If a broker indicates
on the enclosed proxy or its substitute that it does not have discretionary
authority as to certain shares to vote on a particular matter ("broker
non-votes"), those shares will not be considered as either entitled to vote or
as voting with respect to that matter. Accordingly, broker non-votes will not be
considered in calculating the number of shares needed to constitute a quorum.
While there is no definitive specific statutory or case law authority in
California concerning the proper treatment of abstentions and broker non-votes,
Laserscope believes that the tabulation procedures to be followed by the
Inspector of Elections are consistent with the general statutory requirements in
California concerning voting of shares and determination of a quorum.
 
     The cost of soliciting proxies will be borne by Laserscope. The Company has
retained the services of Skinner & Co., Inc. to aid in the solicitation of
proxies from brokers, bank nominees and other institutional owners. The Company
estimates that it will pay Skinner & Co., Inc. a fee not to exceed $3,500 for
its services and will reimburse Skinner & Co. for certain out-of-pocket expenses
that are usual and proper. In addition, Laserscope will reimburse brokerage
firms and other persons representing beneficial owners of shares for their
expenses in forwarding solicitation materials to such beneficial owners. Proxies
may be solicited by certain of
 
                                       12
<PAGE>   19
 
Laserscope's directors, officers and regular employees, without additional
compensation, personally or by telephone or telegram.
 
   
     The Acquisition and other proposals are not structured so that the approval
of at least a majority of Laserscope's unaffiliated shareholders is required for
approval. Laserscope has been advised by certain of Laserscope's directors and
executive officers that they and their affiliates intend to vote all shares of
Laserscope held by them, representing approximately 2% of the outstanding shares
of Laserscope's common stock, in favor of the proposals. The proposals could be
deemed to have a material effect on shareholders. In particular, 4,609,345
shares of Laserscope common stock (approximately 39.5% of the outstanding
shares), will be issued at the Closing in consideration of the assets purchased
and an additional 500,000 shares of Laserscope common stock may be issued within
one year of the Closing Date to meet certain indemnification obligations under
the Agreement.
    
 
     It is currently expected that representatives of Laserscope's principal
accountants for the current year will be present at the Special Meeting where
they will have the opportunity to make a statement if they so decide and will be
available to respond to appropriate questions.
 
   
DILUTION
    
 
   
     As a result of the Acquisition, Laserscope's existing shareholders will
experience substantial dilution in their ownership interest in the Company. The
following table shows the changes in relative equity interests of affiliated and
non-affiliated shareholders of Laserscope, before and after consummation of the
Acquisition. See "CERTAIN RISKS ASSOCIATED WITH THE ACQUISITION -- Dilution of
Ownership of Laserscope; Significant Influence on Laserscope by HME."
    
 
   
<TABLE>
    <S>                        <C>                            <C>
    ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                 BEFORE THE ACQUISITION (1)     AFTER THE ACQUISITION (1)
    ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
      Interest of
      Non-Affiliates                        88.7%                         44.3%
    ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
      Interest of Affiliates
      (2)                                   11.3%                         55.7%
    ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>
    
 
   
(1) The percentage ownership interests of Laserscope "Affiliates" (as defined
    below) reflects all options to acquire Laserscope common stock owned by
    Affiliates which are exercisable within 60 days of April 30, 1996.
    
 
   
(2) "Affiliates" includes: (i) all persons known by Laserscope to own more than
    five percent of Laserscope's common stock (upon the closing of the
    Acquisition, HME will own approximately 39.5% of Laserscope's issued and
    outstanding common stock), (ii) each of Laserscope's directors and (iii) all
    executive officers of Laserscope.
    
 
                                       13
<PAGE>   20
 
      SELECTED HISTORICAL AND PRO FORMA COMBINED CONDENSED FINANCIAL DATA
 
   
     The following tables present selected historical and pro forma combined
condensed financial data and comparative per share data for Laserscope and HSI.
The historical financial information is qualified in its entirety by reference
to, and should be read in conjunction with, the financial statements and notes
thereto of the separate companies appearing in or incorporated by reference into
this Proxy Statement. The unaudited pro forma combined condensed financial
information is not necessarily indicative of future operations or the actual
results that would have occurred had the Acquisition been consummated at the
beginning of the periods presented. This information is qualified in its
entirety by reference to, and should be read in conjunction with, the unaudited
pro forma combined condensed financial statements and notes thereto included
elsewhere in this Proxy Statement and with the historical financial statements
and notes thereto of the separate companies appearing elsewhere herein or
incorporated herein by reference. Neither Laserscope nor HSI has declared or
paid any dividends on its capital stock during the periods presented below.
Neither company anticipates paying cash dividends in the foreseeable future, but
instead intends to retain future earnings for reinvestment in its business. In
addition, the terms of Laserscope's Amended and Restated Business Loan Agreement
with Silicon Valley Bank ("SVB") dated as of March 18, 1996 prohibit payment by
Laserscope of dividends on Laserscope's common stock without SVB's prior
consent. See "MARKET FOR THE COMPANY'S COMMON STOCK AND RELATED SHAREHOLDER
MATTERS." Any future determination to pay cash dividends will be at the
discretion of each company's board of directors and will be dependent upon the
company's financial condition, results of operations, capital requirements and
such other factors as the board of directors deems relevant.
    
 
                       SELECTED PRO FORMA FINANCIAL DATA
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                     THREE MONTHS ENDED        YEAR ENDED
                                                       MARCH 31, 1996       DECEMBER 31, 1995
                                                     ------------------     -----------------
                                                     (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA)
<S>                                                  <C>                    <C>
PRO FORMA COMBINED CONDENSED STATEMENT OF
  OPERATIONS DATA:
Net revenues.......................................       $ 14,629               $57,909
Net income (loss)..................................            510                (4,491)
Net income (loss) per share........................       $   0.04               $ (0.39)
</TABLE>
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                       MARCH 31, 1996
                                                     ------------------
<S>                                                  <C>                    <C>
PRO FORMA COMBINED CONDENSED BALANCE SHEET DATA
  (END OF PERIOD):
Cash, cash equivalents and short-term
  investments......................................       $  1,460
Working capital....................................         20,424
Total assets.......................................         40,710
Shareholders' equity...............................         27,249
</TABLE>
 
                SELECTED LASERSCOPE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                    THREE MONTHS ENDED
                                         MARCH 31,                         YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                                  -----------------------    ---------------------------------------------------
                                       1996         1995      1995       1994       1993       1992       1991
                                  --------------   ------    -------    -------    -------    -------    -------
<S>                               <C>              <C>       <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>
STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS DATA:
Net revenues.....................     $7,722       $9,215    $30,133    $36,320    $37,831    $35,963    $41,893
Net income (loss)................        137          251     (3,552)      (931)       589     (4,421)    (5,212)
Net income (loss) per share......       0.02         0.04      (0.51)     (0.13)      0.09      (0.66)     (0.79)
</TABLE>
 
                                       14
<PAGE>   21
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                DECEMBER 31,
                                                             ---------------------------------------------------
                                  MARCH 31, 1996              1995       1994       1993       1992       1991
                                  --------------             -------    -------    -------    -------    -------
                                                             (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA)
<S>                               <C>              <C>       <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>
BALANCE SHEET DATA (AT THE END OF
  PERIOD):
Cash, cash equivalents and
  short-term investments.........      2,591                   2,278      6,602      8,144     10,143     12,707
Working capital..................     12,794                  12,564     16,825     17,132     16,219     20,157
Total assets.....................     22,987                  23,582     27,321     29,301     30,242     35,394
Capital leases (excluding current
  portion).......................         12                      15         27         26         97        465
Shareholders' equity.............     17,364                  17,326     20,901     21,234     20,182     24,208
</TABLE>
 
              SELECTED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA RELATING TO HSI
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                    THREE MONTHS ENDED
                                         MARCH 31,                         YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                                  -----------------------    ---------------------------------------------------
                                     1996(1)        1995      1995       1994       1993       1992       1991
                                  --------------   ------    -------    -------    -------    -------    -------
                                  (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                               <C>              <C>       <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>
STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS DATA:
Net revenues.....................     $6,907       $6,868    $27,776    $32,438    $32,555    $19,045    $23,045
Net (loss).......................       (211)        (841)    (3,275)      (439)      (675)    (5,065)    (1,134)
</TABLE>
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                DECEMBER 31,
                                    MARCH 31,                ---------------------------------------------------
                                     1996(1)                  1995       1994       1993       1992       1991
                                  --------------             -------    -------    -------    -------    -------
<S>                               <C>              <C>       <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>
BALANCE SHEET DATA:
Cash, cash equivalents and
  short-term investments.........        869                   1,782        945        754      1,190        447
Working capital..................     10,284                   3,420      9,296      9,663      7,539     12,162
Total assets.....................     16,895                  18,554     15,383     15,297     12,343     17,712
Long term debt, including current
  installments...................         --                   6,924      2,548         --         --         --
Shareholder's equity.............     11,047                   4,261      7,536      7,975      8,649     13,715
</TABLE>
    
 
- ---------------
   
(1) On February 28, 1996, Heraeus Surgical, Inc. ("Old HSI") changed its name to
    Heraeus Systems, Inc. In addition, a new company named Heraeus Medical, Inc.
    was formed. By asset transfer agreement as of March 1, 1996 all assets and
    liabilities (with the exception of an intercompany loan and cash) were
    transferred from Heraeus Systems, Inc. to Heraeus Medical, Inc. Heraeus
    Medical, Inc. subsequently changed its name to Heraeus Surgical, Inc. ("New
    HSI"). In connection with the corporate reorganization, Heraeus Med GmbH,
    the parent company, made a capital contribution of $10.8 million to the new
    company named Heraeus Medical, Inc. See "HSI MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND
    ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS -- Overview."
    
 
   
(2) The information for the three months ended March 31, 1996, includes
    information of Old HSI for the two months ended February 29, 1996 and
    financial information of New HSI for the one month ended March 31, 1996.
    
 
                                       15
<PAGE>   22
 
                           COMPARATIVE PER SHARE DATA
 
   
     The following table sets forth certain historical per share data of
Laserscope and combined per share data on an unaudited pro forma basis after
giving effect to the Acquisition on a purchase accounting basis. The information
presented in this table should be read in conjunction with the unaudited pro
forma condensed combined financial statements and the separate financial
statements of the respective companies and the notes thereto appearing elsewhere
herein. The unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial data are not
necessarily indicative of the operating results that would have been achieved
had the transaction been in effect as of the beginning of the periods presented
and should not be construed as representative of future operations. Neither
Laserscope nor HSI has declared or paid any dividends on its capital stock
during the periods presented above. See "SELECTED HISTORICAL AND PRO FORMA
COMBINED CONDENSED FINANCIAL DATA" and "MARKET FOR THE COMPANY'S COMMON STOCK
AND RELATED SHAREHOLDER MATTERS."
    
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                   THREE MONTHS
                                  ENDED MARCH 31,               YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                                  ---------------    ---------------------------------------------
                                       1996           1995      1994     1993      1992      1991
                                  ---------------    ------    ------    -----    ------    ------
<S>                               <C>                <C>       <C>       <C>      <C>       <C>
Net income (loss) per share:
  Laserscope....................       $0.02         $(0.51)   $(0.13)   $0.09    $(0.66)   $(0.79)
  Pro Forma(1)..................       $0.04          (0.39)
Book value per share:
  Laserscope....................       $2.46         $ 2.45    $ 2.99    $3.10    $ 3.00    $ 3.63
  Pro Forma(2)..................       $2.34         $ 1.92
</TABLE>
    
 
- ---------------
(1) Pro forma per share amounts are calculated using Laserscope's equivalent
    shares and assumes that the 4,609,345 shares issued in the Acquisition
    occurred on January 1, 1995.
 
   
(2) Historical book value per share is computed by dividing shareholders' equity
    by the number of common shares outstanding at the end of each period. Pro
    forma book value per share is computed by dividing pro forma shareholders'
    equity as of December 31, 1995 and March 31, 1996, respectively, by the pro
    forma number of common shares which would have been outstanding had the
    Acquisition been consummated as of December 31, 1995 and March 31, 1996,
    respectively.
    
 
                                       16
<PAGE>   23
 
                                 PROPOSAL NO. 1
 
                    THE ACQUISITION AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS
 
BACKGROUND
 
   
     In mid-June 1995, Thomas Ihlenfeldt, Chief Executive Officer and Chairman
of HSI and Managing Director of HME contacted Dr. Rodney Perkins, then Chairman
of Laserscope's Board of Directors. Mr. Ihlenfeldt and Dr. Perkins had a brief
meeting to discuss the possibility of a relationship between HME and Laserscope.
Dr. Perkins discussed this initial meeting with Benjamin Holmes, a Laserscope
director (Mr. Holmes currently serves as Laserscope's Chairman of the Board). A
subsequent meeting between Messrs. Holmes and Ihlenfeldt took place to discuss
the medical laser industry and to explore possible areas of cooperation. From
June through December of 1995, Mr. Ihlenfeldt met several times with Robert
McCormick, Laserscope's President and Chief Executive Officer, to discuss
further potential synergies that could be realized in a formal business
relationship between Laserscope and HSI, including improved competitiveness in
the marketplace and increased shareholder value. These discussions were general
in nature and did not result in any offers or proposals being made.
    
 
     At a meeting of the Laserscope Board of Directors in November 1995, after
presentations by Mr. McCormick and Mr. Holmes concerning the possibilities and
benefits of pursuing a relationship with HME, the Laserscope Board authorized
management to investigate the possibility of a relationship with HME, provided
that no definitive agreement was entered into prior to approval of the Board of
Directors. In addition, the Laserscope Board authorized management to retain Von
Gehr International as its financial advisor in connection with a possible
transaction with HME. George Von Gehr of Von Gehr International was retained in
December 1995 to assist the Company in pursuing a relationship with HME.
 
     At a meeting of the Laserscope Board of Directors in early February 1996,
Mr. Von Gehr presented an initial analysis of the benefits of a combination of
Laserscope and HME's medical laser business and reviewed the status of
discussions with HME. The Laserscope Board then discussed the timing, risks,
valuation and the structure of the proposed transaction. The Laserscope Board
again authorized management to continue negotiations with HME, provided that no
commitments were made without the prior approval of the Board of Directors.
 
   
     Principals from Laserscope, including Mr. McCormick and Dennis
LaLumandiere, the Company's Chief Financial Officer, and HME and their
respective financial advisors continued to meet throughout February and March to
negotiate business terms of a proposed transaction between the two companies and
commence financial, business and legal due diligence. In early April 1996, the
Laserscope Board of Directors again met and, after a presentation by Mr. Von
Gehr, discussed the status of negotiations with HME, the potential benefits of
an acquisition by Laserscope of HSI and the issues related to the integration of
Laserscope and HSI. The Laserscope Board authorized management to continue to
negotiate the terms of the transaction provided that no definitive agreement
concerning such action was signed prior to final approval of the Board of
Directors. The Laserscope Board made any future approval of a transaction with
HME contingent upon the Laserscope Board receiving an opinion from Von Gehr
International concerning the fairness of the proposed transaction.
    
 
   
     During April 1996, principals from Laserscope and HME, including Mr. Holmes
and Anthony Pollace, HSI's Chief Financial Officer, and their respective
financial advisors continued to negotiate the business terms, finalized a
structure for the proposed acquisition by Laserscope of HSI and certain assets
and liabilities of HME, and completed their financial, business and legal due
diligence. At a special meeting of the Laserscope Board of Directors on April
22, 1996, Laserscope management presented to the Board an overview of their
investigation of HSI and a summary of their April discussions with HME,
including management's review of the financial and other information relating to
the HME Assets. After a presentation by Von Gehr International described under
"Laserscope Financial Advisor" below, and subject to receipt of a fairness
opinion from Von Gehr International in the form described under "Laserscope
Financial Advisor" (which was received by Laserscope on April 23, 1996), the
Laserscope Board approved the terms of, and authorized Laserscope management to
execute, the Agreement.
    
 
                                       17
<PAGE>   24
 
     The Agreement was executed after the close of trading on Tuesday, April 23,
1996, and public announcement thereof was made prior to the opening of trading
of Laserscope common stock on the Nasdaq National Market on Wednesday, April 24,
1996.
 
   
     Laserscope has in the past evaluated potential business relationships with
other companies. Laserscope has not aggressively pursued these opportunities due
to the lack of both strategic fit and potential for improvement of shareholder
value. In general, most other companies had competing products, a poor financial
condition, an absence of new technologies and distant locations. Additionally,
unlike HSI, other companies did not offer the same business synergies and
potential reductions in operating expenses.
    
 
   
     Laserscope's negotiating team consisted of Mr. McCormick, Thomas Boyd and
Dennis LaLumandiere, Laserscope's President and Chief Executive Officer, Senior
Vice President of Operations and Finance, and Vice President of Finance and
Chief Financial Officer, respectively. In addition, Mr. Von Gehr assisted
Laserscope in the negotiations. The HME principals who participated in the
acquisition negotiations were Mr. Klaus Goffloo, chairman of HME, and Mr.
Ihlenfeldt. Vincent Hubner, HME's financial advisor, also participated in the
negotiations.
    
 
   
     The material matters negotiated were: the scope of the business being
acquired (lasers and OR systems), the distribution function/operation in
Germany, the value of HSI as a stand-alone entity and in comparison to
Laserscope, the composition of Laserscope's Board of Directors, the granting of
registration rights to HME with respect to the Laserscope shares of common stock
to be issued as partial acquisition consideration, restrictions on HME's ability
to transfer such shares or acquire additional shares, and the transaction
structure and consideration.
    
 
   
     During the negotiations, Laserscope considered two major alternatives to
the current acquisition structure. The first alternative consisted of purchasing
a portion of HSI instead of the complete entity. This alternative was rejected
because it did not satisfy the strategic goal of acquiring both the laser
products and the OR systems portfolio. In addition, HME was only interested in
the sale of the complete company. The second and most significant alternative
consisted of the method of payment which ranged from all cash to all stock
consideration. An all cash alternative would have, in the opinion of Laserscope
and its financial advisor, severely limited the combined companies' future
borrowing capacity and presented a debt-heavy company to the financial
community, reducing Laserscope's ability to increase shareholder value. An all
stock transaction was viable from Laserscope's perspective but HME desired a
minimum of $2 million in cash as partial consideration.
    
 
REASONS FOR THE ACQUISITION
 
     The Laserscope Board believes that the acquisition of the HME Assets will
strengthen and broaden Laserscope's product offerings, expand its international
distribution capabilities, and help Laserscope achieve efficiencies in
manufacturing, product development, marketing, sales and customer support, as
well as increase Laserscope's size, which the Board believes will enhance
Laserscope's profile with customers and with the investment community.
 
   
     During the Acquisition discussions, both business and financial reasons for
the Acquisition were reviewed extensively. The business factors considered were
the reputation, research and engineering programs, manufacturing facilities,
sales activities and customer base, and the operating efficiencies expected to
be derived from the acquisition of the HME Assets. The financial factors
considered were the operating histories, current operating plans, and balance
sheets of the HME Assets. In addition, the Laserscope Board considered the
dilutive impact of the Acquisition on Laserscope's existing shareholders. See
"VOTING AND PROXIES -- Dilution," and "THE ACQUISITION AND RELATED
TRANSACTIONS -- Laserscope Financial Advisor." While the Laserscope Board
believes that the prospects for Laserscope after the Acquisition are positive,
the integration of the HME Assets into Laserscope's business, and the management
of the larger combined business are subject to a number of risks. See "TERMS OF
THE ACQUISITION -- Certain Risks Associated with the Acquisition."
    
 
                                       18
<PAGE>   25
 
     At its April 22, 1996 Board meeting, the Board of Directors of Laserscope
unanimously approved the Agreement and the transactions contemplated thereby,
after a presentation by management and the presentation by Von Gehr
International, primarily for the following reasons:
 
     1. The complementary nature of the HME Assets with Laserscope's business,
and the potential long-term benefits that could result from the integration of
the businesses.  Laserscope believes that the Acquisition presents an
opportunity for Laserscope to offer a stronger and broader range of products.
HSI is a prominent manufacturer of CO2 and Nd:YAG lasers as well as operating
room systems. Its lasers are sold under the LaserSonics tradename. The
LaserSonics CO2 PARAGON laser is used in skin resurfacing, a popular
dermatological procedure. Its operating room products include lighting systems,
surgical tables, ceiling-mounted equipment management systems, and centralized
smoke evacuation systems. The addition of new product lines and technologies
will give Laserscope the opportunity to participate in new markets, including
new non-laser markets.
 
     2. The incremental distribution capabilities of HSI should provide new
product channels for Laserscope products.  Laserscope believes that the
acquisition will enable Laserscope to expand its distribution capabilities in
Europe, Asia and Latin America. HSI presently distributes its products in 44
countries. Laserscope presently distributes its products in 25 countries. While
the ultimate number of countries in which Laserscope will distribute products
may vary in the future, Laserscope believes that it will be able to take
advantage of certain HSI distribution channels to expand Laserscope's
distribution capabilities and at the same time reduce distribution costs by
eliminating redundant distribution channels.
 
     3. The size of the combined company should position it well in current and
future markets.  While each of the companies is smaller in comparison to several
other companies in the highly competitive medical laser industry, the Laserscope
Board believes that the Acquisition presents an opportunity for Laserscope to
broaden and strengthen both its market presence and product offerings with
products that Laserscope believes are well regarded by the market. In
Laserscope's experience, both companies have had strong reputations for quality
products and reliable service. Laserscope believes that the Acquisition presents
an opportunity for Laserscope to grow by further augmenting its reputation with
its customers and with the investment community.
 
     4. The combined company should achieve greater efficiency of scale.  As a
larger company, Laserscope believes that greater combined manufacturing levels
will give it additional bargaining power with suppliers and the ability to
spread its fixed costs over greater production levels. Laserscope expects to be
able to combine the two companies' distribution channels and administrative
organizations with the objective of streamlining combined expenses and spreading
those expenses over a larger revenue base.
 
     5. Fairness of the Consideration.  The Laserscope Board believes that the
consideration being paid for the HME Assets is fair to Laserscope from a
financial point of view, as supported by the opinion of Von Gehr International.
See "THE ACQUISITION AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS -- Laserscope Financial Advisor."
 
     Laserscope considered the above in light of its knowledge of the business
and operations of Laserscope, information presented by Laserscope management and
by Von Gehr International, the opinion delivered by Von Gehr International and
its business judgment. In view of the number and complexity of factors
considered, the Laserscope Board did not assign a relative weight to any of the
factors considered. However, the Laserscope Board placed special emphasis on its
belief in the complementary and synergistic business and financial strengths of
the Laserscope and the HME Assets, its view that those complementary strengths
in technologies, markets, distribution capabilities and market reputation would
enhance the value of the combined company in the eyes of its customers and the
investment community, and its view, as supported by the Von Gehr International
opinion, that the consideration paid to HME for the HME Assets is fair to
Laserscope from a financial point of view.
 
                                       19
<PAGE>   26
 
LASERSCOPE FINANCIAL ADVISOR
 
     Laserscope engaged Von Gehr International to act as its financial advisor
in connection with the Acquisition and to render its opinion as to the fairness,
from a financial point of view, to Laserscope of the consideration to be paid by
Laserscope in the Acquisition. On April 22, 1996, in connection with the
evaluation of the Agreement and the Acquisition by the Board of Directors of
Laserscope, Von Gehr International made a presentation to the Laserscope Board
with respect to the Acquisition, including delivery of a report summarizing Von
Gehr International's analysis as described below. On April 23, 1996, Von Gehr
International delivered its written opinion that subject to certain assumptions
set forth in its written opinion, the consideration to be paid by Laserscope in
the Acquisition is fair, from a financial point of view, to Laserscope. The full
text of the written opinion of Von Gehr International is set forth in Exhibit B
to this Proxy Statement.
 
   
     No limitations were imposed by Laserscope on the scope of Von Gehr
International's investigation or the procedures to be followed by Von Gehr
International in rendering its opinion. Von Gehr International's opinion is
directed to the Board of Directors of Laserscope for the purpose of helping the
Laserscope Board of Directors confirm the fairness of Laserscope's determination
of the consideration to be paid for HSI and the LDB. Von Gehr International's
opinion does not constitute a recommendation to any Laserscope shareholder as to
how such shareholder should vote with respect to the Acquisition at the Special
Meeting. Von Gehr International was not requested to opine as to, and its
opinion does not in any manner address, Laserscope's underlying business
decision to proceed with or effect the Acquisition.
    
 
     In arriving at its opinion, Von Gehr International reviewed the Agreement
and the financial and other information that was publicly available or furnished
by Laserscope and HME, including certain internal financial reports and
forecasts for HSI and the LDB and for Laserscope prepared by their respective
management. Von Gehr International also held discussions with members of the
senior management of HSI and the LDB and Laserscope regarding the historic and
current business operations and future prospects of their respective businesses,
including their expectations for certain strategic benefits of the acquisition.
 
   
     Von Gehr International compared selected financial data (including latest
reported twelve months ("LTM") revenues, earnings before income and taxes
("EBIT"), net income and projected financial performance of Laserscope and HSI
and the LDB with similar data from the following publicly traded companies
engaged in businesses considered by Von Gehr International to be comparable to
those of Laserscope and HSI and the LDB: Candela Laser Corporation; Coherent,
Inc.; Laser Industries Limited; Medstone International Inc.; Palomar Medical
Technologies, Inc.; Spectranetics Corporation; Sunrise Technologies
International; Surgical Laser Technologies, Inc.; and Trimedyne Inc. With
respect to each such company, Von Gehr International calculated market
capitalization to revenue and market capitalization to EBIT, after performing
appropriate adjustments, as well as three year and one year historical growth
rates. The results of these analyses were used to impute a range of values for
Laserscope by applying the multiples derived from the analyses to Laserscope's
financial results. Based on these analyses, Von Gehr International established
that the relative valuation of HSI and the LDB was approximately 45% of
Laserscope. When making such calculation, Von Gehr International made a 10%
downward adjustment to the valuation of HSI and the LDB based on the fact that
the profit margin and one and three year growth rates for HSI and the LDB was
less than the average of the comparable public companies.
    
 
   
     Von Gehr International also compared selected financial data of Laserscope
with similar data of the companies involved in the following transactions:
Coherent, Inc.'s acquisition of Applied Laser Systems; Laser Industries
Limited's acquisition of Surgilase Medical Laser; and Spectranetics
Corporation's acquisition of Advanced Interventional. Von Gehr International
also determined the average revenue multiple from each such transaction to
assign a revenue multiple to the Acquisition. Such analysis indicated that the
issuance by Laserscope of up to 48% of Laserscope's common stock for HSI and the
LDB would result in the Acquisition having a comparable revenue multiple to the
other transactions. In addition, Von Gehr International prepared a five year
discounted cash flow analysis for Laserscope and for HSI and the LDB. Von Gehr
International calculated terminal values for the fifth year using multiples from
comparable public companies using a
    
 
                                       20
<PAGE>   27
 
   
discount rate of 20% as the standard estimator for cost of capital. The
discounted cash flow analysis indicated that Laserscope should issue up to 40%
of its common stock for HSI and the LDB.
    
 
   
     Von Gehr International also compared the income statement ratios of
Laserscope and HSI and the LDB for the years ended December 31, 1995 and 1996,
and as projected by Von Gehr International for the year ended December 31, 1997.
The comparison indicated that Laserscope should issue up to 42% of its common
stock for HSI and the LDB.
    
 
   
     Von Gehr International then took the above four analyses and weighted them
equally. The weighted average valuation indicated that Laserscope should issue
up to 44% of its common stock for HSI and the LDB. Von Gehr International thus
determined that fair consideration for HSI and the LDB would be between 42% to
46% of Laserscope's common stock. The consideration to be paid by Laserscope in
the Acquisition is approximately 39.5% of Laserscope's common stock plus $2
million which translates into 43% of Laserscope's common stock, and is within
the valuation range determined by Von Gehr International.
    
 
   
     Von Gehr International also calculated the return on investment to
Laserscope with and without assuming investment synergies. Laserscope's
projected return on investment exceeded 65% assuming investment synergies, and
exceeded 45% assuming no synergies, in each case well in excess of Laserscope's
20% cost of capital. In addition, Von Gehr International calculated the impact
of dilution to Laserscope shareholders of the shares to be issued in connection
with the Acquisition. Von Gehr International's dilution calculations indicated a
potential benefit to shareholders from the Acquisition.
    
 
   
     In connection with its review, Von Gehr International assumed, without
independent verification, the accuracy, completeness and fairness of all of the
financial and other information regarding Laserscope and HSI and the LDB
provided by their respective representatives. Von Gehr International did not
make any independent evaluation of Laserscope or HSI and the LDB nor did it
review any of their corporate records. Pursuant to an engagement letter between
Laserscope and Von Gehr International, Laserscope has agreed to pay Von Gehr
International a fee of $185,000 for acting as financial advisor in connection
with the Acquisition, including rendering its opinion. Of such fee, $15,000 was
paid on December 12, 1995, with the remainder to become payable upon the
Closing. Laserscope also has agreed to reimburse Von Gehr International for its
reasonable expenses.
    
 
   
RECOMMENDATION OF THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS
    
 
     THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS BELIEVES THAT THE ACQUISITION IS FAIR AND IN THE
BEST INTERESTS OF LASERSCOPE AND ITS SHAREHOLDERS, BASED ON THE REASONS FOR THE
ACQUISITION SET FORTH ABOVE. CONSEQUENTLY, THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS RECOMMENDS A
VOTE "FOR" THE PROPOSAL TO ADOPT THE AGREEMENT AND THE ACQUISITION. SEE "THE
ACQUISITION AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS -- REASONS FOR THE ACQUISITION; FACTORS
CONSIDERED BY THE BOARD."
 
                            TERMS OF THE ACQUISITION
 
     The following paragraphs summarize, among other things, the material terms
of the Agreement, which is attached hereto as Exhibit A and incorporated herein
by reference. Shareholders are urged to read the Agreement in its entirety for a
more complete description of the Acquisition. Unless defined herein, defined
terms shall have the meanings ascribed to them in the Agreement.
 
EFFECTIVE TIME OF THE ACQUISITION
 
     Laserscope and HME executed the Agreement on April 23, 1996. The
transactions contemplated by the Agreement will take place on the closing (the
"Closing") which shall occur on or before August 31, 1996 (the "Closing Date").
 
                                       21
<PAGE>   28
 
ASSETS AND LIABILITIES TO BE ACQUIRED
 
   
     The Agreement provides that at the Closing HME will transfer and Laserscope
will acquire, all of the outstanding shares of capital stock of HSI (the "HSI
Shares") and certain of the assets and liabilities of HME's laser distribution
operations (the "LDB"). The LDB Assets consist principally of inventory, and the
LDB Liabilities are comprised of trade payables (not to exceed $500,000 apart
from payables to HSI), employment contracts and payroll and payroll-related
obligations. The Agreement also provides that, effective upon the Closing,
Laserscope will have the right to purchase from HME at agreed upon prices
operating room surgical lamps and resell such lamps in the United States. See
"TERMS OF THE ACQUISITION -- Additional Agreements -- Surgical Lamp Distribution
Agreement."
    
 
     In addition, the Agreement provides that at the Closing, Laserscope will
assume certain liabilities of HME, including: (i) certain contracts of HME
related to the LDB; (ii) all outstanding purchase orders of the LDB, other than
to HSI; (iii) all property taxes, lease payments, and prepaid license and
registration fees with respect to the LDB Assets as of the Closing Date; (iv)
insurance premiums related to the LDB Assets, pro rated as of the Closing Date;
(v) all product liability arising after the Closing, relating to products
manufactured or sold by HSI or the LDB any time before or after the Closing.
 
CONSIDERATION FOR THE HME ASSETS
 
     As consideration for the HME Assets, Laserscope will issue to HME 4,609,345
shares of Laserscope common stock (500,000 of which will be placed in an escrow
account for one year to cover certain indemnification obligations of HME under
the Agreement), and will pay to HME $2 million in cash. All promissory notes and
other indebtedness owed by HSI to HME and its affiliates will be contributed to
HSI's capital effective as of the Closing, except trade accounts payable in an
amount not exceeding $2.5 million resulting from product deliveries (subject to
increase with Laserscope's prior written consent), and trade accounts payable in
an amount not to exceed $10,000 resulting from the provision of services by HME
to HSI.
 
     At the Closing, HSI will grant to HME: the right to obtain from Laserscope,
at any time within four years of the Closing Date, a nonexclusive worldwide
sublicense outside the United States (the "CVAC Sublicense") to all of HSI's
rights to manufacture and sell central smoke evacuation equipment ("CVAC"), and
all related rights, for so long as HSI continues to have such rights; and a
nonexclusive worldwide license outside the United States to all of HSI's
technology relating to mounting devices (the "Mounting Device License") for a
period of ten years from the Closing.
 
CERTAIN COVENANTS
 
     Noncompetition.  The Agreement provides that for a period of seven years
after the Closing, HME and companies controlled by or under common control with
Heraeus Holding GmbH (the "Holding Company") (with the exception of the Heraeus
dental business), will not develop, manufacture, service or sell hospital or
physician office-based laser surgical systems or accessories. The Holding
Company is the indirect parent of HSI. See "HSI MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND
ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATION -- Overview." In
addition, during the term of the Mounting Device License, neither Laserscope nor
any of its subsidiaries or affiliated persons are permitted to develop,
manufacture, service or sell mounting device products based on the licensed
mounting device technology outside of the United States. Furthermore, for a
period of seven years after the Closing, neither Laserscope nor any of its
subsidiaries or affiliated persons are permitted to develop, manufacture,
service or sell products based on the technology sublicensed to Laserscope.
 
     Standstill.  The Agreement provides that for a period of seven years after
the Closing, neither HME nor Heraeus Holding nor any other company controlled by
Heraeus Holding will acquire any additional shares of Laserscope common stock or
any rights, options or warrants to purchase additional Laserscope common stock
without the approval of Laserscope's Board of Directors. In addition, HME may
not sell or otherwise transfer more than 1 million Laserscope Shares to any
person (after aggregating all Laserscope Shares held by such person's
affiliates), unless such person and its affiliates agree to the above transfer
restrictions; provided, that
 
                                       22
<PAGE>   29
 
with respect to any such person, the transfer restrictions shall terminate on
the third anniversary of the Closing.
 
     Operation of Business.  The Agreement provides that prior to the Closing
each party will conduct its business, in the ordinary course consistent with
prior practices. In particular, neither Laserscope, HSI nor HME will make any
distribution or payment of cash or other assets to their shareholders (other
than normal wages, benefits and expense reimbursements to employees). In
addition, during the period from April 23, 1996 through the Closing and other
than in the ordinary course consistent with prior practices, HSI will not
transfer any material assets, incur any material liabilities, materially shift
the balance of inventory, cash and receivables as reflected in its March 31,
1996 balance sheet or enter into any material agreement.
 
     Insurance.  The Agreement requires Laserscope to maintain in effect $10
million in product liability insurance to cover claims related to products sold
by Laserscope and its subsidiaries. Laserscope also has agreed to maintain in
effect affiliated persons and directors' and officers' liability insurance of
the type and in the amount customarily maintained by companies of similar size
and similarly situated.
 
     Lockup.  The Agreement provides that HME shall not sell, transfer or pledge
any shares of Laserscope common stock received at the Closing (other than to
Laserscope pursuant to the indemnification provisions described above) for a
period of one year from the Closing Date.
 
     Directors.  Pursuant to the Agreement, the Laserscope Board of Directors
has amended the Laserscope Bylaws to set the number of directors at eight, and
will reduce the authorized number of directors to seven upon the first
anniversary of the Closing Date. Effective upon the Closing, the Laserscope
Board will appoint three persons designated by HME to fill the three resulting
vacancies on the Laserscope Board. For so long after the first anniversary of
the Closing Date as HME owns at least 3.3 million shares of Laserscope common
stock, Laserscope has agreed to use its best efforts to have three nominees of
HME elected to the Laserscope Board of Directors; for so long after such
anniversary as HME owns at least 1.6 million shares of Laserscope common stock,
Laserscope has agreed to use its best efforts to have at least two nominees of
HME elected to the Laserscope Board; and for so long after such anniversary as
HME owns at least 600,000 shares of Laserscope common stock, Laserscope has
agreed to use its best efforts to have one nominee of HME elected to the
Laserscope Board. In addition, for so long as HME owns at least 600,000 shares
of Laserscope common stock, Laserscope has agreed not to increase, or to ask its
shareholders to increase, the number of authorized directors beyond seven
without the prior consent of HME. Pursuant to the terms of the Agreement, each
member of the Laserscope Board designated by HME will be covered by liability
insurance to the same extent as other members of the Laserscope Board in their
capacity as directors. In addition, Laserscope has agreed to reimburse HME for
the reasonable expenses of such board members in attending Laserscope Board
meetings and fulfilling their duties as directors, up to a maximum of $25,000
per year. See "THE ACQUISITION AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS -- Certain Risks
Associated with the Acquisition."
 
     Issuances of Capital Stock.  Prior to the Closing, Laserscope has agreed
that it will not, without obtaining the prior written consent of HME: (i) issue
and sell more than $3 million of its capital stock (excluding sales upon
exercise of employee, director or consultant stock options); (ii) grant options
to purchase more than 150,000 shares of Laserscope common stock to employees and
directors of, and consultants to Laserscope; and (iii) grant options to purchase
more than one million shares of Laserscope common stock to employees and
directors of, and consultants to Laserscope or HSI effective upon the Closing,
not more than 200,000 of which may be granted to Laserscope's executive officers
listed in Laserscope's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December
31, 1995, or any of them.
 
INDEMNIFICATION
 
     HME has agreed to indemnify and hold Laserscope and its officers,
directors, shareholders, affiliates, insurers, attorneys, successors and assigns
harmless from: (i) any liabilities, losses, damages, claims, costs and expenses
of the LDB of any nature, whether absolute or contingent or otherwise, which
Laserscope has not expressly agreed to assume or accept pursuant to the
Agreement; (ii) any and all liabilities, losses, damages, claims, costs and
expenses resulting from any misrepresentation or breach of any warranty in the
Agreement or in any written statement or certificate furnished or to be
furnished by HME to Laserscope pursuant to the
 
                                       23
<PAGE>   30
 
Agreement; (iii) any and all liabilities, losses, damages, claims, costs and
expenses resulting from any breach or non-fulfillment of any covenant or
agreement on the part of HME contained in the Agreement or officer's certificate
delivered by HME to Laserscope under the Agreement; and (iv) any and all
actions, suits, proceedings, demands, assessments or judgments, costs and
expenses (including attorneys' fees) incident to clauses (i), (ii) and (iii).
 
     Laserscope has agreed to indemnify and hold HME and its officers,
directors, shareholders, affiliates, insurers, attorneys, successors and assigns
harmless from: (i) any and all liabilities, losses, damages, claims, costs and
expenses arising out of or resulting from Laserscope's failure to perform its
obligations to assume and accept the assignment of the LDB Assets and LDB
Liabilities, or the use by Laserscope or any of its affiliated persons (other
than HME or any transferee of the Laserscope Shares) after the Closing of any of
the LDB Assets; (ii) any and all liabilities, losses, damages, claims, costs and
expenses resulting from any misrepresentation or breach of warranty by
Laserscope contained in the Agreement or in any written statement or certificate
furnished or to be furnished by Laserscope to HME under the Agreement; (iii) any
and all liabilities, losses, damages, claims, costs and expenses resulting from
any breach or non-fulfillment of any covenant or agreement on the part of
Laserscope or HSI contained in the Agreement or in the officer's certificate
delivered pursuant to the Agreement; (iv) any and all liabilities, losses,
damages, claims, costs and expenses not reimbursed by insurance resulting from
any product liability claims (whether based upon negligence, strict liability or
any other legal theory) arising after the Closing and relating to products
manufactured or sold by Laserscope, HSI or the LDB at any time before or after
the Closing; and (v) any and all actions, suits, proceedings, demands,
assessments or judgments, costs and expenses (including attorneys' fees)
incident to any of the foregoing.
 
CONTINUING LIABILITY
 
   
     In the absence of fraud and except for certain HSI tax liabilities, HME's
liability to Laserscope for breach of HME's representations and warranties under
the Agreement will be limited to 500,000 Laserscope Shares placed in escrow as
described above. Under the Agreement, HME has represented and warranted to
Laserscope, subject to certain specified exceptions, as to: (i) HME's due
incorporation and good standing under the Federal Republic of Germany and HSI's
due incorporation and good standing in Delaware; (ii) HME's and HSI's power to
own their properties and conduct their businesses as now conducted; (iii) HME's
and HSI's compliance with applicable law, charter documents and material
contracts; (iv) HSI's capitalization and HME's title to the HSI Shares free and
clear of any liens, and HME's status as sole shareholder of HSI; (v) HME's
authority to transfer the HME Assets as contemplated under the Agreement; (vi)
the accuracy of the financial statements provided Laserscope with respect to the
HME Assets; (vii) the absence of any material change to the HME Assets; (viii)
the timely and complete filing of all required tax returns; (ix) the absence of
any default by HSI under any material agreement to which it is a party; (x) the
absence of any litigation with respect to the HME Assets; (xi) HME's product
liability insurance with respect to products sold by HSI prior the Closing;
(xii) neither HME nor HSI incurring any brokerage or similar commissions in
connection with the Acquisition (other than as described in the Agreement;)
(xiii) the completeness of the list of material contracts relating to the LDB
provided by HME to Laserscope and the absence of any breach thereunder; (xiv)
HSI's ownership of certain assets; (xv) the accuracy of the representations and
warranties provided by HME to Laserscope; and (xvi) the absence of any employee
compensation plans subject to the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of
1974 ("ERISA") and certain other representations related to employee matters.
HME's representations and warranties must have been true and correct as of April
23, 1996, must be true as of the Closing Date, and survive for a period of one
year after the Closing Date.
    
 
   
     In the absence of fraud, Laserscope's liability to HME for breach of
Laserscope's representations and warranties under the Agreement will be limited
to 500,000 additional shares of Laserscope common stock (the "Additional
Laserscope Shares"). Under the Agreement, Laserscope has represented and
warranted to HME, subject to certain specified exceptions, as to: (i)
Laserscope's due incorporation and good standing in California; (ii)
Laserscope's power to own its properties and conduct its business as now
conducted; (iii) Laserscope's compliance with applicable law, charter documents
and material contracts; (iv) Laserscope's capitalization, outstanding securities
and registration under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the
"Exchange Act"); (v) Laserscope's amendment of its Common Shares Rights
Agreement dated October 31, 1991 between Laserscope and American Stock Transfer
& Trust Company to
    
 
                                       24
<PAGE>   31
 
exempt HME's (and certain permitted transferees') acquisition of the Laserscope
Shares from constituting a triggering event under such agreement; (vi)
Laserscope's authority to enter the Agreement and consummate the transactions
contemplated thereunder (subject to shareholder approval) and the absence,
subject to certain exceptions, of the need for government approvals; (vii)
Laserscope's provision to HME of copies of all of Laserscope's filings with the
Securities and Exchange Commission (the "Commission") and the accuracy of such
filings; (viii) the absence of any material change to Laserscope's business or
assets or operating results; (ix) the timely and complete filing of all required
tax returns; (x) the absence of any default by Laserscope under any material
agreement to which it is a party; (xi) the absence of any litigation or
knowledge of any product liability; (xii) Laserscope's product liability
insurance and director and officer liability insurance; (xiii) Laserscope not
incurring any brokerage or similar commissions in connection with the
Acquisition; (xiv) the accuracy of the representations and warranties provided
by HME to Laserscope; and (xv) the absence of any employee compensation plans
subject to ERISA and certain other representations related to employee matters.
Laserscope's representations and warranties must have been true and correct as
of April 23, 1996, must be true as of the Closing Date, and survive for a period
of one year after the Closing Date.
 
     In the event of fraud or any claim other than for a breach of a
representation or warranty, the Agreement entitles the aggrieved party to all
rights and remedies at law and in equity which may accrue to such party. In
addition, as set forth above, Laserscope has agreed to assume certain
liabilities of HME in connection with the Acquisition, including all product
liability arising after the Closing, relating to products manufactured or sold
by HSI or the LDB any time before or after the Closing. See "THE ACQUISITION AND
RELATED TRANSACTIONS -- Certain Risks Associated with the Transaction -- Product
Liability Risk; Limited Insurance Coverage."
 
ESCROW
 
     At the Closing, or as soon thereafter as possible, Laserscope's transfer
agent will deposit into escrow with the Chief Financial Officer of Laserscope
(the "Escrow Agent") a certificate representing 500,000 of the Laserscope shares
of common stock issuable to HME under the Agreement (the "Escrowed Shares") and
a stock assignment in blank in respect of such shares signed by HME, upon the
Escrow Agent's written agreement to be bound by the terms of the agreement with
respect to the Escrowed Shares. If the Escrow Agent has not received written
notice of a claim for indemnification by Laserscope under the Agreement within
one year after the Closing, the Escrow Agent shall promptly release the
certificate for the Escrowed Shares to HME. If Laserscope has made a claim or
claims for indemnification under the Agreement within such one-year period, the
Escrow Agent shall retain the certificate representing such shares until the
Escrow Agent shall have received from Laserscope and HME joint instructions
concerning the disposition of the Escrowed Shares or the order of an arbitrator
(selected by the parties) directing the release of all or a portion of such
shares to Laserscope or HME. The Escrow Agent will have no liability to
Laserscope or HME for any actions taken in good faith and in the exercise of
good business judgment. Laserscope and HME will each pay half of the expenses,
if any, of the Escrow Agent. Any escrowed shares used to settle any claim under
the Agreement will be valued at the average of the closing prices of Laserscope
common stock on Nasdaq over the five trading days immediately preceding the date
on which the claim is settled.
 
   
INDEMNIFICATION -- ADDITIONAL LASERSCOPE SHARES
    
 
   
     If HME notifies Laserscope within one year after the Closing that it has a
claim or claims for indemnification under the Agreement, and such claim has been
resolved by Laserscope and HME or by an arbitrator (selected by the parties), in
HME's favor, Laserscope shall issue up to 500,000 of the Additional Laserscope
Shares to HME to compensate HME for the amount of such claim or claims. Such
additional shares issued to HME to settle any claim under the Agreement will be
valued at the average of the closing prices of Laserscope common stock on Nasdaq
over the five trading days immediately preceding the date on which the claim is
settled.
    
 
                                       25
<PAGE>   32
 
REGISTRATION RIGHTS
 
     The Agreement provides HME with the following registrations rights, none of
which becomes effective until the first anniversary of the Closing:
 
   
     Shelf Registration.  Laserscope has agreed to use its best efforts to,
within one year of the Closing, prepare and file with the Commission and
maintain for up to three years from the effective date, a continuous or "shelf"
registration statement pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933, as
amended (the "Securities Act"), covering sales from time to time thereafter of
the shares of Laserscope common stock issued to HME pursuant to the Agreement
(as further defined in the Agreement, the "Registrable Securities") in one or
more transactions in the over-the-counter market or on any stock exchange on
which Laserscope's common stock may then be listed; or in negotiated
transactions or any combination of the foregoing; provided that such
transactions do not include an underwritten public offering. Securities may not
be offered or sold pursuant to the shelf registration within three months of any
prior sale, or for a period of up to 90 days, if, in the reasonable judgment of
the Board of Directors of Laserscope after consultation with counsel, there is
or may be in existence material undisclosed information or events with respect
to Laserscope (the "Suspension Right"). Once the Suspension Right has been used,
it may not be used again until at least twelve months have elapsed from the end
of the prior use.
    
 
     Piggyback and Demand Registration.  After the date that Laserscope is no
longer required to maintain the shelf registration (the "Expiration Date"),
Laserscope has agreed to include the Registrable Securities in any primary
offering of Laserscope's securities (other than registrations relating solely to
approved stock purchase and option or other benefit plans, or a transaction
under Rule 145 under the Securities Act), but only to the extent that such
inclusion will not diminish the number of securities included by Laserscope and,
in the discretion of the managing underwriter, market factors do not require a
limitation of such Registrable Securities.
 
     In addition, after the Expiration Date, Laserscope has agreed to file one
or more registration statements on Form S-3 for a public offering of shares of
the Registrable Securities, the reasonably anticipated aggregate price to the
public of which, net of underwriting discounts and commissions, would exceed $1
million, and to use its best efforts to cause such Registrable Securities to be
registered for the offering on such form; provided that Laserscope is not
required to effect more than two such registrations in any twelve month period.
 
     Registration Expenses.  Under the Agreement, Laserscope has agreed to pay
all registration, qualification and filing fees, printing expenses, escrow fees,
fees and disbursements of counsel for Laserscope, blue sky fees and expenses and
the expense of any special audits incident to or required by any registration
described in the registration rights provision of the Agreement. All
underwriting discounts, selling commissions and stock transfer taxes applicable
to securities registered by Holders and all fees and disbursements of counsel
for the Holders shall be borne by the Holders of such securities pro rata based
on the number of Registrable Securities so registered; provided that Laserscope
has agreed to reimburse the Holders for up to an aggregate maximum of $25,000
for such attorney's fees and expenses.
 
     Indemnification.  Pursuant to the Agreement, each of the parties has agreed
to customary indemnification obligations in connection with the registration
rights provisions.
 
CLOSING AND CONDITIONS TO THE ACQUISITION
 
     The Agreement provides that the Closing will take place, as soon as
practicable, following approval of the Acquisition by the shareholders of
Laserscope at such time and place as the parties may mutually agree, on or prior
to August 31, 1996. The respective obligations of HME and Laserscope to
consummate the Acquisition are subject to the satisfaction of a number of
conditions, including, but not limited to, (a) the truth and accuracy in all
material respects of the representations and warranties of the other party set
forth in the Agreement; (b) the legality of the Acquisition; (c) the approval of
the Agreement by the shareholders of Laserscope; (d) the Closing of the
Acquisition on or before August 31, 1996; and (e) the obtaining of all material
government approvals and agreements and consents of any party necessary for the
other party's consummation of the transactions contemplated by the Agreement.
 
                                       26
<PAGE>   33
 
     In addition, the obligation of Laserscope to consummate the Acquisition is
further subject to the satisfaction of a number of conditions, unless waived in
writing by Laserscope, including the receipt by Laserscope of an opinion of
counsel to HME reasonably satisfactory to Laserscope as to matters usual in
transactions similar to the Acquisition.
 
     Furthermore, the obligation of HME to consummate the Acquisition is further
subject to the satisfaction of a number of conditions, unless waived in writing
by HME, including (a) the receipt by HME of an opinion of counsel to Laserscope
reasonably satisfactory to HME as to matters usual in transactions similar to
the Acquisition and (b) the expansion of the Board of Directors of Laserscope to
eight members, and the designation of three directors by HME to fill the three
resulting vacancies, such persons to serve as directors of Laserscope until the
next meeting of the shareholders of Laserscope at which directors are elected.
 
FEES, EXPENSES AND TAXES
 
     Laserscope will pay all of its own legal, accounting and advisor expenses
in connection with the transactions covered by the Agreement. HME will pay all
of its own legal, accounting and advisor expenses in connection with
transactions covered by the Agreement, including all expenses of HSI. If the
transactions contemplated by the Agreement are consummated, Laserscope will
reimburse HME for up to $200,000 of reasonable out-of-pocket legal, accounting
and advisor expenses related to the Agreement (excluding costs of HME employees
and any HSI expenses incurred in connection with the Agreement) or will directly
assume such expenses upon receipt from HME of supporting documentation.
 
     Under the Agreement, HME shall pay all sales and other taxes, duties and
assessments with respect to any transfer of stock, assets and other rights
transferred to Laserscope which are imposed by any U.S., state or non-U.S.
taxing authority, except Laserscope shall pay any German value added tax
("VAT"), if any, resulting from the sale of the LDB Assets.
 
APPOINTMENT OF DIRECTORS
 
     Effective upon Closing, the Board of Directors of Laserscope has amended
the Laserscope Bylaws to set the number of directors at eight. The Laserscope
Board has agreed to appoint the following persons designated by HME to fill the
resulting three vacancies on the Laserscope Board (the "HME Directors"):
 
     Klaus Goffloo, 50, is a German national. He served as general manager of
the Electrical Heating and Air Conditioning group of Siemens AG from 1986 until
1992 and since that time has served as Chairman of HME and as a member of the
Board of Directors of the Holding Company.
 
     Thomas Ihlenfeldt, 48, is a German national. He joined the Heraeus group of
companies in 1984 and has served in various positions. Since mid-1995 Mr.
Ihlenfeldt has served as Managing Director of HME. From 1990 through 1995 Mr.
Ihlenfeldt served as President and Chief Executive Officer of Heraeus Surgical,
Inc., formerly Heraeus LaserSonics, and is presently Chairman and Chief
Executive Officer of Heraeus Surgical, Inc., Milpitas, California.
 
     David Cohen, 43, has been an attorney practicing law with the firm of Cohen
& Ostler, A Professional Corporation, for more than five years. Mr. Cohen's firm
served as counsel to HME and HSI in connection with the Acquisition.
 
TERMINATION OF AGREEMENT
 
     The Agreement may be terminated at any time prior to the Closing Date,
whether before or after approval of the Acquisition by the shareholders of
Laserscope by either Laserscope or HME if (a) the other party has breached a
material provision of the Agreement and has not corrected such failure within
thirty days after receipt of written notice describing such breach; or (b) every
condition to Closing is not either satisfied or waived, and Closing does not
occur, by August 31, 1996.
 
                                       27
<PAGE>   34
 
ADDITIONAL AGREEMENTS
 
     In connection with the Acquisition, Laserscope has also entered or agreed
to enter into the following agreements:
 
     Surgical Lamp Distribution Agreement.  Pursuant to the Surgical Lamp
Distribution Agreement (the "Distribution Agreement") to be entered into between
HME and Laserscope at the Closing, HME will grant Laserscope the right to
purchase at a specified discount, distribute and service certain HME surgical
lamp products (the "Products") in the United States. Laserscope's obligations
under the Distribution Agreement will include installing, supporting,
maintaining, servicing and promoting the Products within the United States. The
Distribution Agreement will provide for an indefinite term which may be
terminated on twelve months' prior notice but not before January 1, 2001, except
that it may be terminated immediately by a party upon breach of certain
provisions or covenants.
 
     Escrow Agreement.  In connection with the Agreement's indemnification
provisions, Laserscope's chief financial officer will serve without compensation
as escrow agent (the "Escrow Agent") pursuant to an escrow agreement (the
"Escrow Agreement") by and among Laserscope, the Escrow Agent and HME with
respect to 500,000 Laserscope Shares (the "Escrowed Shares"). Under the Escrow
Agreement, Laserscope and HME agree to indemnify the Escrow Agent against any
and all losses, claims, damages, liabilities and expenses incurred by the Escrow
Agent in connection with performing his duties under the Escrow Agreement
provided the Escrow Agent acts in good faith and in the exercise of good
business judgment. In the event of any dispute with respect to the Escrowed
Shares, the Escrow Agent is authorized under the Escrow Agreement to retain
possession of the Escrowed Shares until such dispute is resolved by the parties
or otherwise.
 
   
     Common Shares Rights Agreement Amendment.  Pursuant to the Agreement, and
as authorized by the Laserscope Board of Directors, Laserscope and American
Stock Transfer & Trust Company (the "Rights Agent") have amended that certain
Common Shares Rights Agreement dated October 31, 1991 by and between Laserscope
and the Rights Agent (the "Rights Agreement"). The amendment to Rights Agreement
provides that the acquisition by HME, its subsidiaries, affiliates and permitted
transferees, pursuant to the Agreement, of the shares of Laserscope common stock
contemplated to be issued in the Acquisition, does not result in such persons
being deemed "Acquiring Persons" as such term is defined in the Rights
Agreement.
    
 
DISSENTERS' RIGHTS
 
     Laserscope shareholders who dissent and do not vote in favor of the
Acquisition are entitled to certain dissenters' rights under California law in
connection with the Acquisition. Such shareholders who perfect their dissenters'
rights and follow certain procedures in the manner prescribed by law will be
entitled to have their shares repurchased by Laserscope for cash. Set forth
below is a summary of "dissenters' rights" under California law. Such summary is
qualified in its entirety by reference to Sections 1300-1312 of the California
General Corporation Law, the complete text of which is attached hereto as
Exhibit C. ANY SHAREHOLDER WHO WISHES TO EXERCISE DISSENTERS' RIGHTS OR WHO
WISHES TO PRESERVE HIS OR HER RIGHT TO DO SO SHOULD REVIEW EXHIBIT C CAREFULLY,
SINCE FAILURE TO COMPLY WITH THE PROCEDURES SET FORTH THEREIN WILL RESULT IN THE
LOSS OF SUCH RIGHTS.
 
     If the Acquisition is approved by the required vote of Laserscope's
shareholders and is not abandoned or terminated, any Laserscope shareholder who
voted his or her shares against the Agreement (a "Dissenting Shareholder") may,
by complying with the provisions of Sections 1300-1312 of the California General
Corporation Law, require Laserscope to purchase for cash at their fair market
value the shares owned by him or her which were voted against the Acquisition
("Dissenting Shares"). Under California law, the fair market value shall be
determined as of the day before the first announcement of the terms of the
Acquisition, excluding any appreciation or depreciation in consequence of the
Acquisition.
 
     A Dissenting Shareholder wishing to require Laserscope to purchase his or
her Dissenting Shares must:
 
          (1) Vote against the Agreement any or all of the shares he or she is
     entitled to vote (shares not voted are not considered to be voted against
     the Agreement);
 
                                       28
<PAGE>   35
 
          (2) Make written demand upon Laserscope or the transfer agent for
     Laserscope not later than the date of the Special Meeting, setting forth in
     his or her demand the number of shares which he or she demands that
     Laserscope purchase and a statement by him or her as to what he or she
     claims the fair market value of such shares to have been, based on the
     standards referred to above; and
 
          (3) Submit, within thirty days after the date on which the notice of
     approval of the Agreement by Laserscope's shareholders described below is
     mailed to such shareholder, at the principal office of Laserscope or at the
     office of the transfer agent for Laserscope's common stock, the
     certificates representing any shares in regard to which demand for purchase
     is being made, for endorsement with a statement that the shares are
     "Dissenting Shares."
 
     Written demands, notices or other communications which a Dissenting
Shareholder wishes to send to Laserscope concerning the exercise of dissenters'
rights should be addressed to Laserscope: 3052 Orchard Drive, San Jose,
California 95134-2011, Attn: Chief Financial Officer.
 
     Neither a vote against approval of the Agreement nor the giving of a proxy
directing a negative vote will be sufficient to constitute the demand described
in clause (2) above. A proxy which fails to include instructions with respect to
approval of the Agreement will be voted in favor of the Agreement. Accordingly,
shares covered by such a proxy could not be Dissenting Shares. If a shareholder
delivers a proxy providing for a vote in favor of the Acquisition, the
shareholder may revoke the proxy as described under the above section "VOTING
AND PROXIES," vote against the Agreement and exercise dissenters' rights,
provided that the other requirements of California law have been satisfied by
such shareholder.
 
     If eligible holders of Laserscope's stock have made demands for payment on
or prior to the date of the Special Meeting, within ten days after the date of
the approval of the Agreement, Laserscope will mail to each Dissenting
Shareholder a notice of approval of the Agreement together with a statement of
the price determined by Laserscope to represent the fair market value of
Dissenting Shares and a brief description of the procedure to be followed if the
shareholder desires to pursue his dissenters' rights under the California
General Corporation Law. The statement of price will constitute an offer by
Laserscope to purchase, at the price stated therein, any Dissenting Shares. If
Laserscope and the Dissenting Shareholder agree that the shares are Dissenting
Shares and agree upon the price of the shares, the Dissenting Shareholder will
be entitled to the agreed upon price plus interest thereon at the legal rate on
judgments from the date of such agreement. Subject to the provisions of the
California General Corporation Law, payment of the fair market value of the
Dissenting Shares will be made within thirty days after such agreement or after
satisfaction of any statutory or contractual condition, whichever is later, and
upon surrender of the certificates therefor. If Laserscope denies that the
shares are Dissenting Shares or if Laserscope and the Dissenting Shareholder
fail to agree upon the fair market value of the shares, then the Dissenting
Shareholder, within six months after the date on which notice of approval of the
Acquisition by the shareholders of Laserscope is mailed to such shareholder and
not thereafter, may file a complaint in the California Superior Court for Santa
Clara County (the "Superior Court"), requiring the court to determine whether
the shares are Dissenting Shares, or the fair market value of the Dissenting
Shares, or both, or may intervene in any pending action for the appraisal of any
shares of Laserscope's stock. In determining the fair market value of the
Dissenting Shares, the Superior Court is entitled to consider any factor
relevant to such determination within the limits of California law, including,
with respect to Laserscope's common stock, the price of the Dissenting Shares as
reported by Nasdaq as of the day before the first announcement of the terms of
the Agreement. The approach of the Superior Court in determining value in such
an appraisal may differ from the approach used by the Board of Directors of
Laserscope in evaluating the fairness of the Agreement. The valuation determined
by the Superior Court may be more than, less than or equal to the amount offered
to the Dissenting Shareholder for the Dissenting Shares. A Dissenting
Shareholder may not withdraw his or her demand for purchase of Dissenting Shares
without Laserscope's consent.
 
CERTAIN FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSIDERATIONS
 
   
     The following summary sets forth the material United States federal income
tax consequences of the Acquisition under the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as
amended (the "Tax Code"), to Company
    
 
                                       29
<PAGE>   36
 
shareholders and to Laserscope. This summary does not discuss all aspects of
federal income taxation of the Acquisition or special tax consequences that may
be relevant to a particular Company shareholder in light of such shareholder's
personal circumstances or as a result of special status under the Tax Code (such
as certain holders of shares acquired upon exercise of statutory stock options
or otherwise as compensation for the performance of services, foreign persons,
dealers in securities and tax-exempt entities). It also does not discuss any tax
considerations under local, state or foreign laws. Laserscope has not sought a
ruling from the Internal Revenue Service (the "IRS") or an opinion from counsel
with respect to the tax consequences of the Acquisition. The IRS is therefore
not precluded from taking positions contrary to those discussed herein. IN VIEW
OF THE SUMMARY NATURE OF THIS DISCUSSION AND THE INDIVIDUAL NATURE OF TAX
CONSEQUENCES, SHAREHOLDERS SHOULD CONSULT THEIR OWN TAX ADVISORS AS TO THE
SPECIFIC FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSEQUENCES TO THEM OF THE ACQUISITION, AS WELL AS
THE APPLICABILITY OF STATE, LOCAL AND FOREIGN TAX LAWS.
 
   
     A Company shareholder will recognize no gain or loss as a result of the
Acquisition except to the extent that the shareholder exercises dissenters'
rights.
    
 
     A Company shareholder who exercises dissenters' rights with respect to a
share of Company stock, who holds such share as a capital asset and who receives
payment for such share in cash should generally recognize capital gain or
capital loss measured by the difference between the amount of cash received and
the shareholder's tax basis in such share. Such capital gain or loss will be
long-term capital gain or loss if the share was held by such shareholder for
more than one year prior to its disposition. However, capital gain treatment
will not apply unless the redemption of such dissenting shareholder's shares is
either not essentially equivalent to a dividend within the meaning of Section
302(b)(1) of the Tax Code, substantially disproportionate with respect to the
shareholder within the meaning of Section 302(b)(2) of the Tax Code or is in
complete redemption of all of Laserscope stock owned (or deemed to be owned,
taking into account certain attribution rules) by the shareholder within the
meaning of Section 302(b)(3) of the Tax Code. If none of the conditions of the
previous sentence is satisfied, the redemption of the Dissenting Shareholder
would generally be treated as a distribution to which Section 301 of the Tax
Code applies. Such distribution would be treated first as a dividend to the
extent of Laserscope's accumulated or current year's earnings and profits, if
any, next as a reduction in the shareholder's basis in his or her shares and
finally as gain from the sale or exchange of his or her shares. BECAUSE OF THE
COMPLEXITY OF DETERMINING THE TAX TREATMENT OF A DISSENTING SHAREHOLDER,
SHAREHOLDERS ARE URGED TO CONSULT THEIR OWN TAX ADVISORS PRIOR TO EXERCISING
DISSENTERS' RIGHT'S.
 
     Laserscope's issuance to HME of 4,609,395 shares of Laserscope common stock
as partial consideration for the purchased assets could, when aggregated with
other changes in ownership of Laserscope stock over the preceding three years,
cause Laserscope to be deemed to have undergone an "ownership change" within the
meaning of Section 382 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, which could limit
the amount of Laserscope's net operating loss carryforwards available to offset
taxable income which may be earned by Laserscope in future periods.
 
GOVERNMENTAL AND REGULATORY APPROVALS
 
   
     Certain acquisition transactions, including the Acquisition, may not be
consummated until certain information has been furnished to the U.S. Department
of Justice (the "Justice Department") and the U.S. Federal Trade Commission (the
"FTC") pursuant to the Hart-Scott-Rodino Antitrust Improvements Act of 1976, as
amended (the "HSR Act"), and certain waiting periods thereunder have been
satisfied. Laserscope and HME filed the required information and material with
the Justice Department and the FTC with respect to the Acquisition on June 27,
1996.
    
 
     At any time before or after the Closing, the Justice Department or the FTC
or a private person or entity could seek under the antitrust laws, among other
things, to enjoin the Acquisition or to cause HME to divest itself, in whole or
in part, of Laserscope or to cause Laserscope to divest itself, in whole or in
part, of the HME Assets. The obligations of the parties to consummate the
Acquisition are subject to the condition that the
 
                                       30
<PAGE>   37
 
parties have received the consent of any government authority necessary to
complete the transactions contemplated by the Agreement.
 
ACCOUNTING TREATMENT
 
     The Acquisition is to be treated as a purchase of stock and assets for
financial reporting purposes. The financial results of HME will be included in
Laserscope's financial statements effective from the Closing Date.
 
     Laserscope intends to allocate the consideration for the HME Assets among
the HME Assets generally in accordance with their respective fair market values.
It also intends to take amortization or depreciation deductions with respect to
HME Assets which are subject to amortization or depreciation over such HME
Assets' respective useful lives as determined by Laserscope.
 
                                       31
<PAGE>   38
 
                                 PROPOSAL NO. 2
 
                    AMENDMENT TO THE 1994 STOCK OPTION PLAN
 
     At the Special Meeting, shareholders are being asked to approve an
amendment to the Company's 1994 Stock Option Plan (the "1994 Option Plan") that
would increase the shares reserved for issuance thereunder by 975,000 shares. A
copy of the 1994 Option Plan, as amended, is included as Exhibit D hereto.
 
GENERAL
 
     The Company's 1994 Option Plan provides for the grant of options to
employees and consultants of the Company. The 1994 Option Plan was adopted by
the Board of Directors in March 1994 and approved by the shareholders in June
1994. A total of 725,000 shares of common stock have been reserved for issuance
under the 1994 Option Plan. Subject to shareholder approval, this amount would
be increased to an aggregate of 1,700,000 shares. The aggregate number of shares
reserved for issuance under the 1994 Option Plan includes options previously
granted and exercised under the 1994 Option Plan. The increase in shares
reserved for issuance under the 1994 Option Plan has been necessitated by the
hiring of new employees and the grant of additional stock options to current
employees as previously granted options vest and become exercisable. The
increase will assist the Company in being able to continue its policy of equity
ownership by employees and consultants as an incentive to contribute to the
Company's success.
 
     Options granted under the 1994 Option Plan may be either "incentive stock
options" within the meaning of Section 422 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986,
as amended (the "Code"), or nonstatutory stock options at the discretion of the
Board of Directors and as reflected in the terms of the written option
agreement. The 1994 Option Plan is not a qualified deferred compensation plan
under Section 401(a) of the Code, and is not subject to the provisions of the
Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended ("ERISA").
 
     As of April 30, 1996, and after giving effect to the amendment to the 1994
Option Plan, 540 shares had been issued upon exercise of options granted under
the 1994 Option Plan, options for 1,108,659 shares were outstanding under the
1994 Option Plan and 591,341 shares remained available for future grants. As of
April 30, 1996, the fair market value of shares subject to outstanding options
was $4,296,054, based upon the closing price of the common stock as reported on
Nasdaq on such date.
 
     During the year ended December 31, 1995, (i) options to purchase 285,000
shares of common stock were granted under the 1994 Option Plan to the current
executive officers as a group (4 persons), (ii) options to purchase 50,000
shares of common stock were granted under the 1994 Option Plan to current
directors who are not executive officers as a group (one person) and (iii)
options to purchase 401,000 shares of common stock were granted under the 1994
Option Plan to all other employees, including current officers who are not
executive officers, as a group (109 persons as of December 31, 1995). Such
option grants exclude options granted to replace certain options which were
canceled during November 1995 in a repricing which numbered 109,688 shares,
50,000 shares and 295,696 shares for current executive officers, current
directors and employees, respectively.
 
PURPOSE
 
     The purposes of the 1994 Option Plan are to attract and retain the best
available personnel for positions of substantial responsibility, to provide
additional incentive to employees and consultants of the Company and to promote
the success of the Company's business. This amendment to the 1994 Option Plan is
intended primarily to grant options to employees of and consultants to the
combined entity, including to former employees of HSI and HME who will become
employees of Laserscope after the Closing.
 
ADMINISTRATION
 
     The 1994 Option Plan may be administered by the Board of Directors or by a
committee of the Board of Directors. The 1994 Option Plan is currently
administered by the Board of Directors and the Human Resources Committee of the
Board of Directors. Members of the Board of Directors receive no additional
compensation for their services in connection with the administration of the
1994 Option Plan. All questions of
 
                                       32
<PAGE>   39
 
interpretation of the 1994 Option Plan are determined by the Board of Directors
or its committee and its decisions are final and binding upon all participants.
All directors currently hold office until the annual meeting of shareholders of
the Company following their election, or until their successors are duly elected
and qualified.
 
ELIGIBILITY
 
     The 1994 Option Plan provides that either incentive stock options or
nonstatutory stock options may be granted to employees (including officers and
directors who are also employees) of the Company or any of its subsidiaries. In
addition, the 1994 Option Plan provides that nonstatutory stock options may be
granted to consultants (not including directors who are not compensated for
their services or are paid only a director's fee by the Company) of the Company
or any of its subsidiaries. The Board of Directors or its committee selects the
optionees and determines the number of shares to be subject to each option. In
making such determination, there are taken into account the duties and
responsibilities of the optionee, the value of the optionee's services, the
optionee's present and potential contribution to the success of the Company, and
other relevant factors.
 
     The 1994 Option Plan provides that the maximum number of shares of common
stock which may be granted under options to any one employee during any fiscal
year shall be 325,000, subject to adjustment as provided in the 1994 Option
Plan. This limitation is intended to preserve the Company's ability to deduct
for federal income tax purposes any compensation income relating to stock
options granted to certain executive officers under the 1994 Option Plan.
Without this limitation, federal tax legislation enacted in 1993 might not allow
the Company to deduct such compensation income.
 
   
     In addition to the foregoing limitation on discretion for certain grants,
there is also a limit on incentive stock options such that to the extent that an
optionee would have the right in any calendar year to exercise for the first
time one or more incentive stock options for shares having an aggregate fair
market value (under all plans of the Company and determined for each share as of
the date the option to purchase the share was granted) in excess of $100,000,
such excess options shall be treated as nonstatutory stock options.
    
 
TERMS OF OPTIONS
 
     Each option is evidenced by a stock option agreement between the Company
and the optionee. Each option is subject to the following additional principal
terms and conditions:
 
          (a) Exercise of the Option.  The Board of Directors or its committee
     determines when options may be exercised. In general, such options become
     exercisable on a ratable basis over four years with respect to employees
     and over two to four years with respect to consultants. An option is
     exercised by giving written notice of exercise to the Company specifying
     the number of full shares of common stock to be purchased and by tendering
     of payment of the purchase price. The purchase price of the shares
     purchased upon exercise of an option shall be paid in consideration of such
     form as is determined by the Board of Directors or its committee and
     specified in the option agreement, and such form of consideration may vary
     for each option.
 
          (b) Exercise Price.  The exercise price of each option granted under
     the 1994 Option Plan is determined by the Board of Directors or its
     committee and may not be less than 100% of the fair market value of the
     common stock on the date the option is granted; provided, however, that
     nonstatutory stock options may be granted to persons other than the
     Company's Chief Executive Officer or its other four most highly compensated
     officers whose compensation is required to be reported to shareholders
     under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 at exercise prices of not less
     than 50% of the fair market value on the date the option is granted. The
     fair market value per share is equal to the closing price on Nasdaq on the
     date of grant. In the case of an option granted to an optionee who owns
     more than 10% of the voting power of all classes of stock of the Company,
     its parent or subsidiaries, the exercise price must not be less than 110%
     of the fair market value on the date of the grant.
 
                                       33
<PAGE>   40
 
          (c) Termination of Employment.  If an optionee's employment or
     consulting relationship terminates for any reason other than disability or
     death, options under the 1994 Option Plan may be exercised not later than
     thirty days (or such other period of time not exceeding three months in the
     case of an incentive stock option as is determined by the Board of
     Directors or its committee) after such termination and may be exercised
     only to the extent the option was exercisable on the date of termination.
     In no event may an option be exercised by any person after the expiration
     of its term.
 
          (d) Disability.  If an optionee is unable to continue his or her
     employment or consulting relationship with the Company as a result of his
     total and permanent disability, options may be exercised within six months
     (or such other period of time not exceeding twelve months as is determined
     by the Board of Directors or its committee) of termination and may be
     exercised only to the extent the option was exercisable on the date of
     termination, but in no event may the option be exercised after its
     termination date.
 
          (e) Death.  Under the 1994 Option Plan, if an optionee should die
     while employed or retained by the Company, and such optionee has been
     continuously employed or retained by the Company since the date of grant of
     the option, the option may be exercised within six months after the date of
     death (or such other period of time, not exceeding twelve months, as is
     determined by the Board of Directors or its committee) by the optionee's
     estate or by a person who acquired the right to exercise the option by
     bequest or inheritance to the extent the optionee would have been entitled
     to exercise the option had the optionee continued living and remained
     employed or retained by the Company for six months (or such other period of
     time as is determined by the Board of Directors or its committee) after the
     date of death, but in no event may the option be exercised after its
     termination date. If an optionee should die within three months (or such
     other period of time not exceeding three months as is determined by the
     Board of Directors or its committee) after the optionee has ceased to be
     continuously employed or retained by the Company, the option may be
     exercised within six months after the date of death by the optionee's
     estate or by a person who acquired the right to exercise the option by
     bequest or inheritance to the extent that the optionee was entitled to
     exercise the option at the date of termination, but in no event may the
     option be exercised after its termination date.
 
          (f) Term of Options.  The 1994 Option Plan provides that options
     granted under the 1994 Option Plan have the term provided in the option
     agreement. In general, these agreements provide for a term of five years.
     Incentive stock options granted to an optionee who, immediately before the
     grant of such option, owned more than 10% of the total combined voting
     power of all classes of stock of the Company, its parents or subsidiaries,
     may not in any case have a term of more than five years. No option may be
     exercised by any person after its expiration.
 
          (g) Option Not Transferable.  An option is not transferable by the
     optionee other than by will or the laws of descent and distribution, and is
     exercisable only by the optionee during his or her lifetime and in the
     event of the optionee's death by a person who acquires the right to
     exercise the option by bequest or inheritance or by reason of the
     optionee's death.
 
          (h) Acceleration of Options.  In the event of the merger or
     consolidation of the Company with or into another corporation, or a
     proposed sale of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company, the
     Board of Directors is obligated to accomplish either a substitution or
     assumption of options or in its discretion, to give 30 days' notice of the
     acceleration of the optionee's right to exercise his or her outstanding
     options as to some or all of the optioned stock at any time within 30 days
     of such notice. The exercisability of options held by the Company's
     executive officers may also be accelerated upon the occurrence of such
     events. See "Transactions with Management and Others."
 
          (i) Other Provisions.  The option agreement may contain such other
     terms, provisions and conditions not inconsistent with the 1994 Option Plan
     as may be determined by the Board of Directors or its committee.
 
                                       34
<PAGE>   41
 
ADJUSTMENTS UPON CHANGES IN CAPITALIZATION
 
     In the event any change, such as a stock split or dividend, is made in the
Company's capitalization that results in an increase or decrease in the number
of outstanding shares of common stock without receipt of consideration by the
Company, appropriate adjustment shall be made in the exercise price of each
outstanding option, the number of shares subject to each option, the annual
limitation on grants to employees, as well as the number of shares available for
issuance under the 1994 Option Plan. In the event of the proposed dissolution or
liquidation of the Company, each option will terminate unless otherwise provided
by the Board of Directors or its committee.
 
AMENDMENT AND TERMINATION
 
     The Board of Directors may amend the 1994 Option Plan at any time or from
time to time or may terminate it without approval of the shareholders; provided,
however, that shareholder approval is required for any amendment to the 1994
Option Plan that increases the number of shares that may be issued under the
1994 Option Plan, modifies the standards of eligibility, modifies the limitation
on grants to employees described in the 1994 Option Plan or results in other
changes which would require shareholder approval to qualify options granted
under the 1994 Option Plan as performance-based compensation under Section
162(m) of the Code, or so long as the Company has a class of equity securities
registered under Section 12 of the Exchange Act, materially increases the
benefits to participants that may accrue under the 1994 Option Plan. However, no
action by the Board of Directors or shareholders may alter or impair any option
previously granted under the 1994 Option Plan. The 1994 Option Plan shall
terminate in April 2004, provided that any options then outstanding under the
1994 Option Plan shall remain outstanding until they expire by their terms.
 
FEDERAL INCOME TAX ASPECTS OF THE 1994 OPTION PLAN
 
   
     The following is a brief summary of the material United States federal
income tax consequences of transactions under the 1994 Stock Option Plan based
on federal securities and income tax laws in effect as of this date. This
summary is not intended to be exhaustive and does not discuss the tax
consequences of a participant's death or provisions of the income tax laws of
any municipality, state or other country in which an optionee may reside. This
summary does not purport to be complete. The Company advises all optionees to
consult their own tax advisors concerning tax implications of option grants and
exercises, and the disposition of shares acquired upon such exercise, under the
1994 Stock Option Plan.
    
 
     Options granted under the 1994 Option Plan may be either "incentive stock
options," as defined in Section 422 of the Code, or nonstatutory stock options.
 
     If an option granted under the 1994 Option Plan is an incentive stock
option, under U.S. tax laws the optionee will recognize no income upon grant of
the incentive stock option and incur no tax liability upon its exercise,
although the exercise may give rise to alternative minimum tax. The Company will
not be allowed a deduction for federal income tax purposes as a result of the
exercise of an incentive stock option regardless of the applicability of the
alternative minimum tax. Upon the sale or exchange of the shares at least two
years after grant of the option and one year after receipt of the shares by the
optionee, any gain will be treated as long-term capital gain under U.S. tax
laws. If these holding periods are not satisfied, the optionee will recognize
ordinary income equal to the difference between the exercise price and the lower
of the fair market value of the stock at the date of the option exercise or the
sale price of the stock. A different rule for measuring ordinary income upon
such a premature disposition may apply if the optionee is also an officer,
director, or 10% shareholder of the Company. The Company will be entitled to a
deduction in the same amount as the ordinary income recognized by the optionee.
Any gain recognized on such a premature disposition of the shares in excess of
the amount treated as ordinary income will be characterized under U.S. tax laws
as long-term capital gain if the sale occurs more than one year after exercise
of the option or as short-term capital gain if the sale is made earlier. The tax
rate on long-term capital gains under current U.S. tax laws is capped at 28%.
Capital losses are allowed under U.S. tax laws in full against capital gains
plus $3,000 of other income.
 
                                       35
<PAGE>   42
 
     All other options which do not qualify as incentive stock options are
referred to as nonstatutory stock options. An optionee will not recognize any
taxable income under U.S. tax laws at the time he or she is granted a
nonstatutory option. However, upon its exercise, under U.S. tax laws the
optionee will recognize ordinary income for tax purposes measured by the excess
of the then fair market value of the shares over the exercise price. In certain
circumstances, where the shares are subject to a substantial risk of forfeiture
when acquired or where the optionee is an officer, director or 10% shareholder
of the Company, the date of taxation may be deferred unless the optionee files
an election with the IRS under Section 83(b) of the Code. The income recognized
by an optionee who is also an employee of the Company will be subject to tax
withholding by the Company by payment in cash or out of the current earnings
paid to the optionee. The Company will be entitled to a deduction in the same
amount as the ordinary income recognized by the optionee. Upon resale of such
shares by the optionee, any difference between the sales price and the exercise
price, to the extent not recognized as ordinary income as provided above, will
be treated under U.S. tax laws as capital gain or loss, and will qualify for
long-term capital gain or loss treatment if the shares have been held for more
than one year.
 
REQUIRED VOTE
 
     The affirmative vote of a majority of shares of common stock represented
and voting at the Special Meeting with respect to the amendment to the 1994
Option Plan (which shares voting affirmatively also constitute a majority of the
required quorum) is required for its approval.
 
     THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS RECOMMENDS VOTING FOR THE AMENDMENT OF THE 1994
STOCK OPTION PLAN.
 
                                       36
<PAGE>   43
 
                                 PROPOSAL NO. 3
 
               ADOPTION OF THE 1995 DIRECTORS' STOCK OPTION PLAN
 
     At the Special Meeting, shareholders are being asked to approve the
adoption of Laserscope's 1995 Directors' Stock Option Plan (the "Directors'
Option Plan") and the reservation of 300,000 shares of Laserscope's common stock
for issuance thereunder. A copy of the Director's Option Plan is attached as
Exhibit E hereto.
 
GENERAL
 
     The Directors' Option Plan was adopted by the Board of Directors in
November 1995 and was amended by the Board of Directors on April 22, 1996. The
shareholders are being asked to approve the adoption of the Directors' Option
Plan at the Special Meeting.
 
     As of April 30, 1996, no shares had been issued upon exercise of options
granted under the Directors' Option Plan, options for 180,000 shares were
outstanding under the Directors' Option Plan and 120,000 shares remained
available for future grants. Shares not purchased under an option prior to its
expiration will be available for future option grants under the Directors'
Option Plan. As of April 30, 1996, the fair market value of shares subject to
outstanding options was $697,500, based upon the closing price of the common
stock as reported on Nasdaq on such date.
 
PURPOSE
 
     The purposes of the Directors' Option Plan are to attract and retain the
best available persons for service as directors of Laserscope, to provide
additional incentive to the non-employee directors to serve as directors and to
encourage their continued service on the Board.
 
ADMINISTRATION
 
     The Directors' Option Plan is designed to work automatically and not to
require administration. However, to the extent administration is necessary, it
will be provided by the Board of Directors. No discretion concerning decisions
regarding the Directors' Option Plan shall be afforded to any person who is not
a "disinterested" person under Rule 16b-3 promulgated under the Exchange Act.
The interpretation and construction of any provisions of the Directors' Option
Plan by the Board of Directors shall be final and conclusive. Members of the
Board receive no additional compensation for their services in connection with
the administration of the Directors' Option Plan.
 
ELIGIBILITY
 
     The Directors' Option Plan currently provides for the grant of nonstatutory
stock options to nonemployee directors of Laserscope at an exercise price not
less than the fair market of the Company's common stock on the date of grant.
Under the Director's Option Plan, persons who were nonemployee directors as of
November 30, 1995 (the effective date of the Directors' Option Plan), as well as
persons who have joined the Board of Directors since that date through the
election by the shareholders or appointment by the Board of Directors to fill a
vacancy, have been granted an option to purchase 45,000 shares of the Company's
common stock. Options issued pursuant to this plan vest ratably and become
exercisable on a monthly basis over three years with respect to each optionee
who remains a director and expire ten years after the date of grant. Directors
who are employees of the Company do not receive any additional compensation for
their services as a director.
 
     Except for automatic option grants under the Directors' Option Plan,
nonemployee directors will not be eligible to receive any additional option
grants or stock issuances under the Directors' Option Plan. The Directors'
Option Plan provides for neither a maximum nor a minimum number of option shares
that may be granted to any one nonemployee director, but does provide for the
number of shares which may be included in any grant and the method of making a
grant. Laserscope currently has four nonemployee directors.
 
                                       37
<PAGE>   44
 
     Directors who are designated or nominated by shareholders who hold 10% or
more of the outstanding Laserscope common stock, including the HME Directors,
are not eligible to receive options under the Directors' Option Plan.
 
     The Directors' Option Plan is not a deferred compensation plan under
Section 401(a) of the Code, and is not subject to the provisions of ERISA.
 
TERMS OF OPTIONS
 
     Options granted under the Directors' Option Plan have a term of ten years.
Each option is evidenced by an option agreement between Laserscope and the
director to whom such option is granted and is subject to the following
additional terms and conditions:
 
          (a)  Rule 16b-3:  Options granted to directors must comply with the
     applicable provisions of Rule 16b-3, or any successor thereto, and shall
     contain such additional conditions or restrictions as may be required
     thereunder to qualify for the maximum exemption from Section 16 of the
     Exchange Act with respect to Directors' Option Plan transactions.
 
          (b)  Exercise of the Option:  The options granted under the Directors'
     Option Plan become exercisable cumulatively to the extent of 1/36 of the
     shares subject to the option on each monthly anniversary of the date of
     grant. An option is exercised by giving written notice of exercise to
     Laserscope, specifying the number of full shares of common stock to be
     purchased and tendering payment to Laserscope of the purchase price.
     Payment for shares issued upon exercise of an option may consist of cash,
     check, an exchange of shares of Laserscope's common stock which have been
     held for at least six months, or a combination thereof.
 
          (c)  Option Price:  The option price is determined by the Board of
     Directors and under the Directors' Option Plan is 100% of the fair market
     value of Laserscope's common stock on the date of grant. The Board of
     Directors determines such fair market value based upon the closing sales
     price of Laserscope's common stock on Nasdaq on the date the option is
     granted.
 
          (d)  Termination of Status as a Director:  The Directors' Option Plan
     provides that if an optionee ceases to serve as a director of Laserscope,
     the option may be exercised within three months after the date he or she
     ceases to be a director as to all or part of the shares that the optionee
     was entitled to exercise at the date of such termination.
 
          (e)  Death:  If an optionee should die while serving as a director of
     Laserscope, the option may be exercised at any time within six months after
     death but only to the extent the that optionee was entitled to exercise the
     option at the date of death.
 
          (f)  Disability:  If an optionee is unable to continue his or her
     service as a director of Laserscope as a result of his or her total and
     permanent disability, the option may be exercised at any time within six
     months after the date of his or her termination, but only to the extent he
     or she was entitled to exercise it at the date of such termination.
 
          (g)  Termination of Options:  No option is exercisable by any person
     after the expiration of ten years from the date the option was granted.
 
          (h)  Nontransferability of Options:  An option is nontransferable by
     the optionee, other than by will or the laws of descent and distribution or
     pursuant to a qualified domestic relations order (as defined by the Code),
     and is exercisable only by the optionee during his or her lifetime or, in
     the event of death, by a person who acquires the right to exercise the
     option by bequest, inheritance or transfer or by reason of the death of the
     optionee.
 
          (i)  Acceleration of Options:  In the event of a proposed sale of all
     or substantially all of the assets of Laserscope, the merger or
     consolidation of Laserscope in which Laserscope is not the surviving
     corporation, a dissolution or liquidation of Laserscope, or any other
     capital reorganization in which more than 50% of Laserscope's shares
     entitled to vote are exchanged, each nonemployee director shall have
 
                                       38
<PAGE>   45
 
     either (i) a reasonable time within which to exercise the option, including
     any part of the option that would not otherwise be exercisable, prior to
     the effectiveness of such liquidation, dissolution, sale, merger,
     consolidation or reorganization, at the end of which time the option shall
     terminate or (ii) the right to exercise the option, including any part of
     the option that would not otherwise be exercisable, or receive a substitute
     option with comparable terms, as to an equivalent number of shares of stock
     of the corporation succeeding Laserscope or acquiring its business by
     reason of such liquidation, dissolution, sale, merger, consolidation or
     reorganization.
 
          (j)  Other Provisions:  The option agreement may contain such other
     terms, provisions and conditions not inconsistent with the Directors'
     Option Plan as may be determined by the Board of Directors.
 
ADJUSTMENT UPON CHANGES IN CAPITALIZATION
 
     In the event any change, such as a stock split or dividend, is made in
Laserscope's capitalization which results in an increase or decrease in the
outstanding shares of common stock without receipt of consideration by
Laserscope, an appropriate adjustment shall be made in the option price and in
the number of shares subject to each option, in the number of shares authorized
for the issuance under the Directors' Option Plan, and in the number of shares
to be granted pursuant to the automatic grant provisions described above.
 
AMENDMENT AND TERMINATION
 
     The Board of Directors may amend the Directors' Option Plan from time to
time or may terminate it without approval of the shareholders, but no amendment
or termination shall be made that would impair the rights of any optionee under
any prior grant without his or her consent. In addition, Laserscope shall obtain
shareholder approval of any amendment to the Directors' Option Plan in such a
manner and to the extent necessary to comply with Rule 16b-3 under the Exchange
Act, the provisions of the Code, or any other applicable law or regulation.
Further, the provisions of the Directors' Option Plan concerning the grants of
options under the Directors' Option Plan may not be amended more than once every
six months other than to comport with changes in the Code or ERISA. In any
event, the Directors' Option Plan will terminate in November 2005.
 
TAX INFORMATION
 
   
     The following is a brief summary of the material United States federal
income tax consequences of transactions under the Directors' Stock Option Plan
based on federal securities and income tax laws in effect as of this date. This
summary is not intended to be exhaustive and does not discuss the tax
consequences of a participant's death or provisions of the income tax laws of
any municipality, state or other country in which an optionee may reside. This
summary does not purport to be complete. The Company advises all optionees to
consult their own tax advisors concerning tax implications of option grants and
exercises, and the disposition of shares acquired upon such exercise, under the
Directors' Stock Option Plan.
    
 
     Options granted under the Directors' Option Plan are nonstatutory stock
options. Under U.S. tax laws an optionee will not recognize any taxable income
at the time he or she is granted a nonstatutory stock option. However, upon its
exercise, the optionee will recognize ordinary income for tax purposes measured
by the excess of the then fair market value of the shares over the option
exercise price. Because the optionee is a director of Laserscope, the date of
taxation under U.S. tax laws (and the date of measurement of taxable ordinary
income) may be deferred in certain circumstances unless the optionee files an
election with the IRS under Section 83(b) of the Code. Upon resale of such
shares by the optionee, any difference between the sales price and the exercise
price, to the extent not recognized as ordinary income as provided above, will
be treated as capital gain (or loss), and will qualify for long-term capital
gains treatment if such shares are held for more than one year. Capital losses
are allowed in full against capital gains plus $3,000 of other income.
Laserscope will be entitled to a tax deduction in the amount and at the time
that the optionee recognizes ordinary income under U.S. tax laws with respect to
shares acquired upon exercise of a nonstatutory stock option.
 
                                       39
<PAGE>   46
 
REQUIRED VOTE
 
     The affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the common stock
present and voting at the Special Meeting with respect to the adoption of the
Directors' Option Plan is required for approval.
 
     THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS RECOMMENDS VOTING FOR APPROVAL OF THE ADOPTION OF
THE 1995 DIRECTORS' STOCK OPTION PLAN.
 
                                       40
<PAGE>   47
 
                       INFORMATION CONCERNING LASERSCOPE
 
EXECUTIVE OFFICERS OF THE COMPANY
 
     The following sets forth certain information with respect to the executive
officers of the Company, and their ages as of April 30, 1996:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                   NAME                  AGE                       POSITION
    -----------------------------------  ----  ------------------------------------------------
    <S>                                  <C>   <C>
    Benjamin L. Holmes.................    61  Chairman of the Board and Director
    Robert V. McCormick................    52  President, Chief Executive Officer and Director
    Thomas B. Boyd.....................    49  Senior Vice President of Operations and Finance
    Roy Fiebiger.......................    42  Vice President of Marketing and Sales
    Bonnie Jones.......................    48  Vice President of Human Resources
    Dennis LaLumandiere................    43  Vice President of Finance and Chief Financial
                                               Officer
    E. Walter Lange....................    63  Director
    Rodney Perkins, M.D................    59  Director
    Robert J. Pressley, Ph.D. .........    64  Director
</TABLE>
 
     Benjamin L. Holmes has been a Director of the Company since January 1992
and was appointed Chairman of the Board of Directors in June 1995. Mr. Holmes
was General Manager of the Medical Products Group of Hewlett-Packard Company
("HP") from 1983 to 1985, and a Vice President of HP, from 1985 until his
retirement in December 1994. Mr. Holmes is a member of the Board of Directors of
Project HOPE and the Massachusetts High Technology Council. He is also a member
of the Massachusetts Governor's Council on Economic Growth and Technology, and a
member of the Board on Health Care Service, Institute of Medicine, National
Academy of Sciences. He is a member of the Board of Visitors of the UCLA and
Boston University Medical Schools. He was also Chairman of the Board of
Directors of the Health Industry Manufacturers Association (HIMA).
 
     Robert V. McCormick has been President of the Company since December 1991
and Chief Executive Officer since July 1992. Between December 1991 and July 1992
he also served as the Company's Chief Operating Officer. He has been a Director
of the Company since July 1992. Mr. McCormick also served as the Company's
Senior Vice President of Marketing and Field Operations from April 1991 to
December 1991. Mr. McCormick was employed by Acuson Corporation, a manufacturer
of medical imaging equipment, from 1983 to April 1991 in a variety of sales and
marketing executive positions culminating as Vice President of Marketing and
Field Operations. Mr. McCormick is also a director of NovaCept (formerly
AcuVasive and prior to that, EnVision Surgical Systems), a manufacturer of
microvisualization catheter products and private development stage medical
device company.
 
     Thomas B. Boyd was hired as Senior Vice President of Operations and Finance
in April 1994. Prior to joining Laserscope, from January 1992 to March 1994, Mr.
Boyd was Vice President of Operations for American Safety Razor ("ASR") Co., a
consumer and medical products company. From August 1975 to December 1991 he was
employed by Baxter Healthcare Corporation, an international manufacturer and
distributor of healthcare products, in various financial and operations
management positions including Vice President of Manufacturing from September
1989 to December 1991.
 
     Roy Fiebiger was hired as Vice President of Marketing in September 1995 and
was promoted to Vice President of Marketing and Sales in November 1995. Prior to
his employment with Laserscope, from November 1994 to August 1995, Mr. Fiebiger
was President and Chief Executive Officer of NovaCept (then named AcuVasive).
From April 1991 to October 1994, Mr. Fiebiger was Executive Vice President and
Chief Operating Officer for Norian Corporation, a development stage medical
device company, and from August 1984 to March 1991 he was Vice President of
Sales and Marketing for Techmedica, a medical device company.
 
     Bonnie Jones has been employed with the Company since November 1988 when
she was hired as Laserscope's first Personnel Manager. She was promoted to
Director of Personnel in June 1991 and Vice
 
                                       41
<PAGE>   48
 
President of Human Resources in June 1993. Prior to working for the Company, she
was as an independent consultant for various companies and Director of Personnel
for Humphrey Instruments, an ophthalmic instruments company. Ms. Jones worked at
Humphrey from 1982 through 1987.
 
     Dennis LaLumandiere has been employed with the Company since September 1989
when he was hired as Laserscope's Corporate Controller. He was promoted to Vice
President of Finance in February 1995 and appointed Chief Financial Officer in
February 1996. Prior to working for the Company, he held various financial and
operations management positions at Raychem Corporation, a multinational
materials science company. Mr. LaLumandiere was employed by Raychem from 1983 to
1989.
 
     E. Walter Lange has been a Director of the Company since January 1992. Mr.
Lange has more than 31 years of experience in the pharmaceutical industry,
having served in a variety of executive positions at Eli Lilly & Co. from 1960
to 1991. Most recently, Mr. Lange was Group Vice President of Marketing,
Planning and Development and was responsible for Eli Lilly's worldwide product
planning, corporate strategic planning, business development and market
research.
 
     Rodney Perkins, M.D. is a co-founder of the Company and has been a Director
since its founding. Dr. Perkins also served as Chairman of the Board of
Directors from its founding until June 1995 and Chief Executive Officer from
February to May 1987, and from October 1991 to July 1992. He also served as the
President of the Company from October to December 1991. Dr. Perkins, a
specialist in otologic surgery, is President of the California Ear Institute at
Stanford and has been in private practice since 1968. He is a Clinical Associate
Professor of Surgery at Stanford University School of Medicine, and is the
founder and President of Project HEAR a non-profit medical institute for ear
research and education. Dr. Perkins is a founder of Collagen Corporation, a
biomaterials company, and a member of its Board of Directors. Dr. Perkins is
also a founder and the Chairman of the Board of Directors of ReSound
Corporation, a hearing health care company. He also serves on the board of
directors of NovaCept of which he was founding a shareholder.
 
     Robert J. Pressley, Ph.D. is a co-founder of the Company and has been a
Director since its founding. Dr. Pressley founded Silicon Video Corporation, a
developer of electronic products, and served as its President and Chief
Executive Officer from January 1991 to January 1994. Dr. Pressley also founded
XMR, Inc., a manufacturer of eximer lasers and laser systems, and served as its
Chief Executive Officer from March 1979 until March 1990.
 
EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION
 
Summary Compensation Table
 
     The following table shows the compensation received by the Company's Chief
Executive Officer, the four other most highly compensated executive officers of
the Company for 1995 who were serving as executive officers at December 31,
1995, one highly compensated executive officer who was not serving as an
executive officer at December 31, 1995 and the compensation received by each
such individual for the Company's two prior years.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                          LONG-TERM
                                                                         COMPENSATION
                                                                            AWARDS
                                               ANNUAL COMPENSATION       ------------
                                            --------------------------   OPTION/SARS       ALL OTHER
    NAME AND PRINCIPAL POSITION      YEAR   SALARY(1)      BONUS(2)(3)   (SHARES)(4)(5) COMPENSATION(6)
- -----------------------------------  ----   --------       -----------   ------------   ---------------
<S>                                  <C>    <C>            <C>           <C>            <C>
Robert V. McCormick................  1995   $248,060              --        165,000         $ 2,004
  President and Chief Executive      1994   $236,250              --             --         $ 2,045
  Officer                            1993   $225,000              --         40,000         $ 1,927
Thomas B. Boyd.....................  1995   $168,324(7)           --         45,000         $ 2,400
  Senior Vice President of
  Operations                         1994   $183,428(8)      $20,000         65,000         $ 1,471
  and Finance                        1993         --              --             --              --
Bonnie Jones.......................  1995   $107,330              --         35,000         $ 1,543
  Vice President of Human            1994   $ 99,750              --         15,000         $ 1,496
  Resources                          1993   $ 95,000         $ 9,500         35,000         $ 1,425
</TABLE>
 
                                       42
<PAGE>   49
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                          LONG-TERM
                                                                         COMPENSATION
                                                                            AWARDS
                                               ANNUAL COMPENSATION       ------------
                                            --------------------------   OPTION/SARS       ALL OTHER
    NAME AND PRINCIPAL POSITION      YEAR   SALARY(1)      BONUS(2)(3)   (SHARES)(4)(5) COMPENSATION(6)
- -----------------------------------  ----   --------       -----------   ------------   ---------------
<S>                                  <C>    <C>            <C>           <C>            <C>
Dennis LaLumandiere................  1995   $119,690              --         40,000         $ 1,794
  Vice President of Finance, Chief   1994   $103,500              --         15,000         $ 1,548
  Financial Officer                  1993   $ 96,885         $ 9,821          8,500         $ 1,438
Joseph F. Rondinone................  1995   $131,250              --             --         $ 1,312
  Vice President of Research and     1994   $125,000              --         25,000         $ 1,250
  Development(9)                     1993   $162,766(10)          --         27,000         $ 1,136
Eli Wismer.........................  1995   $150,909         $32,643             --         $ 1,744
  Vice President of North            1994   $153,399(12)     $78,160         50,000         $ 1,927
  American Sales & Education(11)     1993   $193,953(12)     $83,135         20,000         $ 1,786
</TABLE>
 
- ---------------
 (1) Includes amounts deferred under the Company's 401(k) plan.
 
 (2) Includes bonuses earned in the indicated fiscal year and paid in the
     subsequent fiscal year. Excludes bonuses paid in the indicated fiscal year
     but earned in the preceding fiscal year.
 
 (3) Executive officers are entitled to discretionary bonuses based on
     individual and corporate performance. These bonuses are determined by the
     Board of Directors based on the recommendation of the Human Resources
     Committee.
 
 (4) The options listed with respect to 1995 long-term compensation awards
     include options granted upon the repricing of previously granted options.
     Options to purchase the following number of shares granted to the following
     persons in 1995 were canceled as a result of their repricing on November
     30, 1995: Mr. McCormick -- 97,500: Mr. LaLumandiere -- 12,188. Such
     canceled options have not been included with respect to 1995 long-term
     compensations award. The repriced options retain the same term and vesting
     schedule as those options which were replaced.
 
 (5) All options granted in 1993, 1994 and 1995 to new employees and to officers
     of the Company have 5-year terms and become exercisable cumulatively at the
     rate of 12.5% of the total six months after the vesting commencement date
     (first date of employment for new employees and date of grant for
     officers), and 1/48 of the shares subject to the option in equal monthly
     installments thereafter. All options granted in 1993, 1994 and 1995 to
     existing employees also have 5-year terms, but become exerciseable
     cumulatively at the rate of 1/48 of the shares subject to the option in
     equal monthly installments following their respective grant date. All
     unvested options are subject to earlier termination in the event of the
     termination of the participant's relationship with the Company. All options
     were granted at market value on the date of grant. In the event that
     certain change in control events were to occur, the options would be
     assumed or equivalent options substituted by a successor corporation,
     unless the Board of Directors determined that the options should become
     immediately exercisable. The exercise price may be paid, subject to certain
     conditions, by delivery of already-owned shares or with the proceeds from
     the sale of the option shares. In addition, the Management Continuity
     Agreements entered into between the Company and each of its executive
     officers may affect the vesting and manner of exercise of options granted
     by the Company to these individuals. See "Transactions with Management and
     Others."
 
 (6) Consists of the Company's contributions to its 401(k) plan for the benefit
     of the named executive officers.
 
 (7) Includes $8,331 paid to Mr. Boyd in connection with the relocation of his
     principal residence to the San Jose metropolitan area.
 
 (8) Includes salary paid to Mr. Boyd during the period beginning April 18, 1994
     (the date his employment with the Company commenced) and ending on December
     31, 1994 and $79,578 paid to Mr. Boyd in connection with the relocation of
     his principal residence to the San Jose metropolitan area.
 
 (9) Mr. Rondinone terminated his employment with the Company in January 1996.
 
(10) Includes $47,766 paid to Mr. Rondinone in connection with the relocation of
     his principal residence to the San Jose metropolitan area.
 
                                       43
<PAGE>   50
 
(11) Mr. Wismer terminated his employment with the Company in October 1995.
 
(12) Includes the following amounts paid to Mr. Wismer in connection with the
     relocation of his principal residence to the San Jose metropolitan area:
     1994 -- $13,399 and 1993 -- $53,953.
 
  Stock Option Grants In 1995
 
     The following table sets forth information for the named executive officers
with respect to grants of options to purchase common stock of the Company made
in 1995 and the value of all options held by such executive officers on December
31, 1995.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                              POTENTIAL
                                      INDIVIDUAL GRANTS                                      REALIZABLE
                                   ------------------------                               VALUE AT ASSUMED
                                                 % OF TOTAL                                ANNUAL RATES OF
                                                  OPTIONS                                    STOCK PRICE
                                                 GRANTED TO                               APPRECIATION FOR
                                     OPTIONS     EMPLOYEES    EXERCISE OR                  OPTIONS TERM(3)
                                     GRANTED     IN FISCAL    BASE PRICE    EXPIRATION   -------------------
              NAME                 (SHARES)(1)    YEAR(2)     (PER SHARE)      DATE        5%          10%
- ---------------------------------  -----------   ----------   -----------   ----------   -------     -------
<S>                                <C>           <C>          <C>           <C>          <C>         <C>
Robert V. McCormick..............     22,500(4)      3.3%        $4.00         2/17/00   $24,900     $55,000
                                      97,500(5)     14.2%        $2.00         2/17/00   $44,600     $96,700
                                      45,000(6)      6.6%        $2.00        11/30/00   $24,900     $55,000
Thomas B. Boyd...................     45,000(6)      6.6%        $2.00        11/30/00   $24,900     $55,000
Bonnie Jones.....................     35,000(6)      5.1%        $2.00        11/30/00   $19,300     $42,700
Dennis LaLumandiere..............      2,812(4)      0.4%        $4.00         2/17/00   $ 3,100     $ 6,900
                                      12,188(5)      1.8%        $2.00         2/17/00   $ 5,600     $12,100
                                      25,000(6)      3.6%        $2.00        11/30/00   $13,800     $30,500
Joseph F. Rondinone, Ph.D.(7)....         --          --            --              --        --          --
Eli Wismer(8)....................         --          --            --              --        --          --
</TABLE>
 
- ---------------
(1) For a description of the material terms of the options, see footnote 5 of
    the Summary Compensation Table.
 
(2) The Company granted options to employees for an aggregate of 686,000 shares
    of common stock during 1995 excluding 175,453 issued to replace options
    canceled from the 1984 Employee Stock Option Plan and 405,384 issued to
    replace options canceled from the 1994 Employee Stock Option Plan.
 
(3) Gains are reported net of the option exercise price but before taxes
    associated with exercise. These amounts represent certain assumed rates of
    appreciation only. Actual gains, if any, on stock option exercises are
    dependent on future performance of the Company's common stock, as well as
    the optionee's continued employment through the vesting period.
 
(4) Options listed were granted on February 17, 1995.
 
(5) Options listed were granted on November 30, 1995 to replace options which
    were originally granted on February 17, 1995 then canceled on November 30,
    1995 due to repricing.
 
(6) Options listed were granted on November 30, 1995.
 
(7) Dr. Rondinone terminated his employment with the Company in January 1996.
 
(8) Mr. Wismer terminated his employment with the Company in October 1995.
 
                                       44
<PAGE>   51
 
  Aggregated Option Exercises In 1995 And Year-End Option Values
 
     The following table sets forth information for the named executive officers
with respect to exercises in 1995 of options to purchase common stock of the
Company.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                     NUMBER OF           VALUE OF UNEXERCISED
                                                                UNEXERCISED OPTIONS      IN-THE-MONEY OPTIONS
                                       SHARES                       AT 12/31/95:             AT 12/31/95:
                                      ACQUIRED                  --------------------     --------------------
                                         ON         VALUE          (EXERCISABLE/            (EXERCISABLE/
NAME                                  EXERCISE     REALIZED      UNEXERCISABLE)(1)       UNEXERCISABLE)(1)(2)
- ------------------------------------  --------     --------     --------------------     --------------------
<S>                                   <C>          <C>          <C>                      <C>
Robert McCormick....................     --           --        217,083/237,917                --/--
Thomas B. Boyd......................     --           --        26,041/83,959                  --/--
Bonnie Jones........................     --           --        41,712/65,288                  --/--
Dennis LaLumandiere.................     --           --        26,103/57,397                  --/--
Joseph F. Rondinone, Ph.D.(3).......     --           --        42,562/39,438                  --/--
Eli Wismer(4).......................     --           --        58,978/0                       --/--
</TABLE>
 
- ---------------
(1) Based on the closing price of the Company's common stock as reported on the
    Nasdaq National Market on December 29, 1995 of $1.938 per share.
 
   
(2) The closing price of the Company's common stock on the Nasdaq National
    Market on December 29, 1995 was less than the exercise price of the
    referenced options.
    
 
(3) Dr. Rondinone terminated his employment with the Company in January 1996.
 
(4) Mr. Wismer terminated his employment with the Company in October 1995.
 
                    TRANSACTIONS WITH MANAGEMENT AND OTHERS
 
   
     Dr. Perkins was a founding shareholder of NovaCept (formerly AcuVasive and
prior to that, EnVision Surgical Systems), a manufacturer of microvisualization
catheter products ("NovaCept"), and is currently a member of its Board of
Directors. Mr. Fiebiger was formerly President and Chief Executive Officer of
NovaCept and is currently a NovaCept shareholder. The Company is also party to a
Product Development and Marketing Agreement with NovaCept dated June 4, 1993
(the "Development Agreement") pursuant to which NovaCept agreed to develop
certain microvisualization catheter products for which Laserscope has worldwide,
exclusive, royalty-free marketing rights, provided that Laserscope purchases
certain minimum volumes of such products from NovaCept. Should Laserscope fail
to meet such minimums, its market rights under the Development Agreement become
non-exclusive. As of December 31, 1995, NovaCept had not completed, and the
Company did not expect that NovaCept would complete, the development of such
products. In addition, during 1995, the Company loaned NovaCept $100,000
pursuant to a promissory note. At December 31, 1995, NovaCept was in default of
the payment terms of the note and the Company does not expect to be repaid due
to NovaCept's lack of financial resources. Robert McCormick is also a director
of NovaCept, and Dr. Perkins and the Company are each holders of NovaCept's
capital stock.
    
 
     In March 1994, the Company entered into Management Continuity Agreements
with each of its executive officers, which were amended in December 1994 (the
"Prior Management Continuity Agreements"). The Prior Management Continuity
Agreements were to expire by their terms no later than December 31, 1996, and
were therefore superseded and replaced in April 1996 by a new version of such
agreements (the "1996 Management Continuity Agreements"). The 1996 Management
Continuity Agreements provide (1) for salary and benefits continuation if the
executive is terminated for any reason other than cause within 24 months (the
"Severance Period") following any Change in Control of the Company (as defined
below), such that if the termination occurs within 12 months of the Change of
Control, the Severance Period is 12 months, and if the termination occurs after
12 months but within 24 months of the Change of Control, the Severance Period is
nine months, (2) that such executives may, with 30 days written prior notice,
resign but will be entitled to receive his or her current salary and level of
benefits for the Severance Period, if, in connection with such Change in
Control, the executive's duties or responsibilities are materially reduced or
 
                                       45
<PAGE>   52
 
   
the executive is asked to relocate to a facility or location more than 50 miles
from the Company's current location, (3) that all stock options exercisable for
the Company's securities held by such executives shall become immediately vested
and shall be exercisable in full in accordance with the provisions of the option
agreement and plan pursuant to which such option was granted, and (4) that upon
the immediate vesting of stock options, the optionee will have the right
(subject to any limitations imposed by Section 16 of the Exchange Act or other
applicable securities laws and only to the extent permitted by the terms of the
applicable option plan) to deliver a non-recourse promissory note (secured only
by the pledged shares for repayment), at the prime rate of interest determined
as of the date of the note, in payment of the exercise price for the outstanding
options. For purposes of the 1996 Management Continuity Agreements, a Change in
Control of the Company shall be deemed to have occurred upon the happening of
any of the following events: (1) any acquisition of twenty percent (20%) or more
of the Company's then outstanding voting securities without the approval of the
Board of Directors, (2) any acquisition or consolidation in which the Company is
not the surviving entity, (3) approval of a plan of complete liquidation of the
Company or an agreement for the sale or disposition by the Company of all or
substantially all of the Company's assets, or (4) a change in the composition of
the Board of Directors of the Company, as a result of which fewer than a
majority of the directors are incumbent directors. The Acquisition will not
result in a Change in Control of the Company.
    
 
   
     In September 1989, the Company sold common stock to certain employees and
directors and accepted promissory notes secured by that stock as payment for
certain of those shares. These notes originally carried special interest rates
of 9.0% to 9.5%. During 1995 the principal and accrued interest on these notes
were refinanced and the notes now carry special interest rates of 5.79%. See
"HUMAN RESOURCES COMMITTEE INTERLOCKS AND INSIDER PARTICIPATION."
    
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                       INDEBTEDNESS TO
                                                                                       THE COMPANY AS
                                                           TOTAL SHARES   AGGREGATE      OF 12/31/95
PURCHASER                                                  PURCHASED(1)     PRICE          (2)(3)
- ---------------------------------------------------------  ------------   ---------   -----------------
<S>                                                        <C>            <C>         <C>
Rodney Perkins, MD. .....................................     16,667       $75,001        $ 128,603
Robert J. Pressley, Ph.D. ...............................     16,666       $74,997        $ 128,788
</TABLE>
    
 
- ---------------
   
(1) The shares were sold to Drs. Perkins and Pressley in September 1989.
    
 
   
(2) In all cases, the amount shown was also the largest amount of indebtedness
    owed to the Company at any time during 1995.
    
 
   
(3) Payment in the form of promissory notes in the above transactions was
    approved in each case by a majority of the disinterested directors of the
    Company and such sales were made pursuant to the Company's 1984 Stock
    Purchase Plan, which was approved by the shareholders of the Company. The
    original notes were due and payable in June 1991. The notes, which remained
    unpaid and continued to accrue interest, were refinanced in November 1995
    and mature in November 1998.
    
 
     During 1995 Mr. Holmes received $25,000 in compensation from the Company
for consulting services to the Company beyond his duties as Chairman of the
Board of Directors.
 
     Nonemployee members of the Company's Board of Directors receive cash
compensation and options to purchase shares of common stock in connection with
their service on the Board. Under the Acquisition Agreement, the Company has
agreed to provide each director designated by HME the same insurance coverage as
the Company provides other directors. In addition, the Company has agreed to
reimburse HME the reasonable expenses of such HME Board members in attending
Laserscope Board meetings and fulfilling their duties as directors, up to a
maximum of $25,000 per year. Directors designated by HME will not be entitled to
receive options under the Directors Option Plan. See "ADOPTION OF THE 1995
DIRECTORS OPTION PLAN -- Eligibility."
 
     The Company has entered into indemnification agreements with each of its
directors and executive officers, which may require the Company, among other
things, to indemnify them against certain liabilities that may arise by reason
of their status or service as directors or officers, to advance their expenses
incurred as
 
                                       46
<PAGE>   53
 
a result of any proceeding against them as to which they could be indemnified,
and to obtain directors and officers liability insurance if available on
reasonable terms.
 
         HUMAN RESOURCES COMMITTEE INTERLOCKS AND INSIDER PARTICIPATION
 
   
     There are currently no employee directors serving on the Human Resources
Committee of the Board of Directors. The following nonemployee directors serve
on the Company's Human Resources Committee: Rodney Perkins, M.D., Robert J.
Pressley, Ph.D.
    
 
     Dr. Perkins purchased an aggregate of 16,667 shares of the Company's common
stock on September 11, 1989 under the Company's 1984 Stock Purchase Plan at an
aggregate price of $75,002. Dr. Perkins purchased such shares through promissory
notes in favor of the Company bearing interest at the annual rate of 9% and
secured by the shares purchased. At December 31, 1995, Dr. Perkins owed an
aggregate of $128,603 under such notes, the largest amount of indebtedness owed
by him to the Company at any time during 1995. During 1995 the principal and
accrued interest on these notes were refinanced and the notes now carry special
interest rates of 5.79%.
 
     Dr. Perkins is also Chairman of the Board of Directors and a member of the
Board of Directors' Human Resources Committee of ReSound Corporation, a
publicly-traded hearing health care company. The Company and ReSound Corporation
have not conducted any business with each other in the past and the Company does
not presently anticipate doing so in the future.
 
   
     Dr. Perkins was also a founding shareholder of NovaCept (formerly AcuVasive
and, prior to that, EnVision Surgical Systems), a manufacturer of
microvisualization catheter products. The Company has a commercial relationship
with NovaCept. Mr. McCormick is a member of NovaCept's Board of Directors and
Dr. Perkins and the Company are each holders of NovaCept's capital stock. See
"Transactions with Management and Others."
    
 
                                       47
<PAGE>   54
 
   
       COMMON STOCK OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT
    
 
     The following table sets forth the beneficial ownership of the Company's
common stock as of April 30, 1996 as to (i) each person who is known by the
Company to own beneficially more than five percent of the Company's common
stock, (ii) each of the Company's directors, (iii) each of the executive
officers named in the Summary Compensation Table beginning on page 39, and (iv)
all directors and executive officers as a group and to each such person after
the issuance of 4,609,345 shares of Laserscope common stock upon the Closing of
the Acquisition.
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                             SHARES BENEFICIALLY OWNED(1)
                                       ------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                           NUMBER           PERCENT OF
                                           BEFORE          TOTAL BEFORE       NUMBER AFTER    PERCENT OF TOTAL
                                       ACQUISITION(2)       ACQUISITION       ACQUISITION     AFTER ACQUISITION
                                       --------------    -----------------    ------------    -----------------
<S>                                    <C>               <C>                  <C>             <C>
Heraeus Med GmbH(3)..................           --                --            4,609,345            39.5%
Thomas B. Boyd.......................       42,265            *                    42,265          *
Benjamin L. Holmes...................       64,375            *                    64,375          *
Bonnie Jones.........................       60,375            *                    60,375          *
Dennis LaLumandiere..................       39,812            *                    39,812          *
E. Walter Lange......................       52,500            *                    52,500          *
Robert V. McCormick..................      352,907               4.8%             352,907             3.0%
Rodney Perkins, M.D..................      178,967               2.5%             178,967             1.5%
Robert J. Pressley, Ph.D.............       73,516               1.0%              73,516          *
Joseph F. Rondinone, Ph.D.(4)........        1,121            *                     1,121          *
Eli Wismer(5)........................          378            *                       378          *
All directors and executive officers
  as a group (12 persons)(6).........      875,229              11.3%           5,484,574            44.3%
</TABLE>
    
 
- ---------------
 *  Less than 1%.
 
(1) The persons named in this table have sole voting and investment power with
    respect to all shares of common stock shown as beneficially owned by them,
    subject to community property laws where applicable and the information
    contained in the other footnotes to this table.
 
(2) Includes, with respect to each named person, the following shares subject to
    options exercisable within 60 days of April 30, 1996: Mr. Boyd -- 39,791;
    Mr. Holmes -- 61,875; Ms. Jones -- 56,187; Mr. LaLumandiere -- 37,166; Mr.
    Lange -- 52,500; Mr. McCormick -- 290,208; Dr. Perkins -- 112,500; Dr.
    Pressley -- 52,500; Dr. Rondinone -- 0; Mr. Wismer -- 0.
 
(3) Does not include up to 500,000 shares of Laserscope common stock which
    Laserscope may issue to HME in certain circumstances in connection with its
    indemnification obligations under the Agreement. See "TERMS OF THE
    ACQUISITION -- Indemnification Shares."
 
(4) Dr. Rondinone terminated his employment with the Company in January 1996.
 
(5) Mr. Wismer terminated his employment with the Company in October 1995.
 
(6) The Company has twelve directors and executive officers. Following the
    consummation of the Acquisition, the Company's Board of Directors will
    expand to eight directors, including three directors designated by HME (the
    "HME Directors"), increasing the total number of directors and executive
    officers as a group to fifteen. The HME Directors disclaim beneficial
    ownership of Laserscope shares of common stock owned by HME.
 
                                       48
<PAGE>   55
 
   
                   MARKET FOR THE COMPANY'S COMMON STOCK AND
    
   
                          RELATED SHAREHOLDER MATTERS
    
 
   
     The Company's common stock is traded on the Nasdaq National Market under
the symbol LSCP. As of July 15, 1996, the record date for the Special Meeting,
the Company had 908 shareholders of record.
    
 
     As of the close of trading on April 23, 1996, the day before the
announcement of the Acquisition, the high and low bid prices of the Company's
common stock on the Nasdaq National Market were $3 3/4 and $3 3/8, respectively.
The following table shows the Company's high and low selling prices for the
periods indicated, as reported by Nasdaq:
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
    1996                                                             HIGH BID       LOW BID
    ---------------------------------------------------------------  --------       -------
    <S>                                                              <C>            <C>
    First Quarter..................................................     $3 3/4        $ 1 5/8
    Second Quarter.................................................     $87/16        $ 3 1/8
    Third Quarter (through July 16, 1996)..........................     $5 1/2        $ 4
    1995
    First Quarter..................................................     $4 3/8        $ 3 1/2
    Second Quarter.................................................     $4 1/2        $ 3 3/8
    Third Quarter..................................................     $5 1/8        $ 3 1/4
    Fourth Quarter.................................................     $4            $ 1 1/2
    1994
    First Quarter..................................................     $7 1/8        $ 5 1/8
    Second Quarter.................................................     $7            $ 4 3/8
    Third Quarter..................................................     $5 3/8        $ 3 1/8
    Fourth Quarter.................................................     $4 7/8        $ 3 1/2
</TABLE>
    
 
     Laserscope has paid no dividends on its common stock since incorporation
and anticipates that for the foreseeable future it will continue to retain its
earnings for use in its business. Laserscope's right to pay dividends is
restricted by a covenant in its loan agreement with its principal lender, which
provides that Laserscope will not pay dividends without the prior approval of
such lender.
 
TRANSFER AGENT
 
     The transfer agent for Laserscope's common stock is American Stock Transfer
& Trust Company.
 
                                       49
<PAGE>   56
 
                     INFORMATION CONCERNING HSI AND THE LDB
 
OVERVIEW
 
     HSI manufactures and sells capital equipment for use in surgical
applications, principally surgical laser systems and operating room systems. HSI
is a successor to a business known as LaserSonics. HSI is organized into two
divisions: a Minimally Invasive Surgery division that manufactures and sells
lasers used in surgical procedures ("MIS Products"); and an Operating Room
Products division that manufactures and distributes equipment and distributes
lighting for operating rooms ("OR Products"). Substantially all of HSI's revenue
is from the sale of MIS Products and OR Products directly or through
distributors primarily to surgeons and hospitals, and from related service. HSI
recognizes revenue from products upon shipment to its distributors or its
customers. Service revenue is recognized upon provision of the services to the
customer or pro rata over the period of the applicable contract.
 
     Heraeus MED GmbH ("HME") owns all of the outstanding stock of HSI. The
laser distribution operations (the "LDB"), a division of HME, buys MIS Products
and related accessories primarily from HSI and distributes them though a direct
sales force in Germany, and through dealers in Eastern Europe, South Africa and
certain Middle Eastern countries.
 
     The corporate headquarters and executive offices of HSI are located at 575
Cottonwood Drive, Milpitas, California 95035, and its telephone number is (408)
954-4000. The LDB is located at Heraeusstrasse 12-14, D-63450 Hanau, Germany.
 
PRODUCTS
 
  MIS Products
 
     HSI manufactures and distributes CO2- and Nd:YAG-based surgical laser
systems, optical fibers for use with the Nd:YAG lasers, optical devices for use
with the Nd:YAG lasers and CO2 lasers and related accessories and disposables.
These products are used in connection with surgical applications relating to
urology, gynecology, ENT (as defined below) surgery, gastroenterology,
pulmonology and general surgery. In addition to medical surgical uses, HSI's CO2
PARAGON lasers are used in aesthetic surgery and office-based dermatology
procedures. The HERCULES Nd:YAG laser is a laser product line that generates
from 40 to 100 watts in a compact design with common electrical outlet
requirements. The list price of this product line ranges from approximately
$49,000 to $79,000 depending on the power output. Realized net prices to HSI are
affected by market prices in the U.S. and worldwide and by discounts granted to
national and international dealers. At present, the largest selling CO2 laser
system is the PARAGON CO2 laser system which is used primarily in gynecology,
ENT surgery and in aesthetic surgery, e.g., skin resurfacing procedures. The
list price of these products is from approximately $58,000 to $85,000 depending
on the power output. The MIS Products division also produces a variety of
optical accessory devices for the use with CO2 lasers for gynecology, ENT and
aesthetic surgical applications.
 
  OR Products
 
     The OR Products division distributes HANAULUX surgical lights, HANAUPORT
ceiling mounted equipment, MAQUET surgical tables, surgical video systems and
smoke and debris evacuation systems throughout the United States.
Ceiling-mounted equipment columns manufactured by HSI are used to organize the
operating room environment, and to provide gas outlets and electrical outlets
from the ceiling directly to the surgical site. Gases and electricity are
transmitted from the source through extension arms. The columns also provide
shelves, rails and other means to attach equipment used during surgical
procedures. Replacing conventional carts, these columns provide operating room
personnel with mobility without obstructing the surgical site.
 
     Surgical video systems are produced by HSI and are used with its
communication networking equipment. HSI's HANAUVISION can be used not only to
teach surgical procedures, but also to connect video of surgical procedures with
off-site locations.
 
                                       50
<PAGE>   57
 
   
     Centralized smoke evacuation equipment is manufactured and distributed by
HSI. This equipment provides a centralized airborne smoke and debris evacuation
system for the operating room. During electrocautery and laser surgery, smoke
and debris are evaporated into the air. Traditionally, the smoke and debris have
been removed through stand alone evacuation systems which require additional
equipment in the operating room that result in a significant increase in the
noise level in the operating room environment. HSI's licensed central smoke
evacuation equipment reduces noise and purifies the air by means of filtration.
This equipment also allows several operating rooms to be evacuated
simultaneously through ceiling mounted columns. HSI acquired exclusive worldwide
manufacturing and distribution rights to this product under patent license from
an unrelated third party in October 1995 for a cash payment and certain
continuing royalty obligations. After the payment of a certain amount of
royalties has been made, ownership of this patent will be transferred to HSI.
See "INFORMATION CONCERNING HSI -- Patents and Licenses" and Note 10 to Notes to
Financial Statements of Heraeus Surgical, Inc. After the Closing of the
Acquisition, HME will have the right to obtain from HSI at any time within four
years of the Closing Date, a nonexclusive worldwide sublicense outside the
United States to all of HSI's rights to manufacture and sell the centralized
smoke evacuation system, and all related rights, for so long as HSI continues to
have such rights. If HME exercises such right, it will be responsible for the
payment of any royalties related to its manufacture and sale of the centralized
smoke evacuation system outside of the United States.
    
 
     Because HSI designs, manufactures and distributes laser surgical products
and distributes certain operating room equipment, significant product liability
risks are inherent in the operations of HSI and the LDB. Although HSI has never
suffered any product liability loss greater than $250,000, it carries product
liability insurance in the amount of $15 million to protect against product
liability claims. The first $3 million of any liability sustained by HSI is
self-insured. The LDB is covered for product liability claims under the
corporate liability policy maintained by the Heraeus group of companies in the
amount of 100 million German Marks, with a deductible of 75,000 German Marks. In
spite of the foregoing insurance coverage, there can be no assurance that a
substantial uninsured product liability loss will not be incurred by HSI or the
LDB.
 
MANUFACTURING
 
     HSI has a single manufacturing facility located in Milpitas, California,
which it has occupied since January 1989. This facility is used in the assembly
of optical equipment, laser tube manufacturing, system integration and for the
manufacture and test of surgical laser systems and accessories. HSI also
maintains a cleanroom at its Milpitas facility for the production of fiber
delivery systems. The Company is not dependent upon any one supplier for any raw
materials required in the manufacturing process.
 
     HSI does not process any raw materials in the assembly of its products. HSI
purchases all raw materials and parts, consisting mainly of electronic
components (e.g., power supplies) and standard metal parts. There is no
machining, plating, sterilizing or painting conducted in HSI's facility. All
sheet metal is purchased from sheet metal suppliers and machine parts and quartz
glass are available from a large number of suppliers. HSI is dependent on a
single source of supply for each of a number of critical components used in its
manufacturing, including Nd:YAG crystals, laser flash lamps, power supplies and
bearings for articulated arms for CO2 lasers. HSI is also dependent on two
sources of supply for the glass tubes used in its CO2 lasers. Although HSI has
experienced occasional slow downs and missed shipment dates because of its
inability to obtain components on a timely basis, this has not had a material
adverse effect on HSI's business. However, because most of HSI's component
suppliers are single source, there could be a considerable production delay
should components from any of these sources become unavailable.
 
MARKETING AND SALES
 
     HSI generates revenues from direct sales to U.S. customers and to U.S. and
international distributors. The LDB buys MIS Products and related accessories
from HSI and distributes them though a direct sales force in Germany, and
through dealers in Eastern Europe, South Africa and certain Middle Eastern
countries.
 
     In 1995, 80% of HSI's revenue was generated from U.S. sales and 20% from
international sales. The three major overseas markets for MIS Products are
Japan, Germany and Korea which accounted for 5%, 5%
 
                                       51
<PAGE>   58
 
and 3% of sales, respectively. The balance of international revenues are
generated principally in Europe, Southeast Asia, the Middle East, and Latin
America. Except as described in the preceding paragraph, HSI sells in Japan
through an Heraeus affiliate and in Korea, Southeast Asia and Latin America
through independent dealers. No single customer accounted for as much as 10% of
the Company's MIS Product or Product sales in 1995.
 
     German distribution is handled by the LDB, which is operated as a division
of HME. The LDB operations consist of seven employees who are responsible for
sales, marketing, field service and order processing. Certain administrative and
personnel services as well as the facility are provided by HME to the LDB. The
total net assets of the LDB less accruals and liabilities was 1,169,000 German
Marks or approximately U.S. $800,000 as of December 31, 1995.
 
SERVICE AND INSTALLATION
 
     HSI maintains a service organization in the United States for the
installation and maintenance of its products. Service generated approximately
17% of HSI's total revenue in 1995.
 
     HSI installs and services its products in the United States through service
technicians, its direct sales force and two independent dealers. In
international markets, HSI provides service and installation for its products
through its international distributors. HSI provides service training to its
service technicians and to hospital technicians upon request. HSI has entered
into approximately 550 maintenance agreements with its customers. In Germany,
installation services are provided by the LDB.
 
RESEARCH AND DEVELOPMENT
 
     For the past three years, HSI has spent between 5% and 6% of its total
revenue on research and product development. During 1995 these expenditures
totaled $1,714,000. The main focus and objective of HSI's research and
development efforts are to develop new laser sources and accessories, refine
electronic and control software and develop methods to achieve system
integration. Presently, HSI's research and development efforts are focused on
continued support of its PARAGON CO2 laser system, the implementation of a
scanner to distribute the laser beam over the skin in a computerized controlled
manner and the development of a compact, low cost CO2 laser.
 
     HSI reduced its research and development programs and expenditures as part
of the January 1996 restructuring. See "HSI MANAGEMENT S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS
OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS -- Liquidity and Capital
Resources." Although HSI management does not believe that these reductions will
have a significant effect on HSI's research and development efforts, there can
be no assurance that HSI will successfully design, manufacture or sell new or
enhanced products in a timely manner.
 
PATENTS AND LICENSES
 
     Management believes that HSI's competitive position is primarily dependent
upon skills in engineering, production and marketing rather than its patents.
However, protection of HSI's technology assets by obtaining and enforcing
patents is increasingly important. Consequently, HSI has an active program to
file applications in the United States and other countries on inventions which
HSI considers significant. HSI has a number of patents in the United States and
other countries and additional applications are pending for new developments in
its products. In addition to patents, HSI possesses other proprietary
intellectual property, including trademarks, know-how and trade secrets. There
can be no assurance, however, that HSI owns or will obtain patents, licenses or
other proprietary rights necessary for the conduct of its business, or that any
such patents, licenses or other proprietary rights will not expire, be
invalidated or found to infringe upon the rights of third parties.
 
     In particular, the U.S. patent for HSI's licensed central smoke evacuation
equipment described above expires in the year 2010 and, accordingly, HSI's
competitors will not be prohibited from producing similar equipment thereafter.
Such competition could have a material, adverse effect on HSI's business.
 
                                       52
<PAGE>   59
 
     HSI enters into patent and technology licensing agreements with others when
management determines that it is in HSI's best interest to do so. HSI pays
royalties under existing patent license agreements for the use, in the case of
several of its products, of certain patents which are licensed to HSI.
 
     From time to time HSI receives inquiries with regard to possible patent
infringement. In dealing with such inquiries, it may become necessary or useful
for HSI to obtain and grant licenses or other rights. However, there can be no
assurance about the outcome of such inquiries or that such license rights will
be available to HSI on commercially reasonable terms.
 
COMPETITION
 
     HSI competes with a number of companies that have greater financial and
technological resources than it has and which have greater financial ability to
develop markets and gain customers than it does.
 
     In the MIS Product market, HSI experiences competition, not only from
companies selling surgical lasers, but from competing surgical technologies that
are not available from HSI. These technologies, such as electrocautery surgery,
have provided customers with viable alternatives to laser surgery and
accordingly, have reduced, and will continue to reduce, the overall available
market for HSI's laser products. This competition has especially affected the
sales of HSI's Nd:YAG product.
 
     Competition in the OR Products market is mainly from large, diversified
companies with substantially greater financial resources than HSI.
 
     Through company reorganizations and acquisitions in the laser and operating
room products industries, stronger competitors having larger market shares may
emerge. This could adversely affect the performance of HSI.
 
REGULATION AND QUALITY ASSURANCE
 
     As a medical products company, quality control and regulatory affairs are
key elements of HSI's business. Quality assurance personnel are responsible for
controlling engineering change orders, incoming inspection, final test and
general quality standards of the products. Quality assurance personnel are also
responsible for compliance with various regulations promulgated and enforced by
the Food and Drug Administration ("FDA"), including maintaining good
manufacturing production standards and obtaining FDA clearances for all of HSI's
products and product applications. HSI's products cannot be sold without FDA
clearances. FDA policies regarding medical lasers have, and could again,
seriously impact the medical laser industry. Although such clearances have been
obtained for HSI's current products, no assurances can be made that such
clearances will be available for new products.
 
     A more comprehensive discussion of FDA procedures and requirements, as well
as a number of other policies, regulations, rules and restrictions to which HSI
is also subject, is set forth in "THE ACQUISITION AND RELATED
TRANSACTIONS -- Certain Risks Associated With The Acquisition -- Government
Regulation; Uncertainty of Obtaining Regulatory Approval." All of HSI's current
products are marketed through the 510(k) procedure, and HSI has no IDE's or
PMA's in process. HSI does not have ISO 9001 approval, but sells its products in
Europe under TUV (Technical Supervisory Organization) approval and with a CE
(European Conformation) mark for EMV (Electro Magnetic Compatibility)
regulations.
 
     Upon receiving incoming raw materials and component parts, HSI performs an
incoming inspection and advises the vendor as to possible problems. Incoming
products which do not meet specification are returned to the vendor or, if
necessary, re-worked by HSI production personnel.
 
     During the manufacturing assembly process, quality assurance personnel
monitor the process and inspect the finished product. A detailed specification
sheet is established for each assembled laser system.
 
     Product changes or manufacturing changes are reviewed and approved by
quality assurance personnel prior to their implementation.
 
                                       53
<PAGE>   60
 
FACILITIES
 
     HSI leases an office and manufacturing facility in Milpitas, California. A
small service facility under lease in Jamesburg, New Jersey has been closed and
the remaining lease term expires at the end of 1997. While it is the intention
of HSI to sublease this facility, if possible, prior to its expiration date,
there can be no assurance that it will be able to do so. The current lease calls
for payments of approximately $60,000 per year.
 
HAZARDOUS MATERIALS
 
     Chemicals used within the HSI facility include glycol (which is a
high-grade antifreeze), denaturalized alcohol and menthol. Gases used in laser
tube production are helium, nitrogen and CO2. HSI believes that it is in
compliance with applicable law and regulations in the handling of these
materials. HSI has not been charged with violation of any federal or state
environmental laws or regulations. HSI is subject to the same occupational
safety, hazardous materials and environmental laws mentioned in "THE ACQUISITION
AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS -- Certain Risks Associated With The
Acquisition -- Government Regulation; Uncertainty of Obtaining Regulatory
Approval."
 
LEGAL PROCEEDINGS
 
     HSI is not involved in any legal proceedings, and is not aware of any
impending claims.
 
DESCRIPTION OF SECURITIES
 
     HSI is a privately held company. It has 1,000 shares of common stock
authorized and 100 shares of common stock issued at no par value per share, all
of which are owned by HME. There is no public trading market for HSI stock.
 
EMPLOYEES
 
     HSI is dependent upon the efforts and skills of key personnel for its
success. On March 31, 1996, HSI had approximately 125 full time employees, of
whom approximately 57 were executive, marketing, administrative and accounting
personnel, 45 were engaged in manufacturing and engineering positions, and 23
were engaged in field service and installation. Approximately 29 employees were
laid off by HSI in the January 1996 restructuring. See "HSI MANAGEMENT'S
DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF
OPERATIONS -- Liquidity and Capital Resources." In addition, five research and
development personnel voluntarily resigned during the first quarter for 1996.
 
     The employees of HSI do not belong to a labor union and HSI has never
experienced a general labor dispute or strike. HSI considers its relationship
with its employees to be good.
 
RISK FACTORS
 
   
     Except for historical information, the matters discussed herein concerning
HSI and the LDB contain forward-looking information. This information is subject
to certain risks and uncertainties that could cause future results to differ
materially from current HSI expectations. These risks are substantially the same
as those affecting Laserscope described in "THE ACQUISITION AND RELATED
TRANSACTIONS -- Certain Risks Associated With The Acquisition -- Government
Regulation; Uncertainty of Obtaining Regulatory Approval," which each
shareholder is urged to read.
    
 
                                       54
<PAGE>   61
 
                    HSI MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS
                OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
 
OVERVIEW
 
     HSI manufactures and sells capital equipment for use in surgical
applications, principally surgical laser systems and operating room systems. HSI
is organized into two divisions: a Minimally Invasive Surgery division that
manufactures and sells lasers used in surgical procedures ("MIS Products"); and
an Operating Room Products division that manufactures and distributes equipment
and distributes lighting for operating rooms ("OR Products"). Substantially all
of HSI's revenue is from the sale of MIS Products and OR Products directly or
through distributors primarily to surgeons and hospitals, and from related
service. HSI recognizes revenue from products upon shipment to its distributors
or its customers. Service revenue is recognized upon provision of the services
to the customer.
 
     Heraeus Surgical, Inc. ("HSI"), formerly named Heraeus Medical, Inc., was
organized in the State of Delaware for the purpose of acquiring substantially
all the assets, except for cash and only certain liabilities, of Heraeus
Systems, Inc. (formerly Heraeus Surgical, Inc.). As a result of this
transaction, which closed March 1, 1996, HSI became largely debt-free, with the
exception of customary accruals and trade payables. Heraeus Systems, Inc. and
HSI are both indirectly held subsidiaries of Heraeus Holding GmbH, Hanau,
Germany (the "Holding Company"). Heraeus Systems, Inc. is not participating in
the transaction described in this Proxy Statement. HSI has no subsidiaries.
 
     Financial results described below for periods prior to March 1, 1996 are
for Heraeus Systems, Inc., formerly Heraeus Surgical, Inc. and HSI's
predecessor. Financial results described below for the three-month period ended
March 31, 1996 are combined results for Heraeus Systems, Inc. (for the two
months ended February 29, 1996), and for HSI, the successor company (for the
month of March, 1996). See "HSI MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF
FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS -- Liquidity and Capital
Resources."
 
     The impact of inflation on HSI's net revenues and on operating losses has
not been significant. However, declines in the prices of HSI's products have
contributed to reductions in HSI's revenues and increases in its operating
losses.
 
QUARTERS ENDED MARCH 31, 1996 AND 1995
 
   
     HSI's net revenues increased $39,000, or 0.6%, in the first quarter of 1996
compared to the first quarter of 1995. Comparing the two quarters, HSI doubled
PARAGON CO2 laser sales, and improved sales of the HANAULUX lights and HANAUPORT
mounting devices. These increases were largely offset, however, by a substantial
decrease in sales of HSI's Nd:YAG laser product in the first quarter of 1996, as
compared with the first quarter of 1995. This decrease was due primarily to
strong competition that had developed following the introduction of an alternate
technology in the urology market in early 1995. Laser accessory sales also
decreased $237,000 in the first quarter of 1996, as compared with the first
quarter of 1995, due to a decrease in the sale of the ULTRALINE fiber resulting
from the decline in the use of laser systems in urological procedures.
    
 
     Net service revenue decreased $72,000, or 6.0%, in the first quarter of
1996, as compared with the first quarter of 1995, primarily due to a decrease in
billable and contract service revenue related to Nd:YAG and CO2 laser products.
 
     Gross profit increased $209,000, or 8.2%, in the first quarter of 1996 as
compared to the first quarter of 1995. This increase was primarily attributed to
a reduction in the cost of manufacturing as a percentage of sales. Improvement
in engineering and production processes, and reductions in costs of materials
and manufacturing overhead variances, contributed significantly to the margin
improvement.
 
     Operating expenses decreased $188,000, or 5.6%, in the first quarter of
1996 as compared to the first quarter of 1995. As a percentage of net revenues,
operating expenses decreased to 45.5% from 48.5% in the first quarter of 1996
from the first quarter of 1995. This decrease was primarily due to a reduction
in force of
 
                                       55
<PAGE>   62
 
29 employees. Reduction in legal costs and travel and management bonuses
amounted to $68,000, and were the principal reasons for a 11.1% decrease in
administrative costs in the first quarter of 1996, as compared to the first
quarter of 1995. Research and development project spending in the first quarter
of 1996 declined $79,000, or 16.7%, from the first quarter of 1995. This
decrease resulted from the completion of the PARAGON development project in 1995
and from certain cost-cutting measures executed in January of 1996. See "HSI
MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF
OPERATIONS -- Liquidity and Capital Resources."
 
     Interest expense of $86,000 in the first quarter of 1996 increased $41,000
compared to the first quarter of 1995. The increase resulted from increased
borrowings from the Holding Company from $2.5 million to $4.3 million.
 
   
     Other income for the first quarter of 1996 includes $250,000 from the
settlement of a lawsuit. The settlement proceeds described stem from a lawsuit
between Cooper Life Sciences, Inc. ("Cooper") and HSI. On May 11, 1988 (the
"Acquisition Date"), a predecessor of HSI (hereafter "HSI") bought certain
assets from Cooper used in Cooper's laser business and assumed specified
liabilities of such business pursuant to an asset purchase agreement (the
"Purchase Agreement"). Under the Purchase Agreement, Cooper agreed to indemnify
HSI against various liabilities which were not assumed by HSI.
    
 
   
     After the Acquisition Date, HSI and Cooper were named as defendants in
several product liability suits, and HSI sued Cooper seeking indemnification
under the Purchase Agreement. On February 26, 1996 (the "Settlement Date"), HSI
and Cooper entered into a settlement agreement and mutual release (the
"Settlement Agreement"). The Settlement Agreement ended the lawsuit, with
prejudice, and contains a mutual release by the parties of all claims, known or
unknown, with the exception of one pending lawsuit in which neither Cooper nor
HSI has been named. The Settlement Agreement also provides for Cooper to pay HSI
$250,000 in four equal installments of $62,500 each, the first two of which have
been paid and the last two of which are due on August 1, 1996 and November 1,
1996 respectively. The Settlement Agreement further provides that the indemnity
for product liability claims set forth in the Purchase Agreement will remain in
effect for three years after the Settlement Date, but that any such claims first
made after the expiration of such three-year period will be governed by
principles of equitable indemnity.
    
 
     HSI reported a loss before income taxes of $209,000 for the first quarter
ended March 31, 1996 and does not anticipate income taxes due for the period,
and therefore has made no significant provision for federal and state income
taxes. HSI recorded a loss before income taxes of $828,000 during the first
quarter of 1995 and made no significant provision for federal and state income
tax.
 
YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1995 AND 1994
 
   
     HSI's net revenues decreased $4.7 million or 14.4%, in 1995 as compared to
1994, primarily due to a significant decline in the quantity and also in the
average unit prices, of Nd:YAG lasers because of a decline in the use of laser
systems in urological procedures. However, CO2 laser revenues increased by
almost 100% in 1995 as compared to 1994 due to acceptance in the marketplace of
the new PARAGON CO2 laser. This increase occurred despite delays in shipments
experienced from early to mid 1995. The delays in shipments during early 1995
were due primarily to the need to resolve the technical difficulties with power
output, the stability of glass laser tubes as well as problems with the quality
control software that controls tube output and other operating parameters. While
these problems have been substantially resolved, the manufacturing process is
complex and continues to require close monitoring by experienced key personnel.
Laser accessory revenue also decreased from 1995 as compared to 1994. Lack of
demand for the ULTRALINE fiber utilized with the Nd:YAG laser system in the
urology market contributed significantly to this decrease.
    
 
     Service revenue decreased $481,000, or 9.1%, from 1995 as compared to 1994
due to a decline in billable laser system service and contract laser system
service. Laser system service revenue declines from 1994 to 1995 were caused
primarily by under-utilization of laser systems, and by hospitals replacing old
technology with new equipment requiring less service. Additionally, the market
for service provided by HSI has become more competitive as hospitals bundle
laser maintenance contracts with other equipment maintenance under blanket
service agreements.
 
                                       56
<PAGE>   63
 
     Gross profits decreased $3.6 million, or 26%, from fiscal 1995 as compared
to fiscal 1994 primarily because of slowness in the MIS Products business and
start-up costs of the PARAGON CO2 laser that resulted in significant
manufacturing variances and warranty costs.
 
     Operating expenses decreased approximately $1 million, or 7.3%, in 1995 as
compared to 1994, but increased as a percentage of net revenues. The increase as
a percentage of net revenues was primarily due to the decline in net revenues in
1995. Marketing and selling expenses decreased $671,000, or 6.9%, in 1995 as
compared to 1994 primarily as a result of reduced commission costs due to lower
sales volume, reduced demonstration, travel and workshop costs and reduction in
headcount. General and administrative expenses decreased $120,000, or 4.7%, in
1995 as compared to 1994 primarily as a result of lower legal costs due to the
resolution in 1995 of certain legal disputes that began in 1994 or earlier.
 
     Research and development expenses decreased $243,000, or 12.4%, in 1995 as
compared to 1994 primarily as a result of reduced project spending.
 
     Interest expense of $285,000 in 1995 increased from $111,000 in 1994 as a
result of interest expense on increased borrowing from the Holding Company from
$2.5 million in 1994 to $6.9 million in 1995.
 
     HSI reported a loss before income taxes of $3.3 million for 1995 and does
not anticipate income taxes due for the period and therefore has made no
significant provision for federal and state income taxes.
 
YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1994 AND 1993
 
     HSI's net revenues decreased $117,000, or .4%, in 1994 as compared with
1993. Although combined sales of HSI's products were essentially flat from the
previous fiscal year, changes in sales by product type were pronounced. CO2
laser revenues decreased as the CO2 laser market shifted in late 1994 to the
aesthetic market and away from the general surgery market for gynecology and
ear, nose and throat ("ENT") applications. The then-available CO2 Product line,
ILLUMINA, was not able to satisfy the requirements of the aesthetic market.
Sales of HSI's Nd:YAG laser systems remained flat. Laser accessory sales
decreased in 1994 as compared to 1993, primarily due to a decline in fiber sales
in the urology market for MIS Products resulting from increased accessory
competition in 1994. Endoscopy product sales also decreased because a
distribution agreement entered into in 1993 with a German manufacturer of
endoscopic equipment was not successful and the German manufacturer was
prohibited by the FDA from importing products into the U.S. in early 1994. The
distribution agreement was terminated in early 1994. OR Product sales increased
in 1994 from 1993 due to substantial backlog from 1993 and aggressive
discounting in 1994.
 
     Service revenue was essentially flat in 1994 compared to 1993 as increases
in OR Product service from more aggressive selling and overall price increases
were offset by reduced MIS Product service due to the continuing effects of
under-utilization of hospital laser equipment and bundling of maintenance
agreements.
 
     HSI's gross profit decreased $641,000 or 4.4%, from 1993 to 1994 from a
combination of factors, including reduced MIS Product sales and increased OR
Product costs.
 
     Operating expenses decreased $990,000, or 6.5%, in 1994 as compared to
1993. The decrease was primarily due to a reduction of travel, workshop and
trade shows costs and a reduction in headcount. Marketing and selling expense
decreased $1.2 million, in 1994, or 10.6%, compared to 1993. Research and
development expense increased $202,000, or 11.5%, in 1994 as compared to 1993
due to the continued development of high powered lasers.
 
     Interest expense in 1994 of $111,000 increased from $48,000 in 1993
primarily as a result of increased borrowings from the Holding Company.
 
     Because HSI reported a loss before income taxes of $416,000 for 1994, it
does not anticipate income taxes due for this period and therefore has made no
significant provision for federal and state income taxes.
 
                                       57
<PAGE>   64
 
LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES
 
   
     On February 28, 1996, the old Heraeus Surgical, Inc. changed its name to
Heraeus Systems, Inc. ("Systems"). In addition, a newly organized company named
Heraeus Medical, Inc. ("Medical") was formed. On March 1, 1996 all assets and
liabilities (with the exception of an intercompany loan and cash) were
transferred from Systems to Medical. Medical subsequently changed its name to
Heraeus Surgical, Inc. which throughout this document is referred to as "HSI."
In connection with this corporate reorganization, Heraeus Med GmbH ("HME") made
a capital contribution to HSI of $10.8 million. With the proceeds of this
capital contribution, HSI paid Systems for the cost of the transferred assets
and liabilities. Subsequently Systems paid off the intercompany loan of
approximately $6,924,000. As a result of this corporate reorganization, HSI will
not be entitled to offset taxable income which may be earned by HSI in future
periods with net operating loss carryforwards from periods prior to the
reorganization.
    
 
     In January of 1996, HSI executed a restructuring designed to reduce its
annual costs, after taking into account the charges associated with such
restructuring. The principle features of the restructuring were the layoffs of
approximately 29 employees and closure of the New Jersey facility described in
"INFORMATION CONCERNING HSI -- Domestic Facilities."
 
   
     At March 31, 1996 HSI had working capital of $10.3 million and cash of
$869,000. At such date HSI had
total and current liabilities of $5.8 million. Although HSI hopes to be able to
meet its financial obligations from cash generated from operations and does not
project additional borrowings, it is likely, in light of the fact that HSI had
incurred an accumulated deficit of approximately $26 million from 1988 through
March 31, 1996, and relied on the Holding Company to provide financing for its
operations, that HSI will require additional capital to meet its obligations.
The Holding Company has indicated its willingness to continue to provide the
financial support necessary to HSI to enable HSI to meet its obligations as they
become due and to continue as a going concern at least through January 1, 1997
or until HSI is sold, whichever is sooner. Neither the Holding Company nor any
other Heraeus entity is willing to continue to provide financial support to HSI
or the LDB after the Acquisition. Thus, if the Acquisition is consummated and to
the extent that cash flow from HSI's operations is insufficient to meet HSI's
needs, Laserscope will need to provide financial support for HSI and the LDB.
Laserscope will provide such support through cash flow from its operations, or
by raising additional funds from equity financings or bank lines of credit.
There can be no assurance that such additional financing will be available on
reasonable terms or at all. See "CERTAIN RISKS ASSOCIATED WITH THE
ACQUISITION -- Limited Working Capital; Potential Need to Raise Additional
Capital."
    
 
   
     The following table sets forth the cash flows of HSI in thousands for the
periods indicated, showing in each case the cash derived from operations and the
cash derived from financing activities.
    
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
          QUARTERS ENDED:       OPERATIONS     NET FINANCING
                                ----------     -------------
        <S>                     <C>            <C>
        March 31, 1996           $   (985)        $    73
        March 31, 1995                371              --
        YEARS ENDED:
        December 31, 1995          (3,169)          4,376
        December 31, 1994             418              48
        December 31, 1993          (2,491)          2,500
</TABLE>
    
 
   
     Cash flow from investing activities totaled $(1) during the three months
ended March 31, 1996, $(35) during the three months ended March 31, 1995 and
$(370), $(275) and $(445) during the years ended December 31, 1995, 1994 and
1993, respectively.
    
 
   
     Cash used in investing activities in 1995 was for the acquisition of plant
and equipment in the ordinary course of business, including $250,000 for the
CVAC patent license. Cash used in investing activities in 1994 was also for the
acquisition of plant and equipment in the ordinary course of business. Cash used
in investing activities in 1993 was for the expansion into OR and Endoscopy
products.
    
 
                                       58
<PAGE>   65
 
   
     Cash used in operations was $985,000 in the quarter ended March 31, 1996,
compared to cash provided by operations of $371,000 in the quarter ended March
31, 1995, primarily due to the timing of payments made from related parties.
Cash used in operations was $3.2 million in the year ended December 31, 1995, as
compared with cash provided by operations of $418,000 in the year ended December
31, 1994, and cash used in operations of $2.5 million in the year ended December
31, 1993. Cash from operations decreased in 1995 as compared to 1994 primarily
due to increased operating losses, as well as increased inventory and
receivables. Cash from operations improved in 1994 as compared to 1993 primarily
due to improved profitability, and the completion in 1993 of the preliminary
build-up of inventory and receivables for OR and Endoscopy products.
    
 
   
     Cash from financing activities of $4.4 million in 1995 consists of
additional financing from the Holding Company. Cash from financing activities of
$2.5 million in 1993 represents a short-term bank loan, which was refinanced by
the Holding Company in 1994.
    
 
   
                           INCORPORATION BY REFERENCE
    
 
   
     The Company hereby incorporates by reference the Company's description of
business, property, legal proceedings and market price of and dividends on the
Company's Common Stock, Selected Financial Data, Financial Statements and
Supplementary Data, and the Management s Discussion and Analysis of Financial
Condition and Results of Operations contained in the Company's Annual Report on
Form 10-K/A for the year ended December 31, 1995, and the Financial Information
and the Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results
of Operations contained in the Company's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the
quarter ended March 31, 1996, which reports accompany this Proxy Statement as
Exhibits F and G, respectively.
    
 
                        COMPLIANCE WITH SECTION 16(A) OF
                      THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
 
     Under the securities laws of the United States, Laserscope's directors, its
executive officers, and any persons holding more than ten percent of
Laserscope's common stock are required to report their initial ownership of
Laserscope's securities and any subsequent changes in that ownership to the
Commission. Specific filing deadlines of these reports have been established and
Laserscope is required to disclose in this Proxy Statement any failure to file
by these dates during 1995. All of these filing requirements have been
satisfied. In making this statement, Laserscope has relied solely on written
representations of its directors and executive officers and any ten percent
holders and copies of the reports that they filed with the Commission.
 
                     SHAREHOLDER PROPOSALS FOR 1997 MEETING
 
     Proposals of shareholders intended to be presented by such shareholders at
the Company's 1997 Annual Meeting must be received by the Company no later than
December 28, 1996 in order that they may be included in the proxy statement and
form of proxy relating to that meeting.
 
                                 OTHER MATTERS
 
     The Laserscope Board of Directors does not intend to bring any matters
before the Special Meeting other than those specifically set forth in the notice
of meetings and does not know of any matters to be brought before the meeting by
others. If other matters properly come before the meeting, it is the intention
of the persons named in the accompanying proxies to vote such proxies in
accordance with the judgment of the Laserscope Board of Directors.
 
                                       59
<PAGE>   66
 
                         INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                        PAGE
                                                                                        ----
<S>                                                                                     <C>
HERAEUS SURGICAL, INC.
Report of Independent Auditors........................................................  F-2
Balance Sheets........................................................................  F-3
Statements of Operations..............................................................  F-4
Statements of Cash Flows..............................................................  F-5
Statements of Stockholder's Equity....................................................  F-6
Notes to Financial Statements.........................................................  F-7
LASERSCOPE, INC.
Unaudited Pro Forma Financial Statements:
  Combined Condensed Balance Sheet as of March 31, 1996...............................  F-15
  Combined Condensed Statements of Operations for the year ended December 31, 1995
     and the three months ended March 31, 1996........................................  F-16
Notes to Pro Forma Financial Statements...............................................  F-17
</TABLE>
 
                                       F-1
<PAGE>   67
 
                          INDEPENDENT AUDITORS REPORT
 
The Board of Directors
Heraeus Surgical, Inc.:
 
     We have audited the accompanying balance sheets of Heraeus Surgical, Inc.
(a wholly-owned subsidiary of Heraeus Med GmbH) as of December 31, 1995 and
1994, and the related statements of operations, stockholder's equity, and cash
flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 1995.
These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company's management.
Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based
on our audits.
 
     We conducted our audits in accordance with generally accepted auditing
standards. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material
misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting
the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes
assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by
management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation.
We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.
 
     In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly,
in all material respects, the financial position of Heraeus Surgical, Inc. as of
December 31, 1995 and 1994 and the results of its operations and its cash flows
for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 1995, in
conformity with generally accepted accounting principles.
 
                                          KPMG Peat Marwick LLP
 
San Francisco, California
February 20, 1996
 
                                       F-2
<PAGE>   68
 
                             HERAEUS SURGICAL, INC.
                (A WHOLLY-OWNED SUBSIDIARY OF HERAEUS MED GMBH)
 
                                 BALANCE SHEETS
                    (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT NUMBERS OF SHARES)
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                             DECEMBER 31,
                                                                             ---------------------
                                                                               1995         1994
                                                          MARCH 31, 1996     --------     --------
                                                          --------------
                                                          (UNAUDITED)
<S>                                                       <C>                <C>          <C>
                                              ASSETS
Current assets:
  Cash and cash equivalents.............................     $    869        $  1,782     $    945
  Accounts receivable, net of allowances of $105 and
     $138, for the years ended December 31, 1995 and
     1994, respectively.................................        5,963           6,413        5,003
  Due from related parties..............................          940             725          626
  Inventories, net......................................        8,020           8,566        7,567
  Prepaid expenses......................................          340             227          454
                                                              -------         -------      -------
          Total current assets..........................       16,132          17,713       14,595
Property and equipment, net.............................          526             591          788
Intangible assets.......................................          237             250           --
                                                              -------         -------      -------
     Total assets.......................................     $ 16,895        $ 18,554     $ 15,383
                                                              =======         =======      =======
                               LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDER'S EQUITY
Current liabilities:
  Current installments of long-term debt due to related
     party..............................................     $     --        $  6,924           --
  Accounts payable......................................        1,824           2,567        2,435
  Due to related parties................................        1,735           1,948          410
  Accrued compensation..................................          688             795          559
  Deferred revenue......................................          885           1,059        1,263
  Other accrued expenses................................          716           1,000          632
                                                              -------         -------      -------
          Total current liabilities.....................        5,848          14,293        5,299
Long term debt due to related party.....................           --              --        2,548
Commitments and Contingencies
Stockholder's equity
  Common stock -- no par value; 10,000 shares
     authorized; 100 shares issued and outstanding at
     March 31, 1996, and 4,500 shares issued and
     outstanding at December 31, 1995 and 1994..........       36,997          30,000       30,000
  Accumulated deficit...................................      (25,950)        (25,739)     (22,464)
                                                              -------         -------      -------
          Total stockholder's equity....................       11,047           4,261        7,536
                                                              -------         -------      -------
          Total liabilities and stockholder's equity....     $ 16,895        $ 18,554     $ 15,383
                                                              =======         =======      =======
</TABLE>
    
 
                 See accompanying notes to financial statements
 
                                       F-3
<PAGE>   69
 
                             HERAEUS SURGICAL, INC.
                (A WHOLLY-OWNED SUBSIDIARY OF HERAEUS MED GMBH)
 
                            STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
                                 (IN THOUSANDS)
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                 THREE MONTHS   THREE MONTHS
                                                                    ENDED          ENDED          YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                                                                  MARCH 31,      MARCH 31,      -----------------------------
                                                                     1996           1995         1995       1994       1993
                                                                 ------------   ------------    -------    -------    -------
<S>                                                              <C>            <C>             <C>        <C>        <C>
                                                                 (UNAUDITED)    (UNAUDITED)
Revenues:
  Net product sales to unrelated parties........................    $4,803         $4,577       $19,822    $22,761    $23,363
  Net product sales to related parties..........................       967          1,082         3,152      4,394      3,939
  Net service revenue...........................................     1,137          1,209         4,802      5,283      5,253
                                                                    ------         ------        ------     ------    -------
                                                                     6,907          6,868        27,776     32,438     32,555
  Cost of sales to unrelated parties............................     2,951          2,926        13,135     13,072     12,400
  Cost of sales to related parties..............................       667            747         1,851      2,647      2,712
  Cost of services..............................................       530            645         2,484      2,795      2,878
                                                                    ------         ------        ------     ------    -------
         Gross profit...........................................     2,759          2,550        10,306     13,924     14,565
Operating expenses:
  Research and development......................................       395            474         1,714      1,957      1,755
  Marketing and selling.........................................     2,205          2,246         9,079      9,750     10,914
  General and administrative....................................       546            614         2,401      2,521      2,549
                                                                    ------         ------        ------     ------    -------
                                                                     3,146          3,334        13,194     14,228     15,218
                                                                    ------         ------        ------     ------    -------
  Operating profit (loss).......................................      (387)          (784)       (2,888)      (304)      (653)
Other income (expense), net
  Interest expense..............................................       (86)           (46)         (285)      (111)       (48)
  Other income (expense)........................................       264              2          (100)        (1)        26
                                                                    ------         ------        ------     ------    -------
                                                                       178            (44)         (385)      (112)       (22)
                                                                    ------         ------        ------     ------    -------
Loss before income taxes........................................      (209)          (828)       (3,273)      (416)      (675)
Provision for income taxes......................................         2             13             2         23         --
                                                                    ------         ------        ------     ------    -------
Net loss........................................................    $ (211)        $ (841)      $(3,275)   $  (439)   $  (675)
                                                                    ======         ======        ======     ======    =======
</TABLE>
    
 
                See accompanying notes to financial statements.
 
                                       F-4
<PAGE>   70
 
                             HERAEUS SURGICAL, INC.
                (A WHOLLY-OWNED SUBSIDIARY OF HERAEUS MED GMBH)
 
                            STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
                                 (IN THOUSANDS)
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                      YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                                                                                    -----------------------------
                                                                                     1995       1994       1993
                                                       THREE           THREE        -------    -------    -------
                                                      MONTHS          MONTHS
                                                       ENDED           ENDED
                                                     MARCH 31,       MARCH 31,
                                                       1996            1995
                                                   -------------   -------------
                                                    (UNAUDITED)     (UNAUDITED)
<S>                                                <C>             <C>              <C>        <C>        <C>
Cash flows from operating activities:
  Net loss.......................................     $  (211)        $  (841)      $(3,275)   $  (439)   $  (675)
  Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash
    provided by (used in) operating activities:
    Depreciation and amortization................          79              76           303        286        744
    Loss on sale of equipment....................          --              --            --         13         --
    Write-off of fixed assets....................          --              --            14         --         --
    Changes in operating assets and liabilities:
      Accounts receivable........................         450             684        (1,410)     1,560     (2,784)
      Inventories................................         546            (262)         (999)      (676)      (983)
      Prepaid expenses...........................        (113)            (42)          227          9         11
      Due to related parties, net................        (428)          1,106         1,439       (589)       427
      Accounts payable...........................        (743)           (359)          132        663        601
      Accrued compensation.......................        (107)             65           236       (451)       302
      Other accrued expenses.....................        (284)            (31)          368        164       (265)
      Deferred revenue...........................        (174)            (28)         (204)      (122)       131
                                                      -------          ------       -------    -------    -------
  Net cash provided by (used in) operating
    activities...................................        (985)            371        (3,169)       418     (2,491)
Cash flows from investing activities:
  Purchase of property and equipment.............          (1)            (35)         (120)      (277)      (445)
  Purchase of patent.............................          --              --          (250)        --         --
  Proceeds on sale of fixed assets...............          --              --            --          2         --
                                                      -------          ------       -------    -------    -------
    Net cash used in investing activities........          (1)            (35)         (370)      (275)      (445)
Cash flows from financing activities:
  Proceeds from recapitalization.................      10,800              --            --         --         --
  Deemed net distribution to parent company in
    connection with corporate reorganization.....      (3,803)             --            --         --         --
  Proceeds from parent advances..................          --              --         4,376      2,548         --
  Repayment of intercompany indebtedness and
    advances.....................................      (6,924)             --            --         --         --
  Short-term note payable -- borrowings..........          --              --            --         --      2,500
  Repayment of short-term notes..................          --              --            --     (2,500)        --
                                                      -------          ------       -------    -------    -------
    Net cash provided by financing activities....          73              --         4,376         48      2,500
                                                      -------          ------       -------    -------    -------
Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash
  equivalents....................................        (913)            336           837        191       (436)
Cash and cash equivalents at the beginning of the
  period.........................................       1,782             945           945        754      1,190
                                                      -------          ------       -------    -------    -------
Cash and cash equivalents at the end of the
  year...........................................     $   869         $ 1,281       $ 1,782    $   945    $   754
                                                      =======          ======       =======    =======    =======
Supplemental disclosures of cash flow
  information:
  Cash paid during the year for:
    Interest.....................................     $   232         $    --       $   212    $   111    $    63
                                                      =======          ======       =======    =======    =======
    Income taxes.................................  2..$.......        $    13       $     2    $    23    $    --
                                                      =======          ======       =======    =======    =======
</TABLE>
    
 
                See accompanying notes to financial statements.
 
                                       F-5
<PAGE>   71
 
                             HERAEUS SURGICAL, INC.
                (A WHOLLY-OWNED SUBSIDIARY OF HERAEUS MED GMBH)
 
                       STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDER'S EQUITY
   
                    (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT NUMBERS OF SHARES)
    
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                     COMMON STOCK                            TOTAL
                                                  ------------------     ACCUMULATED     STOCKHOLDER'S
                                                  SHARES     AMOUNT        DEFICIT          EQUITY
                                                  ------     -------     -----------     -------------
<S>                                               <C>        <C>         <C>             <C>
Balance as of December 31, 1992.................  4,500      $30,000      $ (21,350)        $ 8,650
Net loss........................................                               (675)           (675)
                                                  -----      -------       --------         -------
Balance as of December 31, 1993.................  4,500       30,000        (22,025)          7,975
Net loss........................................                               (439)           (439)
                                                  -----      -------       --------         -------
Balance as of December 31, 1994.................  4,500       30,000        (22,464)          7,536
Net loss........................................                             (3,275)         (3,275)
                                                  -----      -------       --------         -------
Balance as of December 31, 1995.................  4,500      $30,000      $ (25,739)        $ 4,261
Recapitalization as of March 1, 1996
  (unaudited)...................................    100      $10,800             --         $10,800
Deemed net distribution to parent company in
  connection with corporate reorganization
  (unaudited)...................................     --      $(3,803)            --         $(3,803)
Net loss for the three months ended March 31,
  1996 (unaudited)..............................     --           --           (211)           (211)
                                                  -----      -------       --------         -------
Balance as of March 31, 1996 (unaudited)........    100      $36,997      $ (25,950)        $11,047
                                                  =====      =======       ========         =======
</TABLE>
    
 
                See accompanying notes to financial statements.
 
                                       F-6
<PAGE>   72
 
                             HERAEUS SURGICAL, INC.
                (A WHOLLY-OWNED SUBSIDIARY OF HERAEUS MED GMBH)
 
                         NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
   
 (INFORMATION FOR THE THREE MONTHS ENDED MARCH 31, 1996 AND 1995 IS UNAUDITED.)
    
 
(1)  SUMMARY OF OPERATIONS AND SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES
 
  (a) Operations
 
     Heraeus Surgical, Inc. (the Company) was incorporated on May 11, 1988 as a
wholly-owned subsidiary of Heraeus Instruments GmbH. The Company manufactures,
distributes and services surgical laser equipment. In January 1993 the Company
expanded its line of business and started assembling and selling operating room
equipment systems.
 
   
     As of January 1, 1995, Heraeus Instruments GmbH, restructured its
organization and transferred its 100% share in Heraeus Surgical, Inc., to
Heraeus Med GmbH (the Parent). The parent of the Company is Heraeus Holding
GmbH, a German holding company (Heraeus Group).
    
 
     The accompanying financial statements have been prepared from the separate
records of Heraeus Surgical, Inc. and may not be indicative of conditions which
would have existed or the results of its operations if the Company operated
autonomously.
 
  (b) Corporate Reorganization (unaudited)
 
   
     On February 28, 1996, Heraeus Surgical, Inc. ("Old HSI") changed its name
to Heraeus Systems, Inc. In addition, a new company named Heraeus Medical, Inc.
was formed. By asset transfer agreement as of March 1, 1996 all assets and
liabilities (with the exception of an intercompany loan and cash) were
transferred from Heraeus Systems, Inc. to Heraeus Medical, Inc. Heraeus Medical,
Inc. subsequently changed its name to Heraeus Surgical, Inc. ("New HSI"). The
corporate reorganization was accounted for as a recapitalization and accordingly
the accumulated deficit of the Old HSI was carried forward to the New HSI. The
amounts in the accompanying Statements of Operations and Cash Flows for the
three months ended March 31, 1996 represent the addition of the amounts for the
two months ended February 29, 1996 of the "Old HSI" and the one month ended
March 31, 1996 of the "New HSI."
    
 
   
     In connection with the corporate reorganization Heraeus Med GmbH, the
parent company, made a capital contribution of $10,800,000 to the new company
named Heraeus Medical, Inc. With the proceeds of the capital contribution the
new company named Heraeus Medical, Inc. paid Heraeus Systems, Inc. for the cost
of the transferred assets and liabilities; subsequently Heraeus Systems, Inc.
paid off the intercompany loan referred to in Note 6. As a result of this
corporate reorganization, the "New HSI" Company will not be entitled to offset
taxable income which may be earned by it in future periods with net operating
loss carryforwards from periods prior to the reorganization.
    
 
   
     The acquisition of the assets and liabilities from Heraeus Systems, Inc.
was accounted for at the historical cost of the Heraeus Group, including the
carryforward of accumulated depreciation and amortization.
    
 
  (c) Basis of Accounting
 
     The financial statements have been prepared on the accrual basis of
accounting in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles in the
United States of America.
 
  (d) Interim Financial Information
 
   
     The financial statements and related notes for the three months ended March
31, 1996 and 1995 are unaudited, but include all adjustments (consisting solely
of normal recurring adjustments with the exception of the recognition of
$250,000 of other income related to the settlement of a lawsuit which was
recognized during the three months March 31, 1996), which are, in the opinion of
management, necessary for a fair
    
 
                                       F-7
<PAGE>   73
 
                             HERAEUS SURGICAL, INC.
   
                (A WHOLLY-OWNED SUBSIDIARY OF HERAEUS MED GMBH)
    
 
                  NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
 
   
presentation. The results of operations for the three months ended March 31,
1996 and 1995 are not necessarily indicative of operating results to be expected
for any future period.
    
 
  (e) Cash and Cash Equivalents
 
   
     Cash equivalents consist principally of money market instruments with
original maturities of three months or less.
    
 
  (f) Inventories
 
     Inventories are stated at the lower of cost (first-in, first-out method) or
market (net realizable value).
 
  (g) Property and Equipment
 
     Property and equipment are recorded at cost and are depreciated over
estimated useful lives ranging from 3 to 5 years using the straight-line method.
Leasehold improvements are amortized using the straight-line method over the
shorter of their estimated useful lives or the remaining term of the lease.
 
  (h) Amortization of Intangibles
 
     Intangible assets are amortized on a straight-line basis over periods of up
to five years. The Company assesses the recoverability of intangibles and other
long lived assets by determining whether the amortization of the related
balances over its remaining useful life can be recovered through projected
undiscounted cash flows.
 
  (i) Fair Value of Instruments
 
     Financial assets and liabilities have carrying values which approximate
fair values.
 
  (j) Management Estimates
 
     Preparation of the financial statements requires management to make
estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and
liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities as of the date
of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses
during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates.
 
  (k) Dependence Upon Parent
 
     The Company had an accumulated deficit of $25,739,000 as of December 31,
1995 and has relied on corporations in the Heraeus Group to provide financing
for its operations. Heraeus Holding GmbH, the ultimate parent company, plans to
continue to provide the financial support necessary to the Company to enable the
Company to meet its obligations as they become due and to continue as a going
concern at least through January 1, 1997 or until the Company is sold to a third
party, whichever is sooner.
 
  (l) Revenue Recognition
 
     Revenue from sales of surgical laser equipment and operating room systems
is recognized when risk of ownership has transferred to the buyer. The Company
provides for the estimated cost to repair or replace products under warranty
provision in effect at the time of sale. Service revenue is recognized as the
services are provided or pro rata over the period of the applicable contract.
 
                                       F-8
<PAGE>   74
 
                             HERAEUS SURGICAL, INC.
   
                (A WHOLLY-OWNED SUBSIDIARY OF HERAEUS MED GMBH)
    
 
                  NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
 
  (m) Export Sales
 
     The Company had export sales of $5,445,000, $6,769,000 and $5,814,000 for
the years ended December 31, 1995, 1994 and 1993, respectively, primarily to
Europe and the Far East.
 
  (n) Concentration of Credit Risk
 
     Concentration of credit risk principally consist of cash and cash
equivalents and accounts receivable. The Company performs ongoing credit
evaluations of its customers and maintains allowances for potential
uncollectible accounts.
 
  (o) Foreign Currency Transactions
 
     Assets and liabilities denominated in foreign currencies are translated to
U.S. dollars using the exchange rates in effect at the balance sheet date and
any gains and losses are recognized in the statements of operations. Gains and
losses from foreign currency transactions are recognized as incurred and are
included in other income (expense) in the accompanying statements of operations.
 
     Heraeus Holding GmbH (the parent company) enters into various foreign
currency hedging contracts on behalf of the Company to provide an economic hedge
against fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates that affect the
intercompany loan as referred to in note 6. Foreign currency transaction gains
and losses, net of the impact of hedging, were not significant for the years
ended December 31, 1995, 1994 and 1993. As of December 31, 1995, Heraeus Holding
GmbH had entered into foreign currency contracts on behalf of the Company
totaling approximately $6 million.
 
  (p) Research and Development Expenditures
 
     All research and development costs are expensed as incurred.
 
  (q) Income Taxes
 
     Deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized under the asset and
liability method for the future tax consequences attributable to differences
between the financial statement carrying amounts of existing assets and
liabilities and their respective tax bases. Deferred tax assets and liabilities
are measured using enacted tax rates expected to apply to taxable income in the
years in which those temporary differences are expected to be recovered or
settled.
 
(2)  INVENTORIES
 
     Inventories consisted of the following (in thousands):
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                          DECEMBER 31,
                                                          MARCH 31,     -----------------
                                                            1996         1995       1994
                                                          ---------     ------     ------
        <S>                                               <C>           <C>        <C>
        Raw material....................................   $ 2,835      $1,577     $1,175
        Work in progress................................       742         634        635
        Finished goods..................................     2,570       4,504      4,192
        Demo............................................     1,873       1,851      1,565
                                                            ------      ------     ------
                                                           $ 8,020      $8,566     $7,567
                                                            ======      ======     ======
</TABLE>
 
                                       F-9
<PAGE>   75
 
                             HERAEUS SURGICAL, INC.
   
                (A WHOLLY-OWNED SUBSIDIARY OF HERAEUS MED GMBH)
    
 
                  NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
 
(3)  PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT
 
     Property and equipment consisted of the following (in thousands):
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                          DECEMBER 31,
                                                          MARCH 31,     -----------------
                                                            1996         1995       1994
                                                          ---------     ------     ------
        <S>                                               <C>           <C>        <C>
        Machinery and equipment.........................   $ 1,553      $1,553     $1,497
        Office equipment and furniture..................     1,212       1,212      1,422
        Leasehold improvements..........................     1,015       1,015      1,015
                                                            ------      ------     ------
                                                             3,780       3,780      3,934
        Less: Accumulated Depreciation..................     3,254       3,189      3,146
                                                            ------      ------     ------
                                                           $   526      $  591        788
                                                            ======      ======     ======
</TABLE>
 
(4)  INTANGIBLE ASSETS
 
     At December 31, 1995, intangible asset balances consisted of technical
rights, patents and documentation rights to licensed technology.
 
     Included in depreciation and amortization expense for the year ended
December 31, 1993 was the write-off of $125,000 of certain intangible assets
that were considered to no longer have continuing value.
 
(5)  EMPLOYEE BENEFITS
 
     The Company offers participation in a 401(k) plan ("the Plan"). The Plan
covers all full time employees (i.e., employees that work more than 30 hours per
week). Eligible participants must have at least six months of service. The
Company matches 25% of participants' contributions up to certain amounts.
Matching contributions are fully vested after three years of service. Employer
contributions for 1995, 1994 and 1993 were $103,000, $124,000 and $83,000,
respectively.
 
(6)  DEBT
 
     Debt due to related party of $6,924,000 and $2,548,000 at December 31, 1995
and 1994, respectively, represented three notes payable, due on September 19,
1996 of DM (Deutsche Mark) 4,000,000, DM2,000,000 and DM3,700,000, to a member
of the Heraeus Group and bearing an interest rate of 7.25%. Accrued interest
related to these notes payable was $113,000 and $2,000 at December 31, 1995 and
1994, respectively. (See Note(1)(b) "Corporate Reorganization (unaudited)").
Interest expense related to the notes amounted to $348,000 and $2,000 in 1995
and 1994, respectively.
 
     In December 1994, the Company repaid a $2,500,000 short term note to
Commerzbank. Interest expense related to this note amounted to $98,000 and
$8,000 in 1994 and 1993, respectively.
 
(7)  INCOME TAXES
 
     The Company accounts for income taxes according to Statement of Financial
Accounting Standards (SFAS) No. 109, "Accounting for Income Taxes." Under the
asset and liability method specified by SFAS No. 109, a deferred tax asset or
liability is determined based on the differences between the financial statement
carrying amounts and tax basis of assets and liabilities as measured by the
enacted tax rates which will be in effect when these differences reverse.
 
                                      F-10
<PAGE>   76
 
                             HERAEUS SURGICAL, INC.
   
                (A WHOLLY-OWNED SUBSIDIARY OF HERAEUS MED GMBH)
    
 
                  NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
 
     Income tax expense differed from the amounts computed by applying the U.S.
federal income tax rate of 34% of pretax losses from operations as a result of
the following:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                            1995       1994      1993
                                                           -------     -----     -----
                                                                 (IN THOUSANDS)
        <S>                                                <C>         <C>       <C>
        Computed "expected" tax benefit..................  $(1,113)    $(141)    $(229)
        Meals and entertainment expenses not deductible
          for income taxes...............................       41        41        14
        State tax expense, net of federal income tax
          benefit........................................        1         4        --
        Losses and credits for which no benefit has been
          recognized.....................................    1,088       153       209
        Utilization of loss carryforwards................       --       (43)       --
        Alternative minimum tax..........................       --        16        --
        Other............................................      (15)       (7)        6
                                                           -------     -----     -----
        Provision for income taxes.......................  $     2     $  23     $  --
                                                           =======     =====     =====
</TABLE>
 
     The tax effect of temporary differences that give rise to significant
portions of the deferred tax assets and deferred tax liabilities at December 31,
is presented below:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                    1995        1994
                                                                   -------     -------
                                                                     (IN THOUSANDS)
        <S>                                                        <C>         <C>
        Deferred tax assets:
        Reserve and expense accruals.............................  $ 1,267     $ 1,104
        Net operating loss carryover.............................    7,470       6,531
        Other....................................................      139          33
                                                                   -------     -------
             Total gross deferred tax assets.....................    8,876       7,668
             Less: valuation allowance...........................   (8,868)     (7,668)
                                                                   -------     -------
             Net deferred tax assets.............................  $     8     $    --
                                                                   =======     =======
        Deferred tax liability:
        Property and equipment...................................  $    (8)    $    --
                                                                   -------     -------
          Deferred tax liability.................................  $    (8)    $    --
                                                                   -------     -------
          Net deferred tax asset.................................  $    --     $    --
                                                                   =======     =======
</TABLE>
 
     The net change in the valuation allowance for the years ended December 31,
1995, 1994 and 1993 was $1,200,000, $134,000 and $244,000, respectively.
 
     As of December 31, 1995, the Company had net operating loss carryforwards
for federal and state income tax purposes of $20,300,000 and $9,100,000,
respectively, which are available to offset future federal and state taxable
income, if any, and expiring through the year 2010 for federal tax purposes and
the year 2000 for state tax purposes.
 
   
     As a result of the corporate reorganization referred to in Note (1)(b), New
HSI will not be entitled to offset taxable income which may be earned by it in
future periods with net operating loss carryforwards from periods prior to the
reorganization.
    
 
                                      F-11
<PAGE>   77
 
                             HERAEUS SURGICAL, INC.
   
                (A WHOLLY-OWNED SUBSIDIARY OF HERAEUS MED GMBH)
    
 
                  NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
 
(8)  COST ASSOCIATED WITH RESTRUCTURING OPERATIONS
 
     In 1995, the Company recorded $140,000 of restructuring costs (included in
general and administrative expenses) primarily associated with the reduction in
personnel and closure of a service warehouse. Approximately $85,000 of the
accrual related to severance benefits. The balance primarily reflected an
accrual for commitments due under a lease net of estimated sublease income.
 
(9)  RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS
 
     The Company has transactions in the normal course of business with various
other corporations, which are members of the Heraeus Group.
 
     Due from related parties and due to related parties consist of the
following balances as of December 31, 1995 and 1994:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                       1995      1994
                                                                      ------     ----
                                                                      (IN THOUSANDS)
        <S>                                                           <C>        <C>
        Due from related parties:
          Heraeus KK, Japan.........................................  $  103     $315
          Heraeus Instruments GmbH..................................      --      270
          Heraeus Med GmbH..........................................     617       --
          Other.....................................................       5       41
                                                                      ------     ----
                                                                      $  725      626
                                                                      ======     ====
        Due to related parties:
          Heraeus Med GmbH..........................................  $1,927     $ --
          Heraeus Instruments GmbH..................................      --      410
          Other.....................................................      21       --
                                                                      ------     ----
                                                                      $1,948     $410
                                                                      ======     ====
</TABLE>
 
     The Company has entered into product distribution agreements with certain
members of the Heraeus Group. Product sales to these Heraeus distributors are
for resale internationally. The balance due from Heraeus KK, Japan at December
31, 1995 and 1994, relates to product sold to Heraeus KK under distribution
agreements.
 
     Balances due from Heraeus Instruments GmbH, Heraeus Med GmbH and other at
December 31, 1995 and 1994 represents expenses incurred by the Company on their
behalf.
 
     The Company in the normal course of business purchases inventory from
related parties. During 1995, 1994 and 1993, the purchases from related parties
amounted to $2,763,000, $2,674,000 and $2,947,000 respectively. The balances due
to Heraeus Med GmbH and Heraeus Instruments GmbH at December 31, 1995 and 1994,
represent payments due for purchase of inventory.
 
     The balance due to other related parties at December 31, 1995 relates to
expenses incurred by other related parties on behalf of the Company.
 
                                      F-12
<PAGE>   78
 
                             HERAEUS SURGICAL, INC.
   
                (A WHOLLY-OWNED SUBSIDIARY OF HERAEUS MED GMBH)
    
 
                  NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
 
(10)  COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES
 
     In the normal course of business, the Company is involved in various legal
matters. In the opinion of management, the disposition of such litigation will
not have a materially adverse effect on the Company's financial statements.
 
     In October, 1995, the Company acquired technical rights, patents and
documentation to Centralized Airborne Evacuation System from CVAC, Inc. ("CVAC")
for $250,000. In addition, the Company must pay CVAC royalty payments of 25% on
revenues generated as a result of bookings for the CVAC system until December
31, 1995 and for certain bookings by June 30, 1996, respectively. From the
beginning of 1996 through the end of 1999 the Company must pay 7% to 10% on
related revenues. The minimum royalty payments for years 1996 through 1999 are
$150,000 per year. From January 1, 2000 until the end of the life of the
patents, royalty payments will range from 2% to 5% of related revenues.
 
     The Company leases certain space and equipment under operating lease
agreements. The following is a schedule of estimated minimum payments due under
non-cancelable leases with a term of more than one year as of December 31, 1995:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                              Year Ending December 31,                   (IN THOUSANDS)
        <S>                                                              <C>
             1996......................................................       $535
             1997......................................................         61
                                                                            ------
                  Total minimum lease payments.........................       $596
                                                                         ===========
</TABLE>
 
     Rental expense under operating leases amounted to $588,000, $601,000 and
$518,000 for the years ended December 31, 1995, 1994 and 1993, respectively.
 
(11)  SUBSEQUENT EVENT (UNAUDITED)
 
  Sale of the Company
 
     On April 23, 1996, Heraeus Med GmbH, the parent of the Company, entered
into a share transfer agreement with Laserscope a publicly traded company, to
transfer and assign all of its shares in the new company named Heraeus Surgical,
Inc. to Laserscope in exchange for common shares of Laserscope and cash. Closing
of this agreement is subject to certain conditions.
 
                                      F-13
<PAGE>   79
 
                               LASERSCOPE AND HSI
 
          UNAUDITED PRO FORMA COMBINED CONDENSED FINANCIAL INFORMATION
 
     The following pages F-15 through F-18 contain the Unaudited Pro Forma
Combined Condensed Balance Sheet as of March 31, 1996, the Unaudited Pro Forma
Combined Condensed Statements of Operations for the fiscal year ended December
31, 1995 and the three months ended March 31, 1996 and the notes thereto.
 
     The Unaudited Pro Forma Combined Condensed Balance Sheet and the Unaudited
Pro Forma Combined Condensed Statements of Operations (collectively, the
Unaudited Pro Forma Statements) were prepared to give effect to the Acquisition
accounted for under the purchase method of accounting. The Unaudited Pro Forma
Combined Condensed Balance Sheet assumes that the Acquisition occurred on March
31, 1996. The Unaudited Pro Forma Combined Condensed Statements of Operations
assume that the Acquisition occurred on January 1, 1995. The Unaudited Pro Forma
Statements are based on the historical Consolidated Financial Statements of
Laserscope and HSI under the assumptions and adjustments set forth in the
accompanying Notes to the Unaudited Pro Forma Combined Condensed Financial
Statements. The combined condensed financial information for the fiscal year
ended December 31, 1995 has been obtained from the consolidated financial
statements of Laserscope and HSI, which statements have been audited by Ernst &
Young LLP and KPMG Peat Marwick LLP, the independent auditors for Laserscope and
HSI, respectively. The selected financial data for Laserscope and HSI for the
three-month period ended March 31, 1996 has been obtained from their respective
unaudited financial statements and includes, in the opinion of Laserscope's and
HSI's management, all adjustments necessary to present fairly the data for such
period. The Unaudited Pro Forma Statements may not be indicative of the results
that actually would have occurred if the Acquisition had been in effect on the
dates indicated or which may be obtained in the future.
 
     The pro forma adjustments are based upon available information and upon
certain assumptions, as described in the Notes to the Unaudited Pro Forma
Statements, that Laserscope's management believes are reasonable in the
circumstances. The purchase price has been allocated to the acquired assets and
liabilities based on a preliminary determination from an independent appraisal
of their respective fair values. The Unaudited Pro Forma Statements and
accompanying notes should be read in conjunction with the separate consolidated
financial statements and notes thereto of Laserscope and HSI which have been
included or incorporated by reference in this Proxy Statement.
 
                                      F-14
<PAGE>   80
 
                               LASERSCOPE AND HSI
 
              UNAUDITED PRO FORMA COMBINED CONDENSED BALANCE SHEET
                                 (IN THOUSANDS)
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                 LASERSCOPE          HSI                            PRO FORMA        PRO FORMA
                               MARCH 31, 1996   MARCH 31, 1996   ADJUSTMENTS(3)   ADJUSTMENTS(2)     COMBINED
                               --------------   --------------   --------------   --------------     ---------
<S>                            <C>              <C>              <C>              <C>                <C>
ASSETS
Current assets:
  Cash and cash
     equivalents.............     $  2,591         $    869          $               $ (2,000)(a)    $   1,460
  Accounts receivable, net...        5,674            5,963                                             11,637
  Due from related parties...                           940                                                940
  Inventories................        9,497            8,020                                             18,865
  Other current assets.......          643              340           1,348                                983
                                  --------          -------          ------          --------          -------
          Total current
            assets...........       18,405           16,132           1,348            (2,000)          33,885
Property and equipment,
  net........................        2,478              526              21                              3,025
Intangible assets:
  Developed technology.......                                                           1,212(c)         1,212
  In-process technology......                                                           1,087(b)
                                                                                       (1,087)(f)
  Workforce..................                                                             239(c)           239
Other assets.................        2,104              237               8                              2,349
                                  --------          -------          ------          --------          -------
          Total assets.......     $ 22,987         $ 16,895          $1,377          $   (549)       $  40,710
                                  ========          =======          ======          ========          =======
LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS'
  EQUITY
Current liabilities:
  Accounts payable...........     $  1,255         $  1,824          $  179          $     --        $   3,258
  Intercompany payable.......                         1,735                                              1,735
  Accrued compensation.......        1,257              688             311                              2,256
  Warranty...................          415              214                                                629
  Deferred revenue...........        1,605              885                                              2,490
  Common stock -- Laserscope
     7,014 shares outstanding
     at March 31, 1996 actual
     and 11,624 pro forma
     combined.
  Other accrued
     liabilities.............        1,091              502                             1,500(a)         3,093
                                  --------          -------          ------          --------          -------
          Total current
            liabilities......        5,623            5,848             490             1,500           13,461
Shareholders' equity:
  Common stock...............       37,248                                             10,972(a)        48,220
  Paid-in capital............                        36,997                           (36,997)(e)
  Retained earnings
     (deficit)...............      (19,159)         (25,950)            887            25,950(e)
                                                                                       (1,087)(f)
                                                                                         (887)(e)      (20,246)
Notes receivable from
  shareholders...............         (350)                                                               (350)
Translation adjustments......         (375)                                                               (375)
                                  --------          -------          ------          --------          -------
          Total shareholders'
            equity...........       17,364           11,047             887            (2,049)          27,249
                                  --------          -------          ------          --------          -------
          Total liabilities
            and shareholders'
            equity...........     $ 22,987         $ 16,895          $1,377          $   (549)       $  40,710
                                  ========          =======          ======          ========          =======
</TABLE>
    
 
   See accompanying Notes to Unaudited Pro Forma Combined Condensed Financial
                                  Statements.
 
                                      F-15
<PAGE>   81
 
                               LASERSCOPE AND HSI
 
        UNAUDITED PRO FORMA COMBINED CONDENSED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
                (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT SHARE AND PER SHARE DATA)
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                    FOR THE YEAR ENDED
                                                    DECEMBER 31, 1995
                                                  ----------------------      PRO FORMA      PRO FORMA
                                                  LASERSCOPE       HSI       ADJUSTMENTS     COMBINED
                                                  ----------     -------     -----------     ---------
<S>                                               <C>            <C>         <C>             <C>
Net revenue.....................................   $ 30,133      $27,776       $    --        $57,909
Cost of Sales...................................     14,792       17,470          (627)(g)     31,635
                                                    -------      -------       -------        -------
Gross margin....................................     15,341       10,306          (627)       $26,274
Operating expenses:
  Research and development......................      3,838        1,714           (37)(g)      5,515
  Selling, general and administrative...........     15,333       11,480           290(c)
                                                                                (2,137)(g)     24,966
                                                    -------      -------       -------        -------
          Total operating expenses..............     19,171       13,194        (1,884)        30,481
                                                    -------      -------       -------        -------
Operating income (loss).........................     (3,830)      (2,888)        2,511         (4,207)
Interest and other income, net..................        278         (385)         (175)(d)       (282)
                                                    -------      -------       -------        -------
  Income (loss) before income taxes.............     (3,552)      (3,273)        2,336         (4,489)
Provision for income taxes......................         --            2            --              2
                                                    -------      -------       -------        -------
  Net income (loss).............................   $ (3,552)     $(3,275)      $ 2,336        $(4,491)
                                                    =======      =======       =======        =======
Net income (loss) per share.....................   $  (0.51)                                  $ (0.39)
                                                    =======                                   =======
Shares used in per share calculations...........      6,999                      4,609(a)      11,608
                                                    =======                    =======        =======
</TABLE>
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                   FOR THE THREE MONTHS
                                                          ENDED
                                                      MARCH 31, 1996
                                                  ----------------------      PRO FORMA      PRO FORMA
                                                  LASERSCOPE       HSI       ADJUSTMENTS     COMBINED
                                                  ----------     -------     -----------     ---------
<S>                                               <C>            <C>         <C>             <C>
Net revenues....................................   $  7,722      $ 6,907       $    --        $14,629
Cost of sales...................................      3,852        4,148          (157)(g)      7,843
                                                    -------      -------       -------        -------
Gross margin....................................      3,870        2,759          (157)         6,786
Operating expenses:
  Research and development......................        629          395            (9)(g)      1,015
  Selling, general and administrative...........      3,092        2,751            72(c)
                                                                                  (534)(g)      5,381
                                                    -------      -------       -------        -------
          Total operating expenses..............      3,721        3,146          (471)         6,396
                                                    -------      -------       -------        -------
Operating income (loss).........................        149         (387)          628            390
Interest and other income, net..................          7         (178)          (44)(d)       (141)
                                                    -------      -------       -------        -------
  Income (loss) before income taxes.............        156         (209)          584            531
Provision for income taxes......................         19            2            --             21
                                                    -------      -------       -------        -------
  Net income (loss).............................   $    137      $  (211)      $   584        $   510
                                                    =======      =======       =======        =======
Net income (loss) per share.....................   $   0.02                                   $  0.04
                                                    =======                                   =======
Shares used in per share calculations...........      7,295                      4,609(a)      11,904
                                                    =======                    =======        =======
</TABLE>
 
   See accompanying Notes to Unaudited Pro Forma Combined Condensed Financial
                                  Statements.
 
                                      F-16
<PAGE>   82
 
                             LASERSCOPE AND HERAEUS
 
                          NOTES TO UNAUDITED PRO FORMA
                    COMBINED CONDENSED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
 
1.  BASIS OF PRESENTATION
 
     The pro forma information presented is theoretical in nature and not
necessarily indicative of the future consolidated results of operations of the
Company or the consolidated results of operations which would have resulted had
the Acquisition taken place during the periods presented. The pro forma combined
condensed financial statements reflect the effects of the Acquisition, assuming
the Acquisition and related events occurred as of March 31, 1996 for the
purposes of the pro forma condensed combined balance sheet and as of January 1,
1995 for the purposes of the pro forma condensed combined statements of
operations.
 
2.  PRO FORMA CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENT ADJUSTMENTS:
 
     (a) The purchase price for the Acquisition was determined as follows (in
thousands):
 
   
<TABLE>
        <S>                                                                  <C>
        Cash...............................................................  $ 2,000
        Laserscope common stock (approximately 4.6 million shares).........   10,972
        Estimated transaction and other direct acquisition costs...........    1,090
        Estimated severance costs for HSI employees........................      410
                                                                             -------
                                                                             $14,472
                                                                             =======
</TABLE>
    
 
     (b) Allocation of the purchase price for the completion of the Heraeus
acquisition was determined as follows (in thousands):
 
<TABLE>
        <S>                                                                  <C>
        Net assets of HSI at March 31, 1996................................  $11,047
        Net assets of LDB at March 31, 1996................................      887
        Developed Technology...............................................    1,212
        In-process Technology..............................................    1,087
        Acquired workforce.................................................      239
                                                                             -------
                                                                             $14,472
                                                                             =======
</TABLE>
 
     (c) Amortization of the developed technology and acquired workforce will be
over the estimated useful lives ranging from five to seven years.
 
     (d) To reduce interest income earned on the cash payment to Heraeus of
$3,500,000 for the purchase price and related transaction and direct acquisition
costs.
 
     (e) Elimination of HSI stockholders equity amounts.
 
     (f) The pro forma combined condensed balance sheet includes a charge of
approximately $1.1 million for the write-off of purchased in-process technology
which arose from the Acquisition. This charge is not reflected in the pro forma
combined condensed statements of operations included herein since it is a non-
recurring charge directly attributable to the transaction.
 
     The purchase price was allocated to the tangible and intangible assets of
HSI based on the fair market values of those assets using a risk adjusted
discounted cash flows approach. The evaluation of the underlying technology
acquired considered the inherent difficulties and uncertainties in completing
the development, and thereby achieving technological feasibility, and the risk
related to the viability of and potential changes in future target markets. The
underlying technology had no alternative future use (in research and development
projects or otherwise) since the technology was acquired for the sole purpose of
developing emulation products.
 
                                      F-17
<PAGE>   83
 
                             LASERSCOPE AND HERAEUS
 
                   NOTES TO UNAUDITED PRO FORMA -- CONTINUED
                    COMBINED CONDENSED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
 
     (g) Represents estimated cost savings resulting from the Acquisition,
primarily due to reduction in personnel and elimination of duplicate facilities.
Cost savings total approximately $2.8 million and $0.7 million for the year
ended December 31, 1995 and the three months ended March 31, 1996, respectively.
 
3.  ADDITIONAL NET ASSETS ACQUIRED
 
     Included in the Acquisition was the purchase of certain assets and the
assumption of certain liabilities related to the Heraeus laser distribution
business. These net assets had an approximate fair value of $887,000 as of March
31, 1996.
 
                                      F-18
<PAGE>   84
 
                                    EXHIBITS
 
EXHIBIT A
 
     Acquisition Agreement Between Laserscope and Heraeus Med GmbH Dated April
23, 1996
 
EXHIBIT B
 
     Opinion of Von Gehr International
 
EXHIBIT C
 
     Section 1300 et seq. of the California Corporations Code
 
EXHIBIT D
 
     1994 Option Plan
 
EXHIBIT E
 
     Director's Option Plan
 
   
EXHIBIT F
    
 
   
     Laserscope Annual Report on Form 10-K/A for Fiscal Year Ended December 31,
1995
    
 
   
EXHIBIT G
    
 
   
     Laserscope Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the Quarterly Period Ended
March 31, 1996
    
<PAGE>   85
 
                                   EXHIBIT A
 
         ACQUISITION AGREEMENT BETWEEN LASERSCOPE AND HERAEUS MED GMBH
 
                              DATED APRIL 23, 1996
<PAGE>   86
                                   LASERSCOPE
                               3052 Orchard Drive
                     San Jose, California, U.S.A. 95134-2011


                                 April 23, 1996

Heraeus Med GmbH
Heraeusstrasse 12-14
D-63450 Hanau
Germany

Attention:        Thomas H. Ihlenfeldt
                  Geschaftsfuhrer

         Acquisition of Heraeus Laser Business

Dear Mr. Ihlenfeldt:

         This letter shall constitute our agreement for the acquisition by
Laserscope of all of the shares of Heraeus Surgical, Inc. ("HSI"), a wholly
owned subsidiary of Heraeus Med GmbH ("HME"), and certain of the assets and
liabilities of HME's laser distribution business ("LDB"), as well as for the
grant to Laserscope of certain other product distribution rights of HME, and for
the licensing and sublicensing of certain rights by HSI and Laserscope to HME.
This agreement shall include all of the Exhibits and Schedules hereto, which are
hereby incorporated herein by this reference.

         1. Background of Agreement: Laserscope, a publicly traded California
corporation, is a leading manufacturer and seller of multi-specialty hospital
and physician office-based laser surgical systems and accessories. HME, a German
corporation and an affiliate of privately-held Heraeus Holding GmbH ("Heraeus
Holding"), is a leading manufacturer and seller of a variety of medical
instrumentation and surgical products, including laser systems and integrated
operating room equipment. HME desires to sell to Laserscope all of the issued
and outstanding shares of HSI and certain of the LDB assets and liabilities in
exchange for cash and shares of common stock of Laserscope, to grant to
Laserscope certain other product distribution rights of HME, and to license and
sublicense certain technology from HSI and Laserscope, all on the terms and
conditions set forth below.

         2.       Transfer of Laser Business:

                  (a)      HSI Shares:

                           (i) At the Closing (as defined in Section 7 below)
HME will sell and transfer to Laserscope, and Laserscope will purchase, all of
the outstanding shares of capital stock 

                                      A-2
<PAGE>   87
of HSI (the "HSI Shares"). The HSI Shares will be unregistered and the
certificates representing such shares will bear a legend restricting their
further sale or transfer except in accordance with applicable United States and
state securities laws. Laserscope represents that it is acquiring such shares
for investment and not with a view towards their resale or distribution to the
public.

                           (ii) All of the material assets and liabilities of
HSI, not otherwise reflected in the financial statements of HSI, are reflected
in the HME Disclosure Schedule in Exhibit 4(b) attached hereto (the "HME
Disclosure Schedule").

                           (iii) Laserscope will have the right to reject any
contract between HSI and HME or any entity controlled by Heraeus Holding (with
the exception of the trade accounts payable described in Section 3(c), and the
distribution, sublicense and license arrangements described in Sections 2(c) and
(d), below) by giving written notice of such rejection to HME prior to or at the
Closing. The HME Disclosure Schedule contains an identified list of all such
contracts.

                  (b)      LDB Assets and Liabilities:

                           (i) At the Closing, HME will sell, and Laserscope
will purchase, certain assets of HME related to the LDB specifically described
in the attached Schedule 2(b)(i) (the "LDB Assets"), including the machinery,
office equipment, inventory and other tangible assets related to LDB (excluding
LDB's trade accounts receivable).

                           (ii) At the Closing Laserscope will assume certain
liabilities of HME related to the LDB specifically described in the attached
Schedule 2(b)(ii) (the "LDB Liabilities"), from and after that date, including:

                                    (A) All employees of the LDB, all of which
are listed in Schedule 2(b)(ii) along with the terms of their current employment
contracts, and all accruals related to such employees, including all direct
costs incurred by HME in terminating the employment with HME of any such
employees who elect not to accept employment with Laserscope; each party being
fully aware of the existence and meaning of Article 613 a BGB (German Civil
Code), according to which all employees of HME engaged in the LDB will be
transferred to Laserscope with all their current rights arising from their
employment contracts with HME and under German law;

                                    (B) Certain contracts of HME related to the
LDB listed in Schedule 2(b)(ii);

                                    (C) All outstanding purchase orders by the
LDB, other than to HSI (such purchase orders in excess of $100,000 being
individually identified in Exhibit 4(b)); and

                                    (D) All property taxes, lease payments,
prepaid license and registration fees with respect to the LDB Assets, pro rated
as of the Closing Date;


                                      A-3

<PAGE>   88
                                    (E) Insurance premiums related to the LDB
Assets, prorated as of the Closing Date; and

                                    (F) All trade accounts payable related to
the LDB incurred in the ordinary course, consistent with past practice, not
exceeding $500,000 (apart from payables to HSI) in the aggregate.

                           (iii) Laserscope may assign any of its rights or
obligations under this Section 2(b) to its German affiliate, NWL Laser
Technologie GmbH, provided that Laserscope shall continue to be liable for all
of its obligations hereunder.

                  (c) Surgical Lamp Distribution Right: At the Closing, HME will
grant to Laserscope the exclusive right to purchase and resell in the United
States operating room surgical lamps on the terms and conditions set forth in
the attached Exhibit 2(c).

                  (d) CVAC Sublicense and Mounting Device Technology License: At
the Closing, HSI will grant to HME pursuant to the terms in this Section 2(d)
and in Section 5(a) below: (i) the right to obtain from Laserscope, at any time
within four years of the Closing Date, a sublicense (the "CVAC Sublicense") to
all of HSI's rights under the Agreement for Acquisition of Patent and Technical
Rights dated October 22, 1995, between HSI and CVAC, Inc. (the "Patent
Agreement"), including the right to manufacture and sell central smoke
evacuation equipment ("CVAC"); and (ii) a license to all of HSI's technology
relating to mounting devices (the "Mounting Device License"). The CVAC
Sublicense and the Mounting Device License shall each be nonexclusive, shall
include all improvements made by HSI or Laserscope during the respective terms
thereof, and shall be on a worldwide basis, excluding the United States. The
CVAC Sublicense shall be consistent with the terms of the Patent Agreement.
After the Closing, Laserscope will perform, or cause to be performed, all of
HSI's obligations under the Patent Agreement; provided that HME shall pay all
royalties due under the Patent Agreement resulting from its activities under the
CVAC Sublicense. The duration of HME's sublicense rights shall expire upon
expiration of the license and ownership rights of HSI under the Patent
Agreement. The Mounting Device License shall have a term of ten years from the
Closing Date. HME shall pay all royalties due to its activities under such
license, including any royalties owing to third parties under any license
agreement covering the mounting device technology.

                  (e) Heraeus Name: At the Closing, HME will grant to Laserscope
and HSI the right, for a period of one year from the Closing Date, to use the
Heraeus name on Laserscope and HSI products and in related promotional
literature and advertising in a manner consistent with the prior use of such
name by HME and HSI. Laserscope and HSI agree not to assert any rights of
ownership in such name, or any intellectual property right or registration in
respect thereof. Laserscope shall indemnify and hold HME and its affiliated
persons harmless from and against all claims, damages, losses, costs, charges
and expenses (including attorney's fees) incurred by any of them as a result of
the use of such name by Laserscope or HSI, other than from a claim based on the
name Heraeus infringing the rights of the claimant. At the end of such one year
period, Laserscope and HSI shall discontinue all use of the Heraeus name, and
HSI shall change its corporate name to delete any reference to "Heraeus".

                                      A-4

<PAGE>   89
         3.       Payments to HME:

                  (a) Cash: At the Closing, Laserscope will pay to HME
U.S.$2,000,000, less any adjustment pursuant to Section 3(f) below.

                  (b) Laserscope Common Stock: At the Closing, Laserscope will
issue to HME 4,609,345 shares of its Common Stock (the "Laserscope Shares"), of
which 500,000 Laserscope Shares will be placed in escrow pursuant to Section
4(c)(iv) below. The Laserscope Shares will be unregistered and the certificates
representing the Laserscope Shares will bear a legend restricting their further
sale or transfer except in accordance with applicable U.S. and state securities
laws. HME represents that it is acquiring the Laserscope Shares for investment
and not with a view towards their resale or distribution to the public.

                  (c) HSI Indebtedness: All promissory notes and other
indebtedness owed by HSI to HME and its affiliates will be contributed to HSI's
capital effective as of the Closing, except trade accounts payable in an amount
not to exceed $2,500,000 resulting from product deliveries (subject to increase
with the prior written consent of Laserscope), and trade accounts payable in an
amount not to exceed $10,000 resulting from the provision of services, by HME to
HSI.

                  (d) Legal and Advisor Fees: Laserscope will pay all of its own
legal, accounting and advisor expenses in connection with the transactions
covered by this agreement. HME will pay all of its own legal, accounting and
advisor expenses in connection with the transactions covered by this agreement,
including all expenses of HSI; provided, that if the transactions contemplated
by this Agreement are consummated, Laserscope will reimburse HME for up to
$200,000 of reasonable out-of-pocket legal, accounting and advisor expenses
related to this agreement (excluding the costs of HME employees and any HSI
expenses incurred in connection with this agreement) or directly assume such
expenses upon receipt from HME of supporting documentation for such expenses.

                  (e) Taxes: HME shall pay all sales and other taxes, duties or
assessments with respect to the transfer of stock, assets and other rights
described in Section 2 above which are imposed by any U.S., state or non-U.S.
taxing authority, except Laserscope or its German affiliate shall pay any German
value added tax (VAT) resulting from the sale of the LDB Assets, if applicable.

                  (f) Balance Sheet Review: As soon as possible after the date
of this agreement, but not later than June 1, 1996, Laserscope's independent
public accountants will review the balance sheets of HSI and LDB as of March 31,
1996, for the purpose of confirming that the balance sheet of HSI was prepared
in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles on a going
concern basis, and that the aggregate net worth of HSI and LDB, as reflected in
such balance sheets, equaled or exceeded U.S.$11,500,000 as of March 31, 1996,
based on the exchange rate in effect on such date. If the aggregate net worth of
HSI and LDB as of March 31, 1996 based on such review is less than
U.S.$11,000,000, the cash portion 


                                      A-5

<PAGE>   90
of the purchase price to be paid to HME pursuant to Section 3(a) above shall be
reduced by the amount of such deficit. In the event of any dispute concerning
the aggregate net worth of HSI and the LDB arising under this Section 3(f),
Laserscope and HME shall, at their joint expense, appoint an internationally
known accounting firm to make a binding determination of the aggregate net worth
of HSI and LDB as of March 31, 1996.

         4.       Representations and Warranties; Indemnification and Escrow:

                  (a) By Laserscope: In addition to any representations and
warranties by Laserscope set forth in this agreement, Laserscope hereby makes
the representations and warranties to HME which are set forth in the attached
Exhibit 4(a).

                  (b) By HME: In addition to any representations and warranties
by HME set forth in this agreement, HME hereby makes the representations and
warranties to Laserscope which are set forth in the attached Exhibit 4(b).

                  (c) Indemnification; Escrow:

                           (i) HME hereby agrees to indemnify and hold
Laserscope and its officers, directors, shareholders, affiliates, insurers,
attorneys, agents, successors and assigns harmless from and against the
following:

                                    (A) Any and all liabilities, losses,
damages, claims, costs and expenses of the LDB of any nature, whether absolute,
contingent or otherwise, which Laserscope has not expressly agreed to assume or
accept pursuant to the terms of this agreement;

                                    (B) Any and all liabilities, losses,
damages, claims, costs and expenses resulting from any misrepresentation or
breach of any warranty in this agreement or in any written statement or
certificate furnished or to be furnished by HME to Laserscope pursuant hereto;

                                    (C) Any and all liabilities, losses,
damages, claims, costs and expenses resulting from any breach or non-fulfillment
of any covenant or agreement on the part of HME contained in this agreement or
in the certificate delivered pursuant to Section 6(a)(ii) by HME to Laserscope
pursuant hereto; and

                                    (D) Any and all actions, suits, proceedings,
demands, assessments or judgments, costs and expenses (including attorneys'
fees) incident to any of the foregoing.

                           (ii) Laserscope hereby agrees to indemnify and hold
HME and its officers, directors, shareholders, affiliates, insurers, attorneys,
agents, successors and assigns harmless from and against the following:

                                      A-6

<PAGE>   91

                                    (A) Any and all liabilities, losses,
damages, claims, costs and expenses arising out of or resulting from
Laserscope's failure to perform its obligations to assume and accept the
assignment of the LDB Assets and the LDB Liabilities, or the use by Laserscope
or any of its affiliated persons (other than HME or any transferee of the
Laserscope Shares) after the Closing of any of the LDB Assets, described in
Section 2(b) above;

                                    (B) Any and all liabilities, losses,
damages, claims, costs and expenses resulting from any misrepresentation or
breach of any warranty by Laserscope contained in this agreement or in any
written statement or certificate furnished or to be furnished by Laserscope to
HME pursuant hereto;

                                    (C) Any and all liabilities, losses,
damages, claims, costs and expenses resulting from any breach or non-fulfillment
of any covenant or agreement on the part of Laserscope or HSI contained in this
agreement or in the certificate delivered pursuant to Section 6(b)(ii) by
Laserscope to HME;

                                    (D) Notwithstanding any other provision
herein, any and all liabilities, losses, damages, claims, costs and expenses not
reimbursed by insurance resulting from any product liability claims (whether
based upon negligence, strict liability or any other legal theory) arising after
the Closing and relating to products manufactured or sold by Laserscope, HSI or
LDB at any time before or after the Closing; and

                                    (E) Any and all actions, suits, proceedings,
demands, assessments or judgments, costs and expenses (including attorneys'
fees) incident to any of the foregoing.

                           (iii) In the event that at any time or from time to
time after the Closing a party entitled to indemnification hereunder (the
"Indemnitee") shall sustain a loss of any nature whatsoever against which such
Indemnitee is indemnified hereunder, such Indemnitee shall promptly notify the
other party (the "Indemnitor") in writing of such loss so sustained, and the
Indemnitor shall within ten (10) business days after such notice pay to the
Indemnitee the amount of such loss so sustained, subject to its right to contest
any claim which has not yet resulted in a loss, as hereinafter provided. The
Indemnitee shall promptly notify the Indemnitor in writing of the existence of
any actual or potential claim, demand or other matter involving liabilities to
third parties to which the Indemnitor's indemnification obligations would apply
and shall give the Indemnitor a reasonable opportunity to defend the same or
prosecute such action to conclusion or settlement satisfactory to the Indemnitee
at the Indemnitor's expense and with counsel of the Indemnitor's selection
(which counsel shall control the defense), provided that the Indemnitee shall at
all times also have the right to participate fully in the defense at its own
expense.

                                    (A) If the Indemnitee fails to provide
promptly the Indemnitor with written notice of any actual or potential claim,
demand or other matter involving liabilities to third parties to which the
indemnification provisions of this Section 4(c) relate, the Indemnitor shall not
be liable for any harm, cost, expense or liability which directly results from
or is a result of the Indemnitee's failure to deliver such prompt notice to the
Indemnitor.

                                      A-7

<PAGE>   92
                                    (B) If the Indemnitor shall, within a
reasonable time after said notice, fail to defend, the Indemnitee shall have the
right, but not the obligation, to undertake the defense of, and to compromise or
settle (exercising reasonable business judgment) the claim or other matter on
behalf, for the account, and at the risk and expense, of the Indemnitor. Except
as provided in the preceding sentence, the Indemnitee shall not compromise or
settle any claim or other matter without the prior written consent of the
Indemnitor.

                                    (C) If the claim is one that cannot by its
nature be defended solely by the Indemnitor, the Indemnitee shall make available
all information and assistance that the Indemnitor may reasonably request,
provided that any associated out of pocket expenses shall be paid by the
Indemnitor.

                                    (D) If the Indemnitor contests or challenges
any claim or action asserted against the Indemnitee for which indemnification is
provided in this Section 4(c), it shall do so at its own cost and expense,
holding the Indemnitee harmless from all costs, fees, expenses, debts,
liabilities and charges in connection with such contest; shall diligently defend
against any such claim; and shall hold the Indemnitee's business and assets free
and harmless from any attachment, execution, judgment, lien or other legal
process.

                          (iv) At the Closing, or as soon thereafter as
possible, Laserscope's transfer agent will deposit into escrow with the Chief
Financial Officer of Laserscope ("Escrow Agent") a certificate representing
500,000 of the Laserscope Shares issuable to HME hereunder and a stock
assignment in blank in respect of such shares signed by HME, upon the Escrow
Agent's written agreement in the form of Exhibit 4(c)(iv) hereto to be bound by
the terms of this agreement with respect to the escrowed shares. If the Escrow
Agent has not received written notice of a claim for indemnification by
Laserscope pursuant to this Section 4(c) within one year after the Closing, the
Escrow Agent shall promptly release the certificate for the escrowed shares to
HME. If Laserscope has made a claim or claims for indemnification under this
Section 4(c) within such one-year period, the Escrow Agent shall retain the
certificate representing such shares until the Escrow Agent shall have received
from Laserscope and HME joint instructions concerning disposition of the
escrowed shares or the order of an arbitrator (selected by the parties pursuant
to Section 8(g) below) directing the release of all or a portion of such shares
to Laserscope or HME. The Escrow Agent will have no liability to Laserscope or
HME for any actions taken in good faith. Laserscope and HME will each pay half
of the expenses, if any, of the Escrow Agent. Any escrowed shares used to settle
any claim under this Section 4 will be valued at the average of the closing
prices of Laserscope Common Stock on Nasdaq over the five trading days
immediately preceding the date on which the claim is settled.

                          (v) If HME notifies Laserscope within one year after
the Closing that it has a claim or claims for indemnification under this Section
4(c), and such claim has been resolved by Laserscope and HME or by an arbitrator
(selected by the parties pursuant to Section 8(g) below), Laserscope shall issue
up to 500,000 additional shares of Laserscope Common Stock to HME to compensate
HME for the amount of such claim or claims. Such additional shares shall be
entitled to the same rights and subject to the same restrictions as are
applicable to the 


                                      A-8

<PAGE>   93
Laserscope Shares. Any additional shares issued to HME to settle any claim under
this Section 4(c) will be valued at the average of the closing prices of
Laserscope Common Stock on Nasdaq over the five trading days immediately
preceding the date on which the claim is settled.

                          (vi) In the absence of fraud, HME's liability to
Laserscope under Section 4(c)(i)(B) will be limited to the 500,000 Laserscope
Shares placed in escrow as described in Section 4(c)(iv).

                          (vii) In the absence of fraud, Laserscope's liability
to HME under Section 4(c)(ii)(B) will be limited to the 500,000 additional
shares of Laserscope Common Stock that may be issued in accordance with Section
4(c)(v).

                          (viii) In the event of fraud or any claim described in
this Section 4(c) (other than Section 4(c)(i)(B) or 4(c)(ii)(B)), the aggrieved
party shall be entitled to all rights and remedies at law and in equity which
may accrue to such party.

         5.       Covenants:

                  (a) Noncompetition: For a period of seven years after the
Closing, HME and companies controlled by or under common control with Heraeus
Holding (with the exception of the Heraeus dental business), will not develop,
manufacture, service or sell hospital or physician office-based laser surgical
systems or accessories. During the term of the Mounting Device License, and as a
covenant thereunder, neither Laserscope nor any of its subsidiaries or
affiliated persons will develop, manufacture, service or sell mounting device
products based on the licensed technology outside of the United States. For
seven years after the Closing, and as a covenant under the CVAC Sublicense,
neither Laserscope nor any of its subsidiaries or affiliated persons will
develop, manufacture, service or sell products based on the sublicensed
technology, including CVAC, outside of the United States.

                  (b) Exclusive Negotiation: Prior to the Closing or termination
of this agreement, whichever is sooner, HME will not engage in any discussions
or negotiations with third parties concerning the sale of HSI, the LDB Assets or
any of the other rights of Laserscope or HSI described in this agreement.

                  (c) Operation of Businesses: Prior to the Closing, Laserscope
will conduct its business, and HME will conduct the LDB and HSI's business, in
the ordinary course consistent with prior practices. In particular, during the
period from the date of this agreement through and including the Closing,
neither Laserscope, HSI nor HME will make any distribution or payment of cash or
other assets to their shareholders (other than normal wages, benefits and
expense reimbursements to employees). In addition, during the period from the
date of this agreement through and including the Closing and other than in the
ordinary course consistent with prior practices, HSI will not transfer any
material assets, incur any material liabilities, materially shift the balance of
inventory, cash and receivables as reflected in its March 31, 1996 balance sheet
or enter into any material agreement.

                                      A-9

<PAGE>   94
                  (d) Information: Prior to the Closing, each party shall give
the other party and the other party's authorized representatives reasonable
access to such information as is necessary to prepare the proxy statement for
Laserscope's shareholders and plan the integration of the businesses as
contemplated by this agreement. Each party shall hold all documents and
information furnished to it by the other in confidence in accordance with the
Mutual Non-Disclosure Agreement between Laserscope and HSI dated June 14, 1995
(the "Non-Disclosure Agreement").

                  (e) Insurance: From and after the Closing, Laserscope shall
maintain in effect U.S.$10,000,000 in product liability insurance to cover
claims related to products sold by Laserscope and its subsidiaries and
affiliated persons (subject to a $100,000 deductible), and directors' and
officers' liability insurance of the type and in the amount customarily
maintained by companies of similar size and similarly situated.

                  (f) Directors: Every member of the Laserscope Board of
Directors designated for such position by HME shall be covered by the same
insurance coverage as provided for the other members of such Board in their
capacity as directors. In addition, Laserscope shall reimburse HME for the
reasonable expenses of such Board members in attending Laserscope Board meetings
and fulfilling their duties as directors, up to a maximum of $25,000 per year.

                  (g) Standstill: For a period of seven years after the Closing,
neither HME nor Heraeus Holding nor any other company controlled by Heraeus
Holding will acquire any additional shares of Laserscope Common Stock or any
rights, options or warrants to purchase additional Laserscope Common Stock
without the approval of Laserscope's Board of Directors. HME shall not sell or
otherwise transfer more than 1,000,000 Laserscope Shares to any person (after
aggregating all Laserscope Shares held by such person's affiliates), unless such
person (and its affiliates) shall agree to the restrictions set forth in this
Section 5(g); provided that with respect to such persons, such restrictions
shall terminate on the third anniversary of the Closing.

                  (h) Lockup: HME shall not sell, transfer or pledge any of the
Laserscope Shares (except to Laserscope as provided in Section 4(c)(iv)) for a
period of one year from the Closing Date.

                  (i) Number of Directors: One year after the Closing,
Laserscope shall reduce its authorized number of directors from eight to seven.
For so long after such anniversary as HME owns at least 3,300,000 shares of
Laserscope Common Stock, Laserscope shall use its best efforts to have three
nominees of HME elected to the Board. For so long after such anniversary as HME
owns at least 1,600,000 shares of Laserscope Common Stock, Laserscope shall use
its best efforts to have two nominees of HME elected to the Board. For so long
after such anniversary as HME owns at least 600,000 shares of Laserscope Common
Stock, Laserscope shall use its best efforts to have one nominee of HME elected
to the Board, and Laserscope shall not increase, or ask its shareholders to
increase, the number of directors beyond seven without the prior consent of HME.

                                      A-10

<PAGE>   95
                  (j) Issuances of Capital Stock: Prior to the Closing,
Laserscope shall not without obtaining the prior written consent of HME: (A)
issue and sell more than $3,000,000 of its capital stock (excluding sales upon
exercise of employee, director or consultant stock options); (B) grant options
to purchase more than 150,000 shares of Laserscope Common Stock to employees and
directors of, and consultants to Laserscope; and (C) grant options to purchase
more than one million shares of Laserscope Common Stock to employees and
directors of, and consultants to Laserscope or HSI effective upon the Closing,
not more than 200,000 of which shall be granted to Laserscope's executive
officers listed in Laserscope's Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1995,
or any of them.

                  (k) Registration Rights: At the Closing, Laserscope will grant
to HME the registration rights set forth in the attached Exhibit 5(k).

         6. Closing Conditions: The obligations of Laserscope and HME to
complete the transactions contemplated by this agreement are subject to the
following conditions:

                  (a) Laserscope Closing Conditions:

                           (i) Laserscope shall have received shareholder
approval for the transactions contemplated by this agreement, including the
issuance of Laserscope Common Stock to HME, in accordance with applicable law,
and Laserscope shall use its best efforts to obtain such shareholder approval.

                           (ii) HME shall have delivered to Laserscope a
certificate signed by its General Manager that all obligations to be performed
by HME have been performed and the representations and warranties of HME are
still complete and correct as of the Closing.

                           (iii) HME shall have delivered to Laserscope an
opinion of its legal counsel in form reasonably acceptable to counsel for
Laserscope.

                           (iv) HME shall have furnished to Laserscope a
properly executed "FIRPTA" certificate satisfying the requirements of Treasury
Regulation Section 1.1445-2(c)(3) in form and substance reasonably satisfactory
to Laserscope to the effect that the shares of HSI capital stock acquired
hereunder do not constitute "United States real property interests" within the
meaning of Section 897(c) of the Internal Revenue Code.

                           (v) Each of Laserscope and HME shall have obtained
the consent of any government authorities and third parties necessary for it to
complete the transactions contemplated by this agreement.

         (b) HME Closing Conditions:

                  (i) Three representatives of HME shall have been elected to
Laserscope's Board of Directors, with the total number of directors after such
election being eight.

                                      A-11

<PAGE>   96
                  (ii) Laserscope shall have delivered to HME a certificate
signed by its President that all obligations to be performed by Laserscope have
been performed and the representations and warranties of Laserscope are still
complete and correct as of the Closing.

                  (iii) Laserscope shall have delivered to HME an opinion of its
legal counsel in form reasonably acceptable to counsel for HME.

                  (iv) Each of Laserscope and HME shall have obtained the
consent of any government authorities and third parties necessary for it to
complete the transactions contemplated by this agreement.

         7.       Closing:

                  (a) The closing of the transactions contemplated by this
agreement ("Closing") shall take place on or before August 31, 1996 (the
"Closing Date") at the offices of Venture Law Group, A Professional Corporation,
2800 Sand Hill Road, Menlo Park, California 94025, or at such other time, date
or place as Laserscope and HME may agree.

                  (b) At the Closing, Laserscope and HME shall each provide to
the other the payments, stock certificates and other closing documents listed in
this agreement.

                  (c) This agreement may be terminated by either party if the
other party has breached a material provision of this agreement and has not
corrected such failure within thirty days after receipt of written notice
describing such breach. Such termination shall not limit any remedies the
nondefaulting party may have against the defaulting party for such breach. This
agreement may also be terminated by either party in writing if every condition
to Closing in Section 6 above is not either satisfied or waived, and Closing
does not occur, by August 31, 1996.

         8.       General Provisions:

                  (a) This agreement shall be governed by the laws of
California.

                  (b) This agreement represents the entire agreement between
Laserscope and HME with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersedes all
prior agreements and understandings with respect to such subject matter (except
for the Non-Disclosure Agreement).

                  (c) All notices pursuant to this agreement shall be in writing
and shall be sent to the other party simultaneously by fax and air express at
the address first set forth above or such other address as either party may from
time to time notify the other, and shall be deemed effective upon receipt.

                  (d) Upon signing of this agreement Laserscope and HME will
issue a joint press release in form satisfactory to each of them concerning
their relationship.

                                      A-12

<PAGE>   97
                  (e) This agreement shall benefit and be binding upon the
successors and assigns of Laserscope and HME.

                  (f) The representations and warranties of Laserscope and HME
hereunder shall survive the Closing and for a period of one year thereafter.

                  (g) If either party claims that the other has made any breach,
or disputes any claim under any indemnity, hereunder, it shall promptly provide
the other party with a detailed written description of such alleged breach.
Within fifteen days after receipt of such description by the other party, the
President of Laserscope and the General Manager of HME shall meet in New York
City or other mutually agreed location to attempt to resolve such claim. If such
claim has not been resolved as of the conclusion of such meeting, either party
may submit such claim for resolution by arbitration in Santa Clara County,
California before a single arbitrator in accordance with the Rules of the
American Arbitration Association (except that the rules of discovery set forth
in the California Code of Civil Procedure shall apply in lieu of any in such
Rules). The fees and expenses for such arbitrator shall be divided and paid
equally by Laserscope and HME, but the prevailing party shall be entitled to
recover its attorney's fees and other costs incurred in connection with the
arbitration from the other party. The decision of the arbitrator with respect to
such claim or claims shall be final and binding on Laserscope and HME without
right of further appeal.

                  (h) References in this agreement to numbers of shares shall be
adjusted to reflect any stock splits, reverse stock splits, combinations,
reorganizations and similar transactions which Laserscope or HSI may experience.

                                      A-13

<PAGE>   98
LASERSCOPE                          HERAEUS MED GmbH


By: /s/ Robert V. McCormick                  By:  /s/ Thomas Ihlenfeldt
    -----------------------------                 ---------------------------

Name:   Robert V. McCormick                  Name:  Thomas Ihlenfeldt
       --------------------------                  --------------------------

Title: President & CEO                       Title: Managing Director
       --------------------------                  --------------------------





                                      A-14

<PAGE>   99
 
                                   EXHIBIT B
 
                       OPINION OF VON GEHR INTERNATIONAL
<PAGE>   100
 
April 23, 1996
 
Board of Directors
Laserscope Surgical Systems
3052 Orchard Drive
San Jose, CA 95134-2011
 
Gentlemen:
 
     You have requested our opinion as to the fairness, from a financial point
of view, to the shareholders of Laserscope Surgical Systems ("Laserscope") of
the Common Stock and Cash consideration to be paid to Heraeus Medizintechnik
GmbH ("Heraeus") for the common stock of Heraeus Surgical, Inc. And selected
assets and liabilities of LDB ("HSI/LDB") in the merger transaction between
Laserscope and Heraeus as set forth in the Agreement "Acquisition of Heraeus
Laser Business" (the "Agreement") dated April 23, 1996.
 
     Von Gehr International, as part of its investment banking business, is
regularly engaged in the valuation of businesses and their securities in
connection with mergers, acquisitions, and corporate partnering transactions.
 
     Von Gehr International is acting as financial advisor to Laserscope in
connection with this merger transaction and will receive fees for various
services in connection therewith.
 
     In arriving at our opinion, we have reviewed the Agreements and the
financial and other information that was publicly available or furnished to us
both by Laserscope and HSI/LDB. We also have reviewed certain internal financial
reports and forecasts for HSI/LDB and for Laserscope prepared by their
respective managements and have held discussions with members of the senior
managements of HSI/LDB and Laserscope regarding the historic and current
business operations and future prospects of their respective companies including
their expectations for certain strategic benefits of the merger. In addition, we
have compared certain financial information of HSI/LDB with those of various
other companies engaged in businesses we considered comparable whose securities
are traded in public markets, reviewed the overall risks presented by the
combined business plan, reviewed prices paid in certain other similar business
combinations and conducted such other financial studies, analyses and
investigations as we deemed appropriate for purposes of this opinion.
 
     We have assumed, without independent verification, the accuracy,
completeness and fairness of all of the financial and other information
regarding Laserscope and HSI/LDB which has been provided to us by the respective
companies and their representatives. We did not make any independent evaluation
of Laserscope of HSI/LDB assets or liabilities nor did we review any of their
corporate records.
 
     Based on the foregoing and such other factors as we deem relevant, we are
of the opinion as of the date hereof, that the consideration to be paid at
closing consisting of, the issuance of 4,609,345 Laserscope Common Shares and
payment of $2.0 million in cash in exchange for all of the outstanding Common
Shares of HSI and the selected assets and liabilities of LDB is fair, from a
financial point of view, to Laserscope s shareholders.
 
Sincerely yours,
 
/s/ Von Gehr International
 
Von Gehr International
 
                                       B-1
<PAGE>   101
 
                                   EXHIBIT C
 
                          SECTION 1300 ET SEQ. OF THE
 
                          CALIFORNIA CORPORATIONS CODE
<PAGE>   102
 
                       CALIFORNIA GENERAL CORPORATION LAW
 
                                   CHAPTER 13
 
                               DISSENTERS' RIGHTS
 
1300.  RIGHT TO REQUIRE PURCHASE "--DISSENTING SHARES" AND "DISSENTING
SHAREHOLDER" DEFINED.
 
     (a) If the approval of the outstanding shares (Section 152) of a
corporation is required for a reorganization under subdivisions (a) and (b) or
subdivision (e) of Section 1201, each shareholder of the corporation entitled to
vote on the transaction and each shareholder of a subsidiary corporation in a
short-form merger may, by complying with this chapter, require the corporation
in which the shareholder holds shares to purchase for cash at their fair market
value the shares owned by the shareholder which are dissenting shares as defined
in subdivision (b). The fair market value shall be determined as of the day
before the first announcement of the terms of the proposed reorganization or
short-form merger, excluding any appreciation or depreciation in consequence of
the proposed action, but adjusted for any stock split, reverse stock split or
share dividend which becomes effective thereafter.
 
     (b) As used in this chapter, "dissenting shares" means shares which come
within all of the following descriptions:
 
          (1) Which were not immediately prior to the reorganization or
     short-form merger either (i) listed on any national securities exchange
     certified by the Commissioner of Corporations under subdivision (o) of
     Section 25100 or (ii) listed on the list of OTC margin stocks issued by the
     Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System, and the notice of meeting
     of shareholders to act upon the reorganization summarizes the provisions of
     this section and Sections 1301, 1302, 1303 and 1304; provided, however,
     that this provision does not apply to any shares with respect to which
     there exists any restriction on transfer imposed by the corporation or by
     any law or regulation; and provided, further, that this provision does not
     apply to any class of shares described in clause (i) or (ii) if demands for
     payment are filed with respect to 5 percent or more of the outstanding
     shares of that class.
 
          (2) Which were outstanding on the date for the determination of
     shareholders entitled to vote on the reorganization and (i) were not voted
     in favor of the reorganization or, (ii) if described in clause (i) or (ii)
     of paragraph (1) (without regard to the provisos in that paragraph), were
     voted against the reorganization, or which were held of record on the
     effective date of a short-form merger; provided, however, that clause (i)
     rather than clause (ii) of this paragraph applies in any case where the
     approval required by Section 1201 is sought by written consent rather than
     at a meeting.
 
          (3) Which the dissenting shareholder has demanded that the corporation
     purchase at their fair market value, in accordance with Section 1301.
 
          (4) Which the dissenting shareholder has submitted for endorsement, in
     accordance with Section 1302.
 
     (c) As used in this chapter, "dissenting shareholder" means the record
holder of dissenting shares and includes a transferee of record.
 
1301.  DEMAND FOR PURCHASE.
 
     (a) If, in the case of a reorganization, any shareholders of a corporation
have a right under Section 1300, subject to compliance with paragraphs (3) and
(4) of subdivision (b) thereof, to require the corporation to purchase their
shares for cash, such corporation shall mail to each such shareholder a notice
of the approval of the reorganization by its outstanding shares (Section 152)
within 10 days after the date of such approval, accompanied by a copy of
Sections 1300, 1302, 1303, 1304 and this section, a statement of the price
determined by the corporation to represent the fair market value of the
dissenting shares, and a brief description of the procedure to be followed if
the shareholder desires to exercise the shareholder's right under such sections.
The statement of price constitutes an offer by the corporation to purchase at
the price stated any
 
                                       C-1
<PAGE>   103
 
dissenting shares as defined in subdivision (b) of Section 1300, unless they
lose their status as dissenting shares under Section 1309.
 
     (b) Any shareholder who has a right to require the corporation to purchase
the shareholder's shares for cash under Section 1300, subject to compliance with
paragraphs (3) and (4) of subdivision (b) thereof, and who desires the
corporation to purchase such shares shall make written demand upon the
corporation for the purchase of such shares and payment to the shareholder in
cash of their fair market value. The demand is not effective for any purpose
unless it is received by the corporation or any transfer agent thereof (1) in
the case of shares described in clause (i) or (ii) of paragraph (1) of
subdivision (b) of Section 1300 (without regard to the provisos in that
paragraph), not later than the date of the shareholders' meeting to vote upon
the reorganization, or (2) in any other case within 30 days after the date on
which the notice of the approval by the outstanding shares pursuant to
subdivision (a) or the notice pursuant to subdivision (i) of Section 1110 was
mailed to the shareholder.
 
     (c) The demand shall state the number and class of the shares held of
record by the shareholder which the shareholder demands that the corporation
purchase and shall contain a statement of what such shareholder claims to be the
fair market value of those shares as of the day before the announcement of the
proposed reorganization or short-form merger. The statement of fair market value
constitutes an offer by the shareholder to sell the shares at such price.
 
     1302. ENDORSEMENT OF SHARES.  Within 30 days after the date on which notice
of the approval by the outstanding shares or the notice pursuant to subdivision
(i) of Section 1110 was mailed to the shareholder, the shareholder shall submit
to the corporation at its principal office or at the office of any transfer
agent thereof, (a) if the shares are certificated securities, the shareholder's
certificates representing any shares which the shareholder demands that the
corporation purchase, to be stamped or endorsed with a statement that the shares
are dissenting shares or to be exchanged for certificates of appropriate
denomination so stamped or endorsed or (b) if the shares are uncertificated
securities, written notice of the number of shares which the shareholder demands
that the corporation purchase. Upon subsequent transfers of the dissenting
shares on the books of the corporation, the new certificates, initial
transaction statement, and other written statements issued therefor shall bear a
like statement, together with the name of the original dissenting holder of the
shares.
 
     1303. AGREED PRICE -- TIME FOR PAYMENT.
 
     (a) If the corporation and the shareholder agree that the shares are
dissenting shares and agree upon the price of the shares, the dissenting
shareholder is entitled to the agreed price with interest thereon at the legal
rate on judgments from the date of the agreement. Any agreements fixing the fair
market value of any dissenting shares as between the corporation and the holders
thereof shall be filed with the secretary of the corporation.
 
     (b) Subject to the provisions of Section 1306, payment of the fair market
value of dissenting shares shall be made within 30 days after the amount thereof
has been agreed or within 30 days after any statutory or contractual conditions
to the reorganization are satisfied, whichever is later, and in the case of
certificated securities, subject to surrender of the certificates therefor,
unless provided otherwise by agreement.
 
     1304. DISSENTER'S ACTION TO ENFORCE PAYMENT.
 
     (a) If the corporation denies that the shares are dissenting shares, or the
corporation and the shareholder fail to agree upon the fair market value of the
shares, then the shareholder demanding purchase of such shares as dissenting
shares or any interested corporation, within six months after the date on which
notice of the approval by the outstanding shares (Section 152) or notice
pursuant to subdivision (i) of Section 1110 was mailed to the shareholder, but
not thereafter, may file a complaint in the superior court of the proper county
praying the court to determine whether the shares are dissenting shares or the
fair market value of the dissenting shares or both or may intervene in any
action pending on such a complaint.
 
     (b) Two or more dissenting shareholders may join as plaintiffs or be joined
as defendants in any such action and two or more such actions may be
consolidated.
 
                                       C-2
<PAGE>   104
 
     (c) On the trial of the action, the court shall determine the issues. If
the status of the shares as dissenting shares is in issue, the court shall first
determine that issue. If the fair market value of the dissenting shares is in
issue, the court shall determine, or shall appoint one or more impartial
appraisers to determine, the fair market value of the shares.
 
     1305. APPRAISERS' REPORT -- PAYMENT -- COSTS.
 
     (a) If the court appoints an appraiser or appraisers, they shall proceed
forthwith to determine the fair market value per share. Within the time fixed by
the court, the appraisers, or a majority of them, shall make and file a report
in the office of the clerk of the court. Thereupon, on the motion of any party,
the report shall be submitted to the court and considered on such evidence as
the court considers relevant. If the court finds the report reasonable, the
court may confirm it.
 
     (b) If a majority of the appraisers appointed fail to make and file a
report within 10 days from the date of their appointment or within such further
time as may be allowed by the court or the report is not confirmed by the court,
the court shall determine the fair market value of the dissenting shares.
 
     (c) Subject to the provisions of Section 1306, judgment shall be rendered
against the corporation for payment of an amount equal to the fair market value
of each dissenting share multiplied by the number of dissenting shares which any
dissenting shareholder who is a party, or who has intervened, is entitled to
require the corporation to purchase, with interest thereon at the legal rate
from the date on which judgment was entered.
 
     (d) Any such judgment shall be payable forthwith with respect to
uncertificated securities and, with respect to certificated securities, only
upon the endorsement and delivery to the corporation of the certificates for the
shares described in the judgment. Any party may appeal from the judgment.
 
     (e) The costs of the action, including reasonable compensation to the
appraisers to be fixed by the court, shall be assessed or apportioned as the
court considers equitable, but, if the appraisal exceeds the price offered by
the corporation, the corporation shall pay the costs (including in the
discretion of the court attorneys' fees, fees of expert witnesses and interest
at the legal rate on judgments from the date of compliance with Sections 1300,
1301 and 1302 if the value awarded by the court for the shares is more then 125
percent of the price offered by the corporation under subdivision (a) of Section
1301).
 
     1306. DISSENTING SHAREHOLDER'S STATUS AS CREDITOR.  To the extent that the
provisions of Chapter 5 prevent the payment to any holders of dissenting shares
of their fair market value, they shall become creditors of the corporation for
the amount thereof together with interest at the legal rate on judgments until
the date of payment, but subordinate to all other creditors in any liquidation
proceeding, such debt to be payable when permissible under the provisions of
Chapter 5.
 
     1307. DIVIDENDS PAID AS CREDIT AGAINST PAYMENT.  Cash dividends declared
and paid by the corporation upon the dissenting shares after the date of
approval of the reorganization by the outstanding shares (Section 152) and prior
to payment for the shares by the corporation shall be credited against the total
amount to be paid by the corporation therefor.
 
     1308. CONTINUING RIGHTS AND PRIVILEGES OF DISSENTING SHAREHOLDERS.  Except
as expressly limited in this chapter, holders of dissenting shares continue to
have all the rights and privileges incident to their shares, until the fair
market value of their shares is agreed upon or determined. A dissenting
shareholder may not withdraw a demand for payment unless the corporation
consents thereto.
 
     1309. TERMINATION OF DISSENTING SHAREHOLDER STATUS.  Dissenting shares lose
their status as dissenting shares and the holders thereof cease to be dissenting
shareholders and cease to be entitled to require the corporation to purchase
their shares upon the happening of any of the following:
 
          (a) The corporation abandons the reorganization. Upon abandonment of
     the reorganization, the corporation shall pay on demand to any dissenting
     shareholder who has initiated proceedings in good faith under this chapter
     all necessary expenses incurred in such proceedings and reasonable
     attorneys' fees.
 
                                       C-3
<PAGE>   105
 
          (b) The shares transferred prior to their submission for endorsement
     in accordance with Section 1302 or are surrendered for conversion into
     shares of another class in accordance with the articles.
 
          (c) The dissenting shareholder and the corporation do not agree upon
     the status of the shares as dissenting shares or upon the purchase price of
     the shares, and neither files a complaint or intervenes in a pending action
     as provided in Section 1304, within six months after the date on which
     notice of the approval by the outstanding shares or notice pursuant to
     subdivision (i) of Section 1110 was mailed to the shareholder.
 
          (d) The dissenting shareholder, with the consent of the corporation,
     withdraws the shareholder's demand for purchase of the dissenting shares.
 
     1310. SUSPENSION OF PROCEEDINGS FOR PAYMENT PENDING LITIGATION.  If
litigation is instituted to test the sufficiency or regularity of the votes of
the shareholders in authorizing a reorganization, any proceedings under Section
1304 and 1305 shall be suspended until final determination of such litigation.
 
     1311. EXEMPT SHARES.  This chapter, except Section 1312, does not apply to
classes of shares whose terms and provisions specifically set forth the amount
to be paid in respect to such shares in the event of a reorganization or merger.
 
     1312. ATTACKING VALIDITY OF REORGANIZATION OR MERGER.
 
     (a) No shareholder of a corporation who has a right under this chapter to
demand payment of cash for the shares held by the shareholder shall have any
right at law or in equity to attack the validity of the reorganization or
short-form merger, or to have the reorganization or short-form merger set aside
or rescinded, except in an action to test whether the number of shares required
to authorize or approve the reorganization have been legally voted in favor
thereof; but any holder of shares of a class whose terms and provisions
specifically set forth the amount to be paid in respect to them in the event of
a reorganization or short-form merger is entitled to payment in accordance with
those terms and provisions or, if the principal terms of the reorganization are
approved pursuant to subdivision (b) of Section 1202, is entitled to payment in
accordance with the terms and provisions of the approved reorganization.
 
     (b) If one of the parties to a reorganization or short-form merger is
directly or indirectly controlled by, or under common control with, another
party to the reorganization or short-form merger, subdivision (a) shall not
apply to any shareholder of such party who has not demanded payment of cash for
such shareholder's shares pursuant to this chapter; but if the shareholder
institutes any action to attack the validity of the reorganization or shortform
merger or to have the reorganization or short-form merger set aside or
rescinded, the shareholder shall not thereafter have any right to demand payment
of cash for the shareholder's shares pursuant to this chapter. The court in any
action attacking the validity of the reorganization or short-form merger or to
have the reorganization or short-form merger set aside or rescinded shall not
restrain or enjoin the consummation of the transaction except upon 10 days'
prior notice to the corporation and upon a determination by the court that
clearly no other remedy will adequately protect the complaining shareholder or
the class of shareholders of which such shareholder is a member.
 
     (c) If one of the parties to a reorganization or short-form merger is
directly or indirectly controlled by, or under common control with, another
party to the reorganization or short-form merger, in any action to attack the
validity of the reorganization or short-form merger or to have the
reorganization or short-form merger set aside or rescinded, (1) a party to a
reorganization or short-form merger which controls another party to the
reorganization or short-form merger shall have the burden of proving that the
transaction is just and reasonable as to the shareholders of the controlled
party, and (2) a person who controls two or more parties to a reorganization
shall have the burden of proving that the transaction is just and reasonable as
to the shareholders of any party so controlled.
 
                                       C-4
<PAGE>   106
 
                                   EXHIBIT D
 
                                1994 OPTION PLAN
<PAGE>   107
 
                                                                       EXHIBIT D
 
                                   LASERSCOPE
 
                             1994 STOCK OPTION PLAN
                      (AS AMENDED THROUGH APRIL 22, 1996)
 
     1. Purposes of the Plan.  The purposes of this Stock Option Plan are to
attract and retain the best available personnel for positions of substantial
responsibility, to provide additional incentive to the Employees and Consultants
of the Company and to promote the success of the Company's business.
 
     Options granted hereunder may be either Incentive Stock Options or
Nonstatutory Stock Options, at the discretion of the Board and as reflected in
the terms of the written option agreement.
 
     2. Definitions.  As used herein, the following definitions shall apply:
 
          (a) "Administrator" shall mean the Board or any of its Committees
     appointed pursuant to Section 4 of the Plan.
 
          (b) "Applicable Laws" shall have the meaning set forth in Section 4(a)
     below.
 
          (c) "Board" shall mean the Board of Directors of the Company.
 
          (d) "Code" shall mean the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.
 
          (e) "Committee" shall mean the Committee appointed by the Board of
     Directors in accordance with Section 4(a) below, if one is appointed.
 
          (f) "Common Stock" shall mean the Common Stock of the Company.
 
          (g) "Company" shall mean Laserscope, a California corporation.
 
          (h) "Consultant" shall mean any person who is engaged by the Company
     or any Parent or Subsidiary to render consulting services and is
     compensated for such consulting services, and any director of the Company
     whether compensated for such services or not; provided that the term
     Consultant shall not include directors who are not compensated for their
     services or are paid only a director's fee by the Company.
 
          (i) "Continuous Status as an Employee or Consultant" shall mean the
     absence of any interruption or termination of service as an Employee or
     Consultant. Continuous Status as an Employee or Consultant shall not be
     considered interrupted in the case of sick leave, military leave, or any
     other leave of absence approved by the Administrator; provided that such
     leave is guaranteed by contract or statute. For purposes of this Plan, a
     change in status from an Employee to a Consultant or from a Consultant to
     an Employee will not constitute a termination of employment.
 
          (j) "Director" shall mean a member of the Board.
 
          (k) "Employee" shall mean any person, including Named Executives,
     Officers and Directors, employed by the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary
     of the Company. The payment of a director's fee by the Company shall not be
     sufficient to constitute "employment" by the Company.
 
          (l) "Exchange Act" shall mean the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as
     amended.
 
          (m) "Fair Market Value" means, as of any date, the value of Common
     Stock determined as follows:
 
             (i) If the Common Stock is listed on any established stock exchange
        or a national market system including without limitation the National
        Market System of the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc.
        Automated Quotation ("NASDAQ") System, its Fair Market Value shall be
        the closing sales price for such stock as quoted on such system on the
        date of determination (if for
 
                                       D-1
<PAGE>   108
 
        a given day no sales were reported, the closing bid on that day shall be
        used), as such price is reported in The Wall Street Journal or such
        other source as the Administrator deems reliable;
 
             (ii) If the Common Stock is quoted on the NASDAQ System (but not on
        the National Market System thereof) or regularly quoted by a recognized
        securities dealer but selling prices are not reported, its Fair Market
        Value shall be the mean between the bid and asked prices for the Common
        Stock or;
 
             (iii) In the absence of an established market for the Common Stock,
        the Fair Market Value thereof shall be determined in good faith by the
        Administrator.
 
          (n) "Incentive Stock Option" shall mean an Option intended to qualify
     as an incentive stock option within the meaning of Section 422 of the Code.
 
          (o) "Named Executive" shall mean any individual who, on the last day
     of the Company's fiscal year, is the chief executive officer of the Company
     (or is acting in such capacity) or among the four highest compensated
     officers of the Company (other than the chief executive officer). Such
     officer status shall be determined pursuant to the executive compensation
     disclosure rules under the Exchange Act.
 
          (p) "Nonstatutory Stock Option" shall mean an Option not intended to
     qualify as an Incentive Stock Option.
 
          (q) "Officer" shall mean a person who is an officer of the Company
     within the meaning of Section 16 of the Exchange Act and the rules and
     regulations promulgated thereunder.
 
          (r) "Option" shall mean a stock option granted pursuant to the Plan.
 
          (s) "Optioned Stock" shall mean the Common Stock subject to an Option.
 
          (t) "Optionee" shall mean an Employee or Consultant who receives an
     Option.
 
          (u) "Parent" shall mean a "parent corporation," whether now or
     hereafter existing, as defined in Section 424(e) of the Code.
 
          (v) "Plan" shall mean this 1994 Stock Option Plan.
 
          (w) "Rule 16b-3" shall mean Rule 16b-3 promulgated under the Exchange
     Act as the same may be amended from time to time, or any successor
     provision.
 
          (x) "Share" shall mean a share of the Common Stock, as adjusted in
     accordance with Section 14 of the Plan.
 
          (y) "Subsidiary" shall mean a "subsidiary corporation," whether now or
     hereafter existing, as defined in Section 424(f) of the Code.
 
     3. Stock Subject to the Plan.  Subject to the provisions of Section 14 of
the Plan, the maximum aggregate number of shares that may be optioned and sold
under the Plan is 1,700,000 shares of Common Stock. The Shares may be
authorized, but unissued, or reacquired Common Stock.
 
     If an Option should expire or become unexercisable for any reason without
having been exercised in full, the unpurchased Shares that were subject thereto
shall, unless the Plan shall have been terminated, become available for future
grant under the Plan. Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan, shares
issued under the Plan and later repurchased by the Company shall not become
available for future grant or sale under the Plan.
 
     4. Administration of the Plan.
 
          (a) Composition of Administrator.
 
             (i) Multiple Administrative Bodies. If permitted by Rule 16b-3 and
        by the legal requirements relating to the administration of incentive
        stock option plans, if any, of applicable securities laws and the Code
        (collectively, the "Applicable Laws"), the Plan may (but need not) be
        administered by
 
                                       D-2
<PAGE>   109
 
        different administrative bodies with respect to Directors, Officers who
        are not Directors and Employees who are neither Directors nor Officers.
 
             (ii) Administration with respect to Directors and Officers. With
        respect to grants of Options to Employees or Consultants who are also
        Officers or Directors of the Company, the Plan shall be administered by
        (A) the Board, if the Board may administer the Plan in compliance with
        Rule 16b-3 as it applies to a plan intended to qualify thereunder as a
        discretionary plan and Section 162(m) of the Code as it applies so as to
        qualify grants of Options to Named Executives as performance-based
        compensation, or (B) a Committee designated by the Board to administer
        the Plan, which Committee shall be constituted (I) in such a manner as
        to permit the Plan to comply with Rule 16b-3 as it applies to a plan
        intended to qualify thereunder as a discretionary plan, (II) in such a
        manner as to qualify grants of Options to Named Executives as
        performance-based compensation under Section 162(m) of the Code and
        (III) in such a manner as to satisfy the Applicable Laws.
 
             (iii) Administration with respect to Other Persons. With respect to
        grants of Options to Employees or Consultants who are neither Directors
        nor Officers of the Company, the Plan shall be administered by (A) the
        Board or (B) a Committee designated by the Board, which Committee shall
        be constituted in such a manner as to satisfy the Applicable Laws.
 
             (iv) General. Once a Committee has been appointed pursuant to
        subsection (ii) or (iii) of this Section 4(a), such Committee shall
        continue to serve in its designated capacity until otherwise directed by
        the Board. From time to time the Board may increase the size of any
        Committee and appoint additional members thereof, remove members (with
        or without cause) and appoint new members in substitution therefor, fill
        vacancies (however caused) and remove all members of a Committee and
        thereafter directly administer the Plan, all to the extent permitted by
        the Applicable Laws and, in the case of a Committee appointed under
        subsection (ii), to the extent permitted by Rule 16b-3 as it applies to
        a plan intended to qualify thereunder as a discretionary plan, and to
        the extent required under Section 162(m) of the Code to qualify grants
        of Options to Named Executives as performance-based compensation.
 
          (b) Powers of the Administrator. Subject to the provisions of the Plan
     and in the case of a Committee, the specific duties delegated by the Board
     to such Committee, the Administrator shall have the authority, in its
     discretion:
 
             (i) to determine the Fair Market Value of the Common Stock, in
        accordance with Section 2(m) of the Plan;
 
             (ii) to select the Employees and Consultants to whom Options may
        from time to time be granted hereunder;
 
             (iii) to determine whether and to what extent Options are granted
        hereunder;
 
             (iv) to determine the number of shares of Common Stock to be
        covered by each such award granted hereunder;
 
             (v) to approve forms of agreement for use under the Plan;
 
             (vi) to determine the terms and conditions, not inconsistent with
        the terms of the Plan, of any award granted hereunder (including, but
        not limited to, the share price and any restriction or limitation, or
        any vesting acceleration or waiver of forfeiture restrictions regarding
        any Option and/or the shares of Common Stock relating thereto, based in
        each case on such factors as the Administrator shall determine, in its
        sole discretion);
 
             (vii) to determine whether, to what extent and under what
        circumstances Common Stock and other amounts payable with respect to an
        award under this Plan shall be deferred either automatically or at the
        election of the participant (including providing for and determining the
        amount, if any, of any deemed earnings on any deferred amount during any
        deferral period); and
 
                                       D-3
<PAGE>   110
 
             (viii) to reduce the exercise price of any Option to the then
        current Fair Market Value if the Fair Market Value of the Common Stock
        covered by such Option shall have declined since the date the Option was
        granted;
 
          (c) Effect of Administrator's Decision. All decisions, determinations
     and interpretations of the Administrator shall be final and binding on all
     Optionees and any other holders of any Options.
 
     5. Eligibility.
 
          (a) Nonstatutory Stock Options may be granted only to Employees and
     Consultants. Incentive Stock Options may be granted only to Employees. An
     Employee or Consultant who has been granted an Option may, if he or she is
     otherwise eligible, be granted an additional Option or Options.
 
          (b) Each Option shall be designated in the written option agreement as
     either an Incentive Stock Option or a Nonstatutory Stock Option. However,
     notwithstanding such designations, to the extent that the aggregate Fair
     Market Value of Stock Options are exercisable for the first time by an
     Optionee during any calendar year (under all plans of the Company or any
     Parent or Subsidiary) exceeds $100,000, such excess Options shall be
     treated as Nonstatutory Stock Options.
 
          (c) For purposes of Section 5(b), Incentive Stock Options shall be
     taken into account in the order in which they were granted, and the Fair
     Market Value of the Shares shall be determined as of the time the Option
     with respect to such Shares is granted.
 
          (d) The Plan shall not confer upon any Optionee any right with respect
     to continuation of employment or consulting relationship with the Company,
     nor shall it interfere in any way with his or her right or the Company's
     right to terminate his or her employment or consulting relationship at any
     time, with or without cause.
 
     6. Term of Plan.  The Plan shall become effective upon the earlier to occur
of its adoption by the Board or its approval by the shareholders of the Company
as described in Section 20 of the Plan. It shall continue in effect for a term
of ten (10) years unless sooner terminated under Section 16 of the Plan.
 
     7. Term of Option.  The term of each Option shall be the term stated in the
Option Agreement; provided, however, that in the case of an Incentive Stock
Option, the term shall be no more than ten (10) years from the date of grant
thereof or such shorter term as may be provided in the Option Agreement.
However, in the case of an Option granted to an Optionee who, at the time the
Option is granted, owns stock representing more than ten percent (10%) of the
voting power of all classes of stock of the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary,
the term of the Option shall be five (5) years from the date of grant thereof or
such shorter term as may be provided in the Option Agreement.
 
     8. Limitation on Grants to Employees.  Subject to adjustment as provided in
this Plan, the maximum number of Shares which may be granted under options to
any Employee under this Plan for any fiscal year of the Company shall be
325,000.
 
     9. Option Exercise Price and Consideration.
 
          (a) The per Share exercise price for the Shares to be issued pursuant
     to exercise of an Option shall be such price as is determined by the
     Administrator, but shall be subject to the following:
 
             (i) In the case of an Incentive Stock Option
 
                (A) granted to an Employee who, at the time of the grant of such
           Incentive Stock Option, owns stock representing more than ten percent
           (10%) of the voting power of all classes of stock of the Company or
           any Parent or Subsidiary, the per Share exercise price shall be no
           less than 110% of the Fair Market Value per Share on the date of
           grant;
 
                (B) granted to any Employee, the per Share exercise price shall
           be no less than 100% of the Fair Market Value per Share on the date
           of grant.
 
             (ii) In the case of a Nonstatutory Stock Option
 
                                       D-4
<PAGE>   111
 
                (A) granted to a person who, at the time of the grant of such
           Option, owns stock representing more than ten percent (10%) of the
           voting power of all classes of stock of the Company or any Parent or
           Subsidiary, the per Share exercise price shall be no less than 110%
           of the Fair Market Value per Share on the date of the grant;
 
                (B) granted to a person who, at the time of the grant of such
           Option, is a Named Executive of the Company, the per share Exercise
           Price shall be no less than 100% of the Fair Market Value on the date
           of grant;
 
                (C) granted to any person other than a Named Executive, the per
           Share exercise price shall be no less than 50% of the Fair Market
           Value per Share on the date of grant.
 
          (b) The consideration to be paid for the Shares to be issued upon
     exercise of an Option, including the method of payment, shall be determined
     by the Administrator (and, in the case of an Incentive Stock Option, shall
     be determined at the time of grant) and may consist entirely of (1) cash,
     (2) check, (3) promissory note, (4) other Shares that (x) in the case of
     Shares acquired upon exercise of an Option either have been owned by the
     Optionee for more than six months on the date of surrender or were not
     acquired, directly or indirectly, from the Company, and (y) have a Fair
     Market Value on the date of surrender equal to the aggregate exercise price
     of the Shares as to which said Option shall be exercised, (5) authorization
     from the Company to retain from the total number of Shares as to which the
     Option is exercised that number of Shares having a Fair Market Value on the
     date of exercise equal to the exercise price for the total number of Shares
     as to which the Option is exercised, (6) delivery of a properly executed
     exercise notice together with irrevocable instructions to a broker to
     deliver promptly to the Company the amount of sale or loan proceeds
     required to pay the exercise price, (7) delivery of an irrevocable
     subscription agreement for the Shares that irrevocably obligates the option
     holder to take and pay for the Shares not more than twelve months after the
     date of delivery of the subscription agreement, (8) any combination of the
     foregoing methods of payment, or (9) such other consideration and method of
     payment for the issuance of Shares to the extent permitted under Applicable
     Laws. In making its determination as to the type of consideration to
     accept, the Administrator shall consider if acceptance of such
     consideration may be reasonably expected to benefit the Company.
 
     10. Exercise of Option.
 
          (a) Procedure for Exercise; Rights as a Shareholder. Any Option
     granted hereunder shall be exercisable at such times and under such
     conditions as determined by the Administrator, including performance
     criteria with respect to the Company and/or the Optionee, and as shall be
     permissible under the terms of the Plan.
 
          An Option may not be exercised for a fraction of a Share.
 
          An Option shall be deemed to be exercised when written notice of such
     exercise has been given to the Company in accordance with the terms of the
     Option by the person entitled to exercise the Option and full payment for
     the Shares with respect to which the Option is exercised has been received
     by the Company. Full payment may, as authorized by the Administrator,
     consist of any consideration and method of payment allowable under Section
     9(b) of the Plan. Until the issuance (as evidenced by the appropriate entry
     on the books of the Company or of a duly authorized transfer agent of the
     Company) of the stock certificate evidencing such Shares, no right to vote
     or receive dividends or any other rights as a shareholder shall exist with
     respect to the Optioned Stock, notwithstanding the exercise of the Option.
     The Company shall issue (or cause to be issued) such stock certificate
     promptly upon exercise of the Option. No adjustment will be made for a
     dividend or other right for which the record date is prior to the date the
     stock certificate is issued, except as provided in Section 14 of the Plan.
 
          Exercise of an Option in any manner shall result in a decrease in the
     number of Shares which thereafter may be available, both for purposes of
     the Plan and for sale under the Option, by the number of Shares as to which
     the Option is exercised.
 
                                       D-5
<PAGE>   112
 
          (b) Termination of Status as an Employee or Consultant. In the event
     of termination of an Optionee's Continuous Status as an Employee or
     Consultant, such Optionee may, but only within thirty (30) days (or such
     other period of time, not exceeding three (3) months as is determined by
     the Administrator, with such determination in the case of an Incentive
     Stock Option being made at the time of grant of the Option) after the date
     of such termination (but in no event later than the date of expiration of
     the term of such Option as set forth in the Option Agreement), exercise his
     or her Option to the extent that he or she was entitled to exercise it at
     the date of such termination. To the extent that the Optionee was not
     entitled to exercise the Option at the date of such termination, or if the
     optionee does not exercise such Option (which he or she was entitled to
     exercise) within the time specified herein, the Option shall terminate.
 
          (c) Disability of Optionee.  Notwithstanding the provisions of Section
     10(b) above, in the event of termination of an Optionee's Continuous Status
     as an Employee or Consultant as a result of his or her total and permanent
     disability (as defined in Section 22(e)(3) of the Code), he or she may, but
     only within six (6) months (or such other period of time not exceeding
     twelve (12) months as is determined by the Administrator, with such
     determination in the case of an Incentive Stock Option being made at the
     time of grant of the Option) from the date of such termination (but in no
     event later than the date of expiration of the term of such Option as set
     forth in the Option Agreement), exercise his or her Option to the extent he
     or she was entitled to exercise it at the date of such termination. To the
     extent that he or she was not entitled to exercise the Option at the date
     of termination, or if he does not exercise such Option (which he was
     entitled to exercise) within the time specified herein, the Option shall
     terminate.
 
          (d) Death of Optionee.  In the event of the death of an Optionee:
 
             (i) during the term of the Option who is at the time of his death
        an Employee or Consultant of the Company and who shall have been in
        Continuous Status as an Employee or Consultant since the date of grant
        of the Option, the Option may be exercised, at any time within six (6)
        months (or such other period of time, not exceeding twelve (12) months,
        as is determined by the Administrator, with such determination in the
        case of an Incentive Stock Option being made at the time of grant of the
        Option) following the date of death (but in no event later than the date
        of expiration of the term of such Option as set forth in the Option
        Agreement), by the Optionee's estate or by a person who acquired the
        right to exercise the Option by bequest or inheritance but only to the
        extent of the right to exercise that would have accrued had the Optionee
        continued living and remained in Continuous Status as an Employee or
        Consultant six (6) months (or such other period of time as is determined
        by the Administrator as provided above) after the date of death, subject
        to the limitation set forth in Section 5(b); or
 
             (ii) within three (3) months (or such other period of time not
        exceeding three (3) months as is determined by the Administrator, with
        such determination in the case of an Incentive Stock Option being made
        at the time of grant of the Option) after the termination of Continuous
        Status as an Employee or Consultant, the Option may be exercised, at any
        time within six (6) months following the date of death (but in no event
        later than the date of expiration of the term of such Option as set
        forth in the Option Agreement), by the Optionee's estate or by a person
        who acquired the right to exercise the Option by bequest or inheritance,
        but only to the extent of the right to exercise that had accrued at the
        date of termination.
 
          (e) Rule 16b-3. Options granted to persons subject to Section 16(b) of
     the Exchange Act must comply with Rule 16b-3 and shall contain such
     additional conditions or restrictions as may be required thereunder to
     qualify for the maximum exemption from Section 16 of the Exchange Act with
     respect to Plan transactions.
 
     11. Withholding Taxes.  As a condition to the exercise of Options granted
hereunder, the Optionee shall make such arrangements as the Administrator may
require for the satisfaction of any federal, state, local or foreign withholding
tax obligations that may arise in connection with the exercise, receipt or
vesting of such Option. The Company shall not be required to issue any Shares
under the Plan until such obligations are satisfied.
 
                                       D-6
<PAGE>   113
 
     12. Stock Withholding to Satisfy Withholding Tax Obligations.  At the
discretion of the Administrator, Optionees may satisfy withholding obligations
as provided in this paragraph. When an Optionee incurs tax liability in
connection with an Option which tax liability is subject to tax withholding
under applicable tax laws, and the Optionee is obligated to pay the Company an
amount required to be withheld under applicable tax laws, the Optionee may
satisfy the withholding tax obligation by one or some combination of the
following methods: (a) by cash payment, or (b) out of Optionee's current
compensation, (c) if permitted by the Administrator, in its discretion, by
surrendering to the Company Shares that (i) in the case of Shares previously
acquired from the Company, have been owned by the Optionee for more than six
months on the date of surrender, and (ii) have a fair market value on the date
of surrender equal to or less than Optionee's marginal tax rate times the
ordinary income recognized, or (d) by electing to have the Company withhold from
the Shares to be issued upon exercise of the Option that number of Shares having
a fair market value equal to the amount required to be withheld. For this
purpose, the fair market value of the Shares to be withheld shall be determined
on the date that the amount of tax to be withheld is to be determined (the "Tax
Date").
 
     Any surrender by an Officer or Director of previously owned Shares to
satisfy tax withholding obligations arising upon exercise of this Option must
comply with the applicable provisions of Rule 16b-3 and shall be subject to such
additional conditions or restrictions as may be required thereunder to qualify
for the maximum exemption from Section 16 of the Exchange Act with respect to
Plan transactions.
 
     All elections by an Optionee to have Shares withheld to satisfy tax
withholding obligations shall be made in writing in a form acceptable to the
Administrator and shall be subject to the following restrictions:
 
          (a) the election must be made on or prior to the applicable Tax Date;
 
          (b) once made, the election shall be irrevocable as to the particular
     Shares of the Option as to which the election is made;
 
          (c) all elections shall be subject to the consent or disapproval of
     the Administrator;
 
          (d) if the Optionee is an Officer or Director, the election must
     comply with the applicable provisions of Rule 16b-3 and shall be subject to
     such additional conditions or restrictions as may be required thereunder to
     qualify for the maximum exemption from Section 16 of the Exchange Act with
     respect to Plan transactions.
 
     In the event the election to have Shares withheld is made by an Optionee
and the Tax Date is deferred under Section 83 of the Code because no election is
filed under Section 83(b) of the Code, the Optionee shall receive the full
number of Shares with respect to which the Option is exercised but such Optionee
shall be unconditionally obligated to tender back to the Company the proper
number of Shares on the Tax Date.
 
     13. Non-Transferability of Options.  The Option may not be sold, pledged,
assigned, hypothecated, transferred, or disposed of in any manner other than by
will or by the laws of descent or distribution. The designation of a beneficiary
by an Optionee will not constitute a transfer. An Option may be exercised,
during the lifetime of the Optionee, only by the Optionee or a transferee
permitted by this Section 13.
 
     14. Adjustments Upon Changes in Capitalization or Merger.  Subject to any
required action by the shareholders of the Company, the number of shares of
Common Stock covered by each outstanding Option, the number of shares of Common
Stock that have been authorized for issuance under the Plan but as to which no
Options have yet been granted or which have been returned to the Plan upon
cancellation or expiration of an Option, the maximum number of shares of Common
Stock for which Options may be granted to any employee under Section 8 of the
Plan, and the price per share of Common Stock covered by each such outstanding
Option, shall be proportionately adjusted for any increase or decrease in the
number of issued shares of Common Stock resulting from a stock split, reverse
stock split, stock dividend, combination or reclassification of the Common
Stock, or any other increase or decrease in the number of issued shares of
Common Stock effected without receipt of consideration by the Company; provided,
however, that conversion of any convertible securities of the Company shall not
be deemed to have been "effected without receipt of consideration." Such
adjustment shall be made by the Administrator, whose determination in that
respect
 
                                       D-7
<PAGE>   114
 
shall be final, binding and conclusive. Except as expressly provided herein, no
issuance by the Company of shares of stock of any class, or securities
convertible into shares of stock of any class, shall affect, and no adjustment
by reason thereof shall be made with respect to, the number or price of shares
of Common Stock subject to an Option.
 
     In the event of the proposed dissolution or liquidation of the Company, the
Option will terminate immediately prior to the consummation of such proposed
action, unless otherwise provided by the Administrator. The Administrator may,
in the exercise of its sole discretion in such instances, declare that any
Option shall terminate as of a date fixed by the Administrator and give each
Optionee the right to exercise his or her Option as to all or any part of the
Optioned Stock, including Shares as to which the Option would not otherwise be
exercisable. In the event of a proposed sale of all or substantially all of the
assets of the Company, or the merger of the Company with or into another
corporation, the Option shall be assumed or an equivalent option shall be
substituted by such successor corporation or a parent or subsidiary of such
successor corporation, unless the Administrator determines, in the exercise of
its sole discretion and in lieu of such assumption or substitution, that the
Optionee shall have the right to exercise the Option as to some or all of the
Optioned Stock, including Shares as to which the Option would not otherwise be
exercisable. If the Administrator makes an Option exercisable in lieu of
assumption or substitution in the event of a merger or sale of assets, the
Administrator shall notify the Optionee that the Option shall be exercisable for
a period of thirty (30) days from the date of such notice, and the Option will
terminate upon the expiration of such period.
 
     15. Time of Granting Options.  The date of grant of an Option shall, for
all purposes, be the date on which the Administrator makes the determination
granting such Option or such other date as is determined by the Administrator.
Notice of the determination shall be given to each Employee or Consultant to
whom an Option is so granted within a reasonable time after the date of such
grant.
 
     16. Amendment and Termination of the Plan.
 
          (a) Amendment and Termination.  The Board may amend or terminate the
     Plan from time to time in such respects as the Board may deem advisable;
     provided that, the following revisions or amendments shall require approval
     of the shareholders of the Company in the manner described in Section 20 of
     the Plan:
 
             (i) any increase in the number of Shares subject to the Plan, other
        than in connection with an adjustment under Section 14 of the Plan;
 
             (ii) any change in the designation of the class of persons eligible
        to be granted Options;
 
             (iii) any change in the limitation on grants to employees as
        described in Section 8 of the Plan or other changes which would require
        shareholder approval to qualify Options granted hereunder as
        performance-based compensation under Section 162(m) of the Code; or
 
             (iv) if the Company has a class of equity securities registered
        under Section 12 of the Exchange Act at the time of such revision or
        amendment, any material increase in the benefits accruing to
        participants under the Plan.
 
          (b) Shareholder Approval.  If any amendment requiring shareholder
     approval under Section 13(a) of the Plan is made subsequent to the first
     registration of any class of equity securities by the Company under Section
     12 of the Exchange Act, such shareholder approval shall be solicited as
     described in Section 20 of the Plan.
 
          (c) Effect of Amendment or Termination.  Any such amendment or
     termination of the Plan shall not affect Options already granted and such
     Options shall remain in full force and effect as if this Plan had not been
     amended or terminated, unless mutually agreed otherwise between the
     Optionee and the Board, which agreement must be in writing and signed by
     the Optionee and the Company.
 
     17. Conditions Upon Issuance of Shares.  Shares shall not be issued
pursuant to the exercise of an Option unless the exercise of such Option and the
issuance and delivery of such Shares pursuant thereto shall
 
                                       D-8
<PAGE>   115
 
comply with all relevant provisions of law, including, without limitation, the
Securities Act of 1933, as amended, the Exchange Act, the rules and regulations
promulgated thereunder, and the requirements of any stock exchange upon which
the Shares may then be listed, and shall be further subject to the approval of
counsel for the Company with respect to such compliance.
 
     As a condition to the exercise of an Option, the Company may require the
person exercising such Option to represent and warrant at the time of any such
exercise that the Shares are being purchased only for investment and without any
present intention to sell or distribute such Shares if, in the opinion of
counsel for the Company, such a representation is required by any of the
aforementioned relevant provisions of law.
 
     18. Reservation of Shares.  The Company, during the term of this Plan, will
at all times reserve and keep available such number of Shares as shall be
sufficient to satisfy the requirements of the Plan.
 
     The inability of the Company to obtain authority from any regulatory body
having jurisdiction, which authority is deemed by the Company's counsel to be
necessary to the lawful issuance and sale of any Shares hereunder, shall relieve
the Company of any liability in respect of the failure to issue or sell such
Shares as to which such requisite authority shall not have been obtained.
 
     19. Option Agreement.  Options shall be evidenced by written option
agreements in such form as the Board shall approve.
 
     20. Shareholder Approval.
 
          (a) Continuance of the Plan shall be subject to approval by the
     shareholders of the Company within twelve (12) months before or after the
     date the Plan is adopted. Such shareholder approval shall be obtained in
     the manner and to the degree required under applicable federal and state
     law.
 
          (b) In the event that the Company registers any class of equity
     securities pursuant to Section 12 of the Exchange Act, any required
     approval of the shareholders of the Company obtained after such
     registration shall be solicited substantially in accordance with Section
     14(a) of the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations promulgated
     thereunder.
 
          (c) If any required approval by the shareholders of the Plan itself or
     of any amendment thereto is solicited at any time otherwise than in the
     manner described in Section 20(b) hereof, then the Company shall, at or
     prior to the first annual meeting of shareholders held subsequent to the
     later of (1) the first registration of any class of equity securities of
     the Company under Section 12 of the Exchange Act or (2) the granting of an
     Option hereunder to an Officer or Director after such registration, do the
     following:
 
             (i) furnish in writing to the holders entitled to vote for the Plan
        substantially the same information that would be required (if proxies to
        be voted with respect to approval or disapproval of the Plan or
        amendment were then being solicited) by the rules and regulations in
        effect under Section 14(a) of the Exchange Act at the time such
        information is furnished; and
 
             (ii) file with, or mail for filing to, the Securities and Exchange
        Commission four copies of the written information referred to in
        subsection (i) hereof not later than the date on which such information
        is first sent or given to shareholders.
 
     21. Information to Optionees.  The Company shall provide to each Optionee,
during the period for
which such Optionee has one or more Options outstanding, copies of all annual
reports and other information which are provided to all shareholders of the
Company.
 
                                       D-9
<PAGE>   116
 
                                   EXHIBIT E
 
                             DIRECTOR'S OPTION PLAN
<PAGE>   117
 
                                                                       EXHIBIT E
 
                                   LASERSCOPE
 
                       1995 DIRECTORS' STOCK OPTION PLAN
 
     1. Purposes of the Plan.  The purposes of this Directors' Stock Option Plan
are to attract and retain the best available personnel for service as Directors
of the Company, to provide additional incentive to the Outside Directors of the
Company to serve as Directors, and to encourage their continued service on the
Board.
 
     All options granted hereunder shall be "nonstatutory stock options".
 
     2. Definitions.  As used herein, the following definitions shall apply:
 
          (a) "Board" shall mean the Board of Directors of the Company.
 
          (b) "Code" shall mean the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.
 
          (c) "Common Stock" shall mean the Common Stock of the Company.
 
          (d) "Company" shall mean Laserscope, a California corporation.
 
          (e) "Continuous Status as a Director" shall mean the absence of any
     interruption or termination of service as a Director.
 
          (f) "Director" shall mean a member of the Board.
 
          (g) "Employee" shall mean any person, including officers and
     directors, employed by the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary of the
     Company. The payment of a director's fee by the Company to a Director shall
     not be sufficient in and of itself to constitute "employment" by the
     Company.
 
          (h) "Exchange Act" shall mean the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as
     amended.
 
          (i) "Option" shall mean a stock option granted pursuant to the Plan.
     All options shall be nonstatutory stock options (i.e., options that are not
     intended to qualify as incentive stock options under Section 422 of the
     Code).
 
          (j) "Optioned Stock" shall mean the Common Stock subject to an Option.
 
          (k) "Optionee" shall mean an Outside Director who receives an Option.
 
          (l) "Outside Director" shall mean a Director who is not an Employee or
     an affiliate of a shareholder owning ten percent (10%) or more of the
     voting power of all classes of stock of the Company, or any parent or
     subsidiary of the Company, or an employee or consultant of, or a service
     provider to, such shareholder or any of its affiliates.
 
          (m) "Parent" shall mean a "parent corporation", whether now or
     hereafter existing, as defined in Section 424(e) of the Code.
 
          (n) "Plan" shall mean this 1995 Directors' Stock Option Plan.
 
          (o) "Share" shall mean a share of the Common Stock, as adjusted in
     accordance with Section 11 of the Plan.
 
          (p) "Subsidiary" shall mean a "subsidiary corporation", whether now or
     hereafter existing, as defined in Section 424(f) of the Code.
 
     3. Stock Subject to the Plan.  Subject to the provisions of Section 11 of
the Plan, the maximum aggregate number of Shares which may be optioned and sold
under the Plan is 300,000 Shares (the "Pool") of Common Stock. The Shares may be
authorized, but unissued, or reacquired Common Stock.
 
     If an Option should expire or become unexercisable for any reason without
having been exercised in full, the unpurchased Shares which were subject thereto
shall, unless the Plan shall have been terminated, become available for future
grant under the Plan. If Shares which were acquired upon exercise of an Option
are
 
                                       E-1
<PAGE>   118
 
subsequently repurchased by the Company, such Shares shall not in any event be
returned to the Plan and shall not become available for future grant under the
Plan.
 
     4. Administration of and Grants of Options under the Plan.
 
          (a) Administrator.  Except as otherwise required herein, the Plan
     shall be administered by the Board.
 
          (b) Procedure for Grants.  All grants of Options hereunder shall be
     automatic and nondiscretionary and shall be made strictly in accordance
     with the following provisions:
 
             (i) No person shall have any discretion to select which Outside
        Directors shall be granted Options or to determine the number of Shares
        to be covered by Options granted to Outside Directors.
 
             (ii) Each Outside Director shall be automatically granted an Option
        to purchase Shares as follows: (A) with respect to persons who are
        Outside Directors on the effective date of this Plan, as determined in
        accordance with Section 6 hereof, 45,000 Shares on such effective date,
        and (B) with respect to any other person, 45,000 Shares on the date on
        which such person first becomes an Outside Director, whether through
        election by the shareholders of the Company or appointment by the Board
        of Directors to fill a vacancy.
 
             (iii) Notwithstanding the provisions of subsection (ii) hereof, in
        the event that a grant would cause the number of Shares subject to
        outstanding Options plus the number of Shares previously purchased upon
        exercise of Options to exceed the Pool, then each such automatic grant
        shall be for that number of Shares determined by dividing the total
        number of Shares remaining available for grant by the number of Outside
        Directors receiving an Option on such date on the automatic grant date.
        Any further grants shall then be deferred until such time, if any, as
        additional Shares become available for grant under the Plan through
        action of the shareholders to increase the number of Shares which may be
        issued under the Plan or through cancellation or expiration of Options
        previously granted hereunder.
 
             (iv) Notwithstanding the provisions of subsection (ii) hereof, any
        grant of an Option made before the Company has obtained shareholder
        approval of the Plan in accordance with Section 17 hereof shall be
        conditioned upon obtaining such shareholder approval of the Plan in
        accordance with Section 17 hereof.
 
             (vi) The terms of each Option granted hereunder shall be as
        follows:
 
                (1) the Option shall be exercisable only while the Outside
           Director remains a Director of the Company, except as set forth in
           Section 9 hereof.
 
                (2) the exercise price per Share shall be 100% of the fair
           market value per Share on the date of grant of the Option, determined
           in accordance with Section 8 hereof.
 
                (3) the Option shall become exercisable in installments
           cumulatively as to 1/36 of the Shares subject to the Option on each
           monthly anniversary of the date of grant of the Option.
 
             (c) Powers of the Board.  Subject to the provisions and
        restrictions of the Plan, the Board shall have the authority, in its
        discretion: (i) to determine, upon review of relevant information and in
        accordance with Section 8(b) of the Plan, the fair market value of the
        Common Stock; (ii) to determine the exercise price per share of Options
        to be granted, which exercise price shall be determined in accordance
        with Section 8(a) of the Plan; (iii) to interpret the Plan; (iv) to
        prescribe, amend and rescind rules and regulations relating to the Plan;
        (v) to authorize any person to execute on behalf of the Company any
        instrument required to effectuate the grant of an Option previously
        granted hereunder; and (vi) to make all other determinations deemed
        necessary or advisable for the administration of the Plan.
 
                                       E-2
<PAGE>   119
 
             (d) Effect of Board's Decision.  All decisions, determinations and
        interpretations of the Board shall be final and binding on all Optionees
        and any other holders of any Options granted under the Plan.
 
             (e) Suspension or Termination of Option.  If the President or his
        or her designee reasonably believes that an Optionee has committed an
        act of misconduct, the President may suspend the Optionee's right to
        exercise any option pending a determination by the Board of Directors
        (excluding the Outside Director accused of such misconduct). If the
        Board of Directors (excluding the Outside Director accused of such
        misconduct) determines an Optionee has committed an act of embezzlement,
        fraud, dishonesty, nonpayment of an obligation owed to the Company,
        breach of fiduciary duty or deliberate disregard of the Company rules
        resulting in loss, damage or injury to the Company, or if an Optionee
        makes an unauthorized disclosure of any Company trade secret or
        confidential information, engages in any conduct constituting unfair
        competition, induces any Company customer to breach a contract with the
        Company or induces any principal for whom the Company acts as agent to
        terminate such agency relationship, neither the Optionee nor his or her
        estate shall be entitled to exercise any option whatsoever. In making
        such determination, the Board of Directors (excluding the Outside
        Director accused of such misconduct) shall act fairly and shall give the
        Optionee an opportunity to appear and present evidence on Optionee's
        behalf at a hearing before the Board or a committee of the Board.
 
     5. Eligibility.  Options may be granted only to Outside Directors. All
Options shall be automatically granted in accordance with the terms set forth in
Section 4(b) hereof. An Outside Director who has been granted an Option may, if
he or she is otherwise eligible, be granted an additional Option or Options in
accordance with such provisions.
 
     The Plan shall not confer upon any Optionee any right with respect to
continuation of service as a Director or nomination to serve as a Director, nor
shall it interfere in any way with any rights which the Director or the Company
may have to terminate his or her directorship at any time.
 
     6. Term of Plan; Effective Date.  The Plan shall become effective on the
earlier to occur of its adoption by the Board of Directors or its approval by
the shareholders of the Company. It shall continue in effect for a term of ten
(10) years unless sooner terminated under Section 13 of the Plan.
 
     7. Term of Options.  The term of each Option shall be ten (10) years from
the date of grant thereof.
 
     8. Exercise Price and Consideration.
 
          (a) Exercise Price.  The per Share exercise price for the Shares to be
     issued pursuant to exercise of an Option shall be 100% of the fair market
     value per Share on the date of grant of the Option.
 
          (b) Fair Market Value.  The fair market value shall be determined by
     the Board; provided, however, that where there is a public market for the
     Common Stock, the fair market value per Share shall be the mean of the bid
     and asked prices of the Common Stock in the over-the-counter market on the
     date of grant, as reported in The Wall Street Journal (or, if not so
     reported, as otherwise reported by the National Association of Securities
     Dealers Automated Quotation System ("Nasdaq") or, in the event the Common
     Stock is traded on the Nasdaq National Market or listed on a stock
     exchange, the fair market value per Share shall be the closing price on
     such system or exchange on the date of grant of the Option, as reported in
     The Wall Street Journal.
 
          (c) Form of Consideration.  The consideration to be paid for the
     Shares to be issued upon exercise of an Option shall consist entirely of
     cash, check, other Shares of Common Stock having a fair market value on the
     date of surrender equal to the aggregate exercise price of the Shares as to
     which said Option shall be exercised (which, if acquired from the Company,
     shall have been held for at least six months), or any combination of such
     methods of payment and/or any other consideration or method of payment as
     shall be permitted under applicable corporate law.
 
                                       E-3
<PAGE>   120
 
     9. Exercise of Option.
 
          (a) Procedure for Exercise; Rights as a Shareholder.  Any Option
     granted hereunder shall be exercisable at such times as are set forth in
     Section 4(b) hereof; provided, however, that no Options shall be
     exercisable prior to shareholder approval of the Plan in accordance with
     Section 17 hereof has been obtained.
 
          An Option may not be exercised for a fraction of a Share.
 
          An Option shall be deemed to be exercised when written notice of such
     exercise has been given to the Company in accordance with the terms of the
     Option by the person entitled to exercise the Option and full payment for
     the Shares with respect to which the Option is exercised has been received
     by the Company. Full payment may consist of any consideration and method of
     payment allowable under Section 8(c) of the Plan. Until the issuance (as
     evidenced by the appropriate entry on the books of the Company or of a duly
     authorized transfer agent of the Company) of the stock certificate
     evidencing such Shares, no right to vote or receive dividends or any other
     rights as a shareholder shall exist with respect to the Optioned Stock,
     notwithstanding the exercise of the Option. A share certificate for the
     number of Shares so acquired shall be issued to the Optionee as soon as
     practicable after exercise of the Option. No adjustment will be made for a
     dividend or other right for which the record date is prior to the date the
     stock certificate is issued, except as provided in Section 11 of the Plan.
 
          Exercise of an Option in any manner shall result in a decrease in the
     number of Shares which thereafter may be available, both for purposes of
     the Plan and for sale under the Option, by the number of Shares as to which
     the Option is exercised.
 
          (b) Termination of Status as a Director.  If an Outside Director
     ceases to serve as a Director, he or she may, but only within three (3)
     months after the date he or she ceases to be a Director of the Company,
     exercise his or her Option to the extent that he or she was entitled to
     exercise it at the date of such termination. Notwithstanding the foregoing,
     in no event may the Option be exercised after its term set forth in Section
     7 has expired. To the extent that such Outside Director was not entitled to
     exercise an Option at the date of such termination, or does not exercise
     such Option (which he or she was entitled to exercise) within the time
     specified herein, the Option shall terminate.
 
          (c) Disability of Optionee.  Notwithstanding Section 9(b) above, in
     the event a Director is unable to continue his or her service as a Director
     with the Company as a result of his or her total and permanent disability
     (as defined in Section 22(e)(3) of the Internal Revenue Code), he or she
     may, but only within six (6) months from the date of such termination,
     exercise his or her Option to the extent he or she was entitled to exercise
     it at the date of such termination. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in no
     event may the Option be exercised after its term set forth in Section 7 has
     expired. To the extent that he or she was not entitled to exercise the
     Option at the date of termination, or if he or she does not exercise such
     Option (which he or she was entitled to exercise) within the time specified
     herein, the Option shall terminate.
 
          (d) Death of Optionee.  In the event of the death of an Optionee
     during the term of the Option who is, at the time of his or her death, a
     Director of the Company and who shall have been in Continuous Status as a
     Director since the date of grant of the Option, the Option may be
     exercised, at any time within six (6) months following the date of death,
     by the Optionee's estate or by a person who acquired the right to exercise
     the Option by bequest or inheritance, but only to the extent the Optionee
     was entitled to exercise the Option at the date of death. Notwithstanding
     the foregoing, in no event may the Option be exercised after its term set
     forth in Section 7 has expired.
 
     10. Nontransferability of Options.  The Option may not be sold, pledged,
assigned, hypothecated, transferred, or disposed of in any manner other than by
will or by the laws of descent or distribution or pursuant to a qualified
domestic relations order (as defined by the Code or the rules thereunder). The
designation of a beneficiary by an Optionee does not constitute a transfer. An
Option may be exercised during the lifetime of an Optionee only by the Optionee
or a transferee permitted by this Section.
 
                                       E-4
<PAGE>   121
 
     11. Adjustments Upon Changes in Capitalization; Corporate Transactions.
 
          (a) Adjustment.  Subject to any required action by the shareholders of
     the Company, the number of shares of Common Stock covered by each
     outstanding Option, and the number of shares of Common Stock which have
     been authorized for issuance under the Plan but as to which no Options have
     yet been granted or which have been returned to the Plan upon cancellation
     or expiration of an Option and the number of shares of Common Stock to be
     granted under the provisions set forth in Section 4, as well as the price
     per share of Common Stock covered by each such outstanding Option, shall be
     proportionately adjusted for any increase or decrease in the number of
     issued shares of Common Stock resulting from a stock split, reverse stock
     split, stock dividend, combination or reclassification of the Common Stock,
     or any other increase or decrease in the number of issued shares of Common
     Stock effected without receipt of consideration by the Company; provided,
     however, that conversion of any convertible securities of the Company shall
     not be deemed to have been "effected without receipt of consideration."
     Such adjustment shall be made by the Board, whose determination in that
     respect shall be final, binding and conclusive. Except as expressly
     provided herein, no issuance by the Company of shares of stock of any
     class, or securities convertible into shares of stock of any class, shall
     affect, and no adjustment by reason thereof shall be made with respect to,
     the number or price of shares of Common Stock subject to an Option.
 
          (b) Corporate Transactions.  In the event of (i) a dissolution or
     liquidation of the Company, (ii) a sale of all or substantially all of the
     Company's assets, (iii) a merger or consolidation in which the Company is
     not the surviving corporation, or (iv) any other capital reorganization in
     which more than fifty percent (50%) of the shares of the Company entitled
     to vote are exchanged, the Company shall give to the Eligible Director, at
     the time of adoption of the plan for liquidation, dissolution, sale,
     merger, consolidation or reorganization, either a reasonable time
     thereafter within which to exercise the Option, including Shares as to
     which the Option would not be otherwise exercisable, prior to the
     effectiveness of such liquidation, dissolution, sale, merger, consolidation
     or reorganization, at the end of which time the Option shall terminate, or
     the right to exercise the Option, including Shares as to which the Option
     would not be otherwise exercisable (or receive a substitute option with
     comparable terms), as to an equivalent number of shares of stock of the
     corporation succeeding the Company or acquiring its business by reason of
     such liquidation, dissolution, sale, merger, consolidation or
     reorganization.
 
     12. Time of Granting Options.  The date of grant of an Option shall, for
all purposes, be the date determined in accordance with Section 4(b) hereof.
Notice of the determination shall be given to each Outside Director to whom an
Option is so granted within a reasonable time after the date of such grant.
 
     13. Amendment and Termination of the Plan.
 
          (a) Amendment and Termination.  The Board may amend or terminate the
     Plan from time to time in such respects as the Board may deem advisable;
     provided that, to the extent necessary and desirable to comply with Rule
     16b-3 under the Exchange Act (or any other applicable law or regulation),
     the Company shall obtain approval of the shareholders of the Company to
     Plan amendments to the extent and in the manner required by such law or
     regulation. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the provisions set forth in
     Section 4 of this Plan (and any other Sections of this Plan that affect the
     formula award terms required to be specified in this Plan by Rule 16b-3)
     shall not be amended more than once every six months, other than to comport
     with changes in the Code, the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of
     1974, as amended, or the rules thereunder.
 
          (b) Effect of Amendment or Termination.  Any such amendment or
     termination of the Plan that would impair the rights of any Optionee shall
     not affect Options already granted to such Optionee and such Options shall
     remain in full force and effect as if this Plan had not been amended or
     terminated, unless mutually agreed otherwise between the Optionee and the
     Board, which agreement must be in writing and signed by the Optionee and
     the Company.
 
     14. Conditions Upon Issuance of Shares.  Shares shall not be issued
pursuant to the exercise of an Option unless the exercise of such Option and the
issuance and delivery of such Shares pursuant thereto shall comply with all
relevant provisions of law, including, without limitation, the Securities Act of
1933, as
 
                                       E-5
<PAGE>   122
 
amended, the Exchange Act, the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder,
state securities laws, and the requirements of any stock exchange upon which the
Shares may then be listed, and shall be further subject to the approval of
counsel for the Company with respect to such compliance. As a condition to the
exercise of an Option, the Company may require the person exercising such Option
to represent and warrant at the time of any such exercise that the Shares are
being purchased only for investment and without any present intention to sell or
distribute such Shares, if, in the opinion of counsel for the Company, such a
representation is required by any of the aforementioned relevant provisions of
law.
 
     15. Reservation of Shares.  The Company, during the term of this Plan, will
at all times reserve and keep available such number of Shares as shall be
sufficient to satisfy the requirements of the Plan. Inability of the Company to
obtain authority from any regulatory body having jurisdiction, which authority
is deemed by the Company's counsel to be necessary to the lawful issuance and
sale of any Shares hereunder, shall relieve the Company of any liability in
respect of the failure to issue or sell such Shares as to which such requisite
authority shall not have been obtained.
 
     16. Option Agreement.  Options shall be evidenced by written option
agreements in such form as the Board shall approve.
 
     17. Shareholder Approval.  Continuance of the Plan shall be subject to
approval by the shareholders of the Company at or prior to a meeting of the
shareholders held within one year of its adoption by the Board. If such
shareholder approval is obtained at a duly held shareholders' meeting, it may be
obtained by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the outstanding
shares of the Company present or represented and entitled to vote thereon. If
such shareholder approval is obtained by written consent, it may be obtained by
the written consent of the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of
the Company. Options may be granted, but not exercised, before such shareholder
approval.
 
                                       E-6
<PAGE>   123
 
                                   EXHIBIT F
 
                    LASERSCOPE ANNUAL REPORT ON FORM 10-K/A
                    FOR FISCAL YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1995
<PAGE>   124
                                  UNITED STATES
                       SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
                             WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549

             -------------------------------------------------------

                                   FORM 10-K/A

/X/      ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(D) OF THE SECURITIES
         EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934 [FEE REQUIRED]

                 For the Fiscal Year Ended December 31, 1995, or

/ /      TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(D) OF THE SECURITIES
         EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934 [NO FEE REQUIRED]

                   For the Transition period from ___ to ___.

                         Commission file number: 0-18053
                                   LASERSCOPE
             (Exact name of Registrant as specified in its charter)

            California                                        77-0049527
   (State or other jurisdiction of                         (I.R.S. Employer
    incorporation or organization)                        Identification No.)

               3052 Orchard Drive San Jose, California 95134-2011
                    (Address of principal executive offices)

       Registrant's telephone number, including area code: (408) 943-0636

                             ----------------------

        Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act: None

           Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:
                           Common Stock, no par value
                          Common Share Purchase Rights

                             ----------------------

Indicate by check mark whether the Registrant (1) has filed all reports required
to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during
the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the Registrant was
required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing
requirements for the past 90 days. YES  X  NO
                                       ---    ---

Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405
of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will not be contained to the best
of Registrant's knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements
incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this
Form 10-K. /X/

The aggregate market value of the voting stock held by non-affiliates of the
Registrant was approximately $23,648,000 as of March 20, 1996, based upon the
closing sale price on the NASDAQ National Market System reported for such date.
Shares of Common Stock held by each officer and director and by each person who
owns 5% of more of the outstanding Common Stock have been excluded in that such
persons may be deemed to be affiliates. This determination of affiliate status
is not necessarily a conclusive determination for other purposes.

There were 7,060,634 shares of Registrant's Common Stock issued and outstanding
as of March 20, 1996.
<PAGE>   125
         The undersigned Registrant hereby amends and restates its Annual Report
on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 1995, as set forth below.

                             INTRODUCTORY STATEMENT

Except for the historical information contained in this Annual Report on Form
10-K, the matters discussed herein are forward-looking statements that are
subject to certain risks and uncertainties that could cause the actual results
to differ materially from those projected. Factors that could cause actual
results to differ materially include, but are not limited to, the timing of
orders and shipments, the timely development and market acceptance of new
products and surgical procedures, the impact of competitive products and
pricing, the Company's ability to further expand into international markets,
public policy relating to health care reform in the United States and other
countries, approval of its products by government agencies such as the United
States Food and Drug Administration, and other risks detailed below and included
from time to time in the Company's other SEC reports and press releases, copies
of which are available from the Company upon request. The Company assumes no
obligation to update any forward-looking statements contained herein.

References made in this Annual Report on Form 10-K to "Laserscope," the
"Company" or the "Registrant" refer to Laserscope and its subsidiaries. The
following Laserscope trademarks are mentioned in this Annual Report: Laserscope,
Dermastat, KTP/532 and Microbeam, registered trademarks of the Company; and
Endostat, KTP/YAG, Microstat, KTP Disc Kit, Laparostat, SpineStat, ADD, ADDStat,
LDD, Orion, Aura, SmartScan and StarPulse trademarks of the Company. Hexascan is
a trademark of Prein and Partners. Photofrin is a registered trademark of
American Cyanamid Company.

                                     PART I

ITEM 1.  BUSINESS

Laserscope(R) designs, manufactures and markets on a worldwide basis surgical,
dermatologic and therapeutic laser systems and related surgical instrumentation
and disposable supplies and accessories. The Company's laser systems employ
laser technology based on potassium titanyl phosphate (KTP) crystalline material
and enable the physician to cut, coagulate and vaporize tissue in a wide variety
of applications and procedures. The Company's laser systems also enable the
surgeon to operate in contact or in near-contact with tissue, depending on the
desired surgical effect. Laserscope's laser systems are especially well suited
for minimally invasive surgery, which reduces bleeding, postoperative pain and
recovery time as compared to conventional surgery.

The Company shipped its first KTP/532(R) Surgical Laser System in 1984. In 1989,
the Company introduced the KTP/YAG(TM) laser system combining its KTP laser with
an additional module that allows the physician to choose between the KTP
wavelength of 532 nanometers and the neodymium yttrium-aluminum garnet (Nd:YAG)
wavelength of 1,064 nanometers. The surgeon can select the KTP beam for precise
surgical effects with minimal damage to surrounding tissue or for microscopic
applications. Simply by pressing a button, the surgeon can switch virtually
instantaneously to the Nd:YAG beam for increased coagulation and greater tissue
penetration when desired. In 1991, the Company introduced the "XP" module that
permits the laser systems to generate higher levels of laser energy. In 1994,
the Company introduced the "Orion(TM)" models of its KTP/532 and KTP/ YAG
lasers. The Orions are smaller, lower priced, lower power versions of its
KTP/532 and KTP/YAG lasers designed primarily for physician office applications
and the international marketplace. In 1995, the Company introduce the "Aura(TM)"
models of its KTP/532 lasers. The Aura is a compact, desk top size laser
designed for use in the offices of dermatologists, aesthetic and ear nose and
throat surgeons. The Company's laser systems are modular in nature and can be
upgraded to provide additional functionality and value to the customer.

The Company's photodynamic therapy (PDT) dye laser module is currently used in
conjunction with its KTP/532 system to deliver specific wavelengths to activate
photosensitizing drugs in the treatment of advanced esophageal cancer. This
investigational modality has received limited regulatory approval in Canada,
Europe, Japan, and the United States. The process to obtain additional approvals
may take several years and there is no assurance that the approvals will ever be
granted

Laserscope markets its products in the United States to hospitals, outpatient
surgical clinics and individual physician offices exclusively through its direct
sales force. The Company has established direct marketing and support

                                      -2-
<PAGE>   126
subsidiaries in the United Kingdom and in France, and has established
distributor relationships in several other countries. From inception through
December 31, 1995, the Company has sold approximately 1,600 laser systems.

SURGICAL LASER DEVELOPMENT

In recent years, cost containment and quality of care in the health care
industry have become increasingly important issues among health care providers
and government and private payers. These issues have been especially important
in surgery, leading to development and increased use of new techniques and
technologies. The result has been more efficient surgical procedures, greater
use of outpatient surgery, reduced hospital confinement and reduced time away
from the workplace.

The Company believes that these trends have created increased opportunities for
the use of laser surgery, especially in connection with less invasive, less
traumatic surgical procedures. These procedures include endoscopy and
laparoscopy, in which a small-diameter tube and an optical instrument are
inserted into the body through natural openings or small incisions. When used in
laser surgery, an optical fiber delivers the laser energy through the endoscope
to cut, coagulate or vaporize tissue. Endoscopic surgery is replacing certain
conventional open surgical procedures, which more often entail general
anesthesia, an extended hospital stay, extended time away from work and the
greater risks attendant to blood loss.

Certain types of lasers can also be used in microsurgery, in which a microscope
is used to view the surgical field. With a device known as a micromanipulator,
the laser beam can be focused and controlled more precisely than conventional
surgical instruments.

The Company believes that lasers are currently used only in a small percentage
of those procedures in which they may provide an advantage over conventional
methods. Although surgeons practicing in certain specialties, such as
gynecology, otolaryngology, urology, dermatology and ophthalmology, have adopted
lasers for many procedures, other specialties such as general surgery, aesthetic
surgery, orthopaedic and disk surgery may offer great potential but have not
been developed fully. Adoption increased in 1990 in general surgery principally
for laparoscopic cholecystectomy (gall bladder removal). During 1991, however,
many physicians who had initially used lasers for laparoscopic general surgery
reverted to conventional surgical tools and laser use for these applications
declined. The Company believes that the past limitations of medical laser
technology the lack of clinical training and the high cost of lasers are among
the factors that have prevented widespread acceptance of laser surgery to date.
To the extent that sufficient potential customers do not adopt lasers for use in
surgical applications or do not accept the Company's laser products for those
applications, a broad market for the Company's laser products may not develop.

In 1993 the Company began to explore the use of KTP/532 in the areas dermatology
and aesthetic surgery. These practitioners perform their services principally in
a non-hospital environment and deal with clientele who are direct payers. This
market has shown historical growth and could provide opportunities for the
Company provided its products are accepted. The Company's Orion and Aura systems
were specifically designed for this market.

In the 1960's and 1970's, argon gas lasers were adopted for ophthalmic and
dermatological procedures. In the 1980's, carbon dioxide (C02) lasers were
employed in surgery and they are currently used in a wide variety of procedures.

Lasers using neodymium yttrium-aluminum garnet (Nd:YAG) crystals were introduced
to the surgical laser market in the early 1980's. While the Nd:YAG beam may be
delivered through an optical fiber and is very effective for endoscopic
coagulation, it cannot be used safely for cutting and vaporizing because it may
penetrate too deeply. In an attempt to address this critical limitation,
sapphire tips have been developed that can be attached to the end of the optical
fiber. Nd:YAG lasers can also be used with sharpened, or sculptured fibers.
These fibers are brought to a sharp point.

Laserscope has developed a surgical laser system that it believes overcomes many
limitations of previous systems. The Company's system can effectively cut,
coagulate and vaporize tissue, and was developed specifically for use in
surgery. The wavelength of the Laserscope KTP/532 laser (532 nanometers) can be
used in a dry field or a fluid environment; therefore, it is well suited for
most surgical procedures. The beam is visible, which allows for precise aiming,
and may be delivered fiberoptically through an endoscope with a handpiece, with
a micromanipulator or with a specialized dermatology scanner. The KTP beam can
be used in contact or in near-contact with tissue. Further, these systems can

                                      -3-
<PAGE>   127
optionally be equipped with Nd:YAG capability to enhance coagulation and tissue
penetration where appropriate. The Company believes that these factors provide a
high degree of versatility and clinical utility to customers.

PHOTODYNAMIC THERAPY (PDT)

Photodynamic therapy is a diagnostic and treatment modality which utilizes a
drug which is photoactivated by laser irradiation. Patients are injected with a
photosensitizing drug. A period of 24 to 72 hours elapses to allow time for
absorption of the drug by malignant tissues or other abnormal cells and
elimination of the drug from normal tissues and blood serum. Tumor tissue or
serum products are then exposed directly to laser light for the purpose of
detecting or destroying abnormal cells. This treatment modality has the
advantage of displaying some degree of selectivity in killing abnormal cells.

Photodynamic therapy has been under investigation for over ten years. However,
recently, a number of drug companies in North America and Europe have
intensified their efforts to obtain regulatory clearances for this treatment
modality which have been granted for limited applications in the United States,
Canada, Europe and Japan. In February 1994, the Company entered into a
cooperative distribution, development and marketing agreement with QLT
Therapeutics, Inc. (formerly QuadraLogic Technologies, Inc.) of Vancouver,
Canada, a leader in photosensitizer drug development for PDT.

LASERSCOPE PRODUCTS

The Company operates in one business segment, the medical systems business. The
Company develops, manufactures, markets and supports surgical lasers and other
surgical systems, related instrumentation and disposable supplies. The Company
markets its products in the United States to hospitals, outpatient surgical
clinics and individual physician offices exclusively through its direct sales
force. The Company has established direct marketing and support subsidiaries in
the United Kingdom and France, and has established distributor relationships in
several other countries. Laserscope sells both KTP/532 and YAG/1064 Surgical
Laser Systems and also the dual wavelength KTP/YAG Surgical Laser System, which
provides both KTP and Nd:YAG wavelength capability in a single system. All these
systems are mobile and are designed to be modular and upgradeable in nature. The
Company's base systems are the KTP/532 fiber optic laser that delivers KTP laser
energy through a disposable fiber optic and the YAG/1064 laser that provides
similar capability with the Nd:Yag wavelength. Additional modules are also
available. First, dual wavelength capability may be added to provide a KTP/YAG
Surgical Laser System. Second, alternative nonfiber optic delivery capability
may be added to enable laser energy to be delivered through a microscope adapter
(for use primarily in ear, nose and throat applications and neurosurgery), or
through either a Dermastat(R) or Hexascan(TM) delivery system (for use in
dermatology). Third, higher laser power is available through the 'XP' module
introduced in 1991. The Orion models of the Company's KTP/532 and KTP/YAG
Surgical Laser Systems, which are available in two power levels, and the Aura
models of the Company's KTP/532 Surgical Laser Systems are lower priced, lower
maximum power capability units which have similar features to the higher powered
systems and also include the ability to employ the Company's SmartScan(TM)
scanning device with StarPulse(TM) for dermatological applications. The Series
600 Dye Laser Module, which is pumped by the KTP/532 laser system was introduced
in 1992 for applications in photodynamic therapy. This system provides the
highest powers currently available for the photoactivation of PDT drugs.

The Company also sells a line of delivery systems, disposable supplies,
instrumentation and other accessories. As the Company's installed base of
Surgical Laser Systems has continued to increase, revenue from sales of these
items has become an increasingly important component of the Company's overall
business.

The Company's KTP/532 Surgical Laser System utilizes a KTP crystal to produce a
high-power visible green surgical beam. Delivered through an optical fiber, this
beam can cut, coagulate or vaporize by adjusting the power, spot size and
proximity to the tissue. The system can be used either in direct contact or in
near-contact with tissue with the Company's disposable Endostat(TM) fibers. The
system can also be used in contact with tissue with the Company's Disposable
Sculptured Endostat fibers. The KTP/532 laser offers a high degree of surgical
precision. Target accuracy and exact spot size allow for minimal disruption of
normal tissue. In addition, the beam is highly absorbed in blood and pigment,
but passes safely through clear fluids, allowing surgery in most areas of the
body.

The KTP/532 system may be used with either a hand-held fiberoptic delivery
system, an endoscopic delivery system for minimally invasive surgery, with a
special microscopic adapter for microscopic surgery, with a scanning device for

                                      -4-
<PAGE>   128
use in dermatology or, with procedure-specific kits such as the KTP Disc Kit(TM)
and the Angled Delivery Device (ADD(TM)). The computerized laser system includes
a video display that provides instruction during each step of setup and laser
operation. The KTP/532 laser is field upgradeable so that new software and
delivery devices can be added easily to meet users' needs. In addition, current
models of the KTP/532 system are based on a modular design approach that allows
them to be upgraded in the field to include Nd:YAG capability and/or to provide
higher power levels.

In 1989, the Company began shipping the KTP/YAG dual wavelength laser system,
consisting of the KTP/532 Surgical Laser System and an additional Nd:YAG module
that allows the physician, using the same optical fiber, to switch between the
KTP wavelength and the Nd:YAG wavelength simply by pressing a button. The
KTP/532 wavelength can be selected for procedures requiring precise surgical
effects with minimal damage to surrounding tissue or microscopic applications.
The Nd:YAG beam can be used to provide superior coagulation effects and greater
tissue penetration when appropriate. The selected wavelength is indicated
clearly on the video display.

Laserscope offers a broad line of surgical instrumentation, disposables, kits
and other accessories for use with its surgical laser systems. These include
disposable fibers, disposable sculptured fibers, disposable coaxial fibers,
handpieces, microscope adapters, eye safety filters, safety glasses and goggles,
smoke evacuators and related disposable supplies, irrigation and aspiration
devices, a procedure-specific kit for lumbar disc decompression and the Hexascan
and Smartscan scanners for controlled laser delivery in dermatology.

In 1992, the Company introduced a product called the Angled Delivery Device
(ADD(TM)). The ADD product is used to deliver KTP or YAG laser energy at an
angle, making it ideal for cutting, coagulation and vaporizing tissue in
difficult to reach cylindrical cavities. In 1994, the Company introduced the
next generation ADDStat(TM) which is more flexible than the ADD, allowing the
surgeon greater ease of use. These devices have applications in urology as well
as other specialties.

The Company's disposable Endostat optical fibers are available in different
lengths and diameters for different surgical applications and preferences. The
Company's wide variety of Microstat(TM) handpieces, which are used to hold and
aim the optical fiber, give the surgeon the feel of a traditional surgical tool.
When used in contact with body tissue, they provide tactile feedback similar to
conventional surgery.

APPLICATIONS

Through December 31, 1995, the Company had obtained marketing clearances from
the U.S. Food and Drug Administration (FDA) through the Premarket Notification
(510(K)) process for its KTP/532 Surgical Laser System for a broad range of
applications in dermatology, plastic surgery, ear, nose, and throat surgery,
gastroenterology, general surgery, thoracic surgery, gynecology, neurosurgery,
ophthalmology, urology, and disc surgery. In all cases, the clearance applies to
both the base KTP/532 system and the "XP" module.

Laserscope's Nd:YAG module has marketing clearances for coagulating and
vaporizing in contact or non-contact with tissue for applications in gynecology,
ear, nose and throat surgery, urology, neurosurgery, gastroenterology, general
surgery, dermatology, plastic surgery, orthopedic surgery, thoracic surgery,
oculoplastics and pulmonary surgery.

Laserscope's 600 Series Dye Module has been cleared in Canada for use with
Photofrin(R) for treatment of recurrent superficial papillary bladder cancer and
in the Netherlands for use with Photofrin for treatment of esophageal and lung
cancer and in the United States for the palliation of esophageal cancer. It is
under investigation for other applications and the Company is seeking further
regulatory approvals in the United States, other European countries and Japan.

Laserscope believes that increased awareness of both the benefits of laser
surgery and the drawbacks of conventional surgery is one of the most important
factors in expanding the market for its laser and laser-based products. As a
result, the Company has designed its marketing and sales strategy around a
strong educational effort to promote awareness of the versatility, safety and
cost-effectiveness of its surgical laser systems.

Laserscope promotes its products through trade shows and exhibits covering most
of the surgical specialties, medical journal advertising and direct mailings.
The Company supports and participates in a substantial number of workshops and
seminars. The workshops usually include a demonstration of the Company's laser
systems and provide surgeons 

                                      -5-
<PAGE>   129
with direct experience using the Company's products. Another important source of
product promotion comes from referrals within the medical community.

Laserscope markets its products to large teaching hospitals, small community
hospitals, free-standing outpatient surgery centers and individual physician
offices throughout the United States. The Company concentrates its marketing
efforts for its laser products on high volume surgical procedures where
conventional surgical techniques can be readily replaced by laser surgery. As
with many types of advanced medical equipment, the sales cycle for the Company's
laser systems is relatively long, frequently lasting several months from initial
sales call to receipt of a purchase order. In the case of hospitals, the
decision to purchase the Company's laser systems is typically made by a
committee consisting of health care professionals and hospital administrators.
This decision process makes breadth of applications and versatility of products
important issues.

The Company's U.S. sales efforts are managed by the Vice President of Marketing
and Sales. The sales organization includes a laser sales force that addresses
the hospital-based market and the office based dermatology/plastic surgery
market for laser systems. In addition, the Company has an accessory sales force
that both provide educational support and sell the Company's surgical
instrumentation, disposable supplies and accessories. Finally, the Company has
an in-house Customer Response Center which provides clinical assistance to users
on the application of the Company's products.

The Company has made a significant investment in building its direct sales
organization within the United States. At December 31, 1995, the Company's
direct sales force included approximately 16 people. Each of these individuals
is experienced in the sale of medical products, and each is compensated on a
salary plus commission basis. Laserscope believes that its own employees can
develop more productive and permanent relationships with customers than can
independent representatives or distributor organizations.

INTERNATIONAL SALES

Through December 31, 1995, most of the Company's revenues have been generated
from customers located in the United States. However, during the past five years
the Company has increased its sales efforts into international markets and
during 1991 obtained necessary regulatory clearances of certain overseas markets
including Japan. Sales outside the United States generated approximately twenty
three percent of the Company's revenues in 1995, seventeen percent in 1994, and
thirteen percent in 1993. The Company's sales outside the U.S. are subject to
certain risks common to all export activities, such as governmental regulation,
export license requirements and the risk of imposition of tariffs or other trade
barriers.

In Europe, the Company has direct sales and service operations in the U.K. and
in France and currently has or is seeking distributor relationships in the rest
of Europe. The Company established its U.K. subsidiary in 1989 and its French
subsidiary in 1993. Both these subsidiaries market and support the Company's
laser products directly to the local markets and support the management of
European distributor relationships. During 1992, the Company terminated its
agreement with its former principal European distributor and is seeking new
distributor relationships on a country-by-country basis. To date distribution
agreements are in place for Germany, Switzerland, Austria, Portugal, Sweden,
Norway, Denmark, and Greece. In Pacific Rim countries, distributors or agents
have been appointed to sell and service the Company's products in Australia,
China, Korea, Singapore, Taiwan, Thailand, Indonesia and Malaysia. The Company
also has distributors in Saudi Arabia and Turkey. Under terms of the Company's
standard distribution agreement, these distributors cannot sell products offered
by the Company's competitors.

In March 1990, the Company entered into a multi-year agreement with Hoya
Corporation (Hoya) of Japan for the exclusive distribution of the Company's
laser products in Japan. Since 1990, Hoya has been responsible for obtaining the
required approvals from the Japanese Authorities for new products as well as
participating in clinical studies of new applications. Approval was received
from the Japanese Ministry of Health and Welfare in December 1991 for the
importation of certain of the Company's lasers and delivery devices into Japan.
In 1993, Hoya obtained approvals for the Company's Angled Delivery Device. In
1995, Hoya also obtained approvals for the Company's ADDStat Device and Orion
laser system.

In March 1995, the Company entered into an agreement with NWL Laser-Technologie
("NWL") whereby the Company paid NWL approximately $1.6 million in exchange for
a cross-distribution and development agreement, a current minority equity
position in NWL and an option to purchase all of the ownership interests in NWL.
These 

                                      -6-
<PAGE>   130
assets are carried at cost. If the Company does not exercise its option to
purchase NWL by June 1997, there will be no reimbursement of the Company's
investment and the Company's equity position will be relinquished. If the
Company exercises its option, the remaining purchase price will be paid over
three and one half years from the exercise date. As of December 31,1995 the
Company believes that it will exercise its purchase option.

Sales to International markets in 1995, 1994 and 1993 accounted for
approximately 23%, 17% and 13%, respectively, of the Company's net sales. The
Company expects that international sales will continue to represent a
significant percentage of net sales. The Company desires to continue to expand
its operations outside of the United States and to enter additional
international markets, which will require significant management attention and
financial resources and subject the Company further to the risks of operating
internationally. These risks include unexpected changes in regulatory
requirements, delays resulting from difficulty in obtaining export licenses for
certain technology, tariffs and other barriers and restrictions, and the burdens
of complying with a variety of foreign laws. The Company is also subject to
general geopolitical risks in connection with its international operations, such
as political and economic instability and changes in diplomatic and trade
relationships. The Company cannot predict whether quotas, duties, taxes or other
charges or restrictions will be imposed by the United States, Japan, countries
in the European Union or other countries upon the import or export of the
Company's products in the future, or what effect any such actions would have on
its business, financial condition or results of operations. In addition,
fluctuations in currency exchange rates may negatively impact the Company's
ability to compete in terms of price against products denominated in local
currencies. In addition, there can be no assurance that regulatory, geopolitical
and other factors will not adversely impact the Company's operations in the
future or require the Company to modify its current business practices.

INSTALLATION, SERVICE AND SUPPORT

A direct field service organization provides installation and service for the
Company's products. The Company generally provides a 12-month warranty on its
laser systems. After the warranty period, maintenance support is provided on a
variety of service contract bases or on an individual call basis. In November
1991, the Company announced a "99% Uptime Guarantee" related to 800 series laser
systems shipped after November 1, 1991. This guarantee has also been given for
Orion laser systems. Under provisions of this guarantee, the Company extends the
term of the related warranty or contract if specified system uptime levels are
not maintained. The Company's experience to date under this program has exceeded
99% uptime.

RESEARCH AND DEVELOPMENT

The Company operates in an industry that is subject to rapid technological
changes and its ability to remain competitive depends on, among other things,
its ability to anticipate such change. As a result, the Company has devoted and
will continue to devote substantial resources to research and development.
Laserscope's current research and development programs are directed toward the
development of new products and enhancements to existing laser, instrumentation
and disposable products. Much of the Company's laser product development efforts
have built on the earlier basic research of Du Pont related to the KTP crystal.
A major element of the Company's current product development effort is related
to instrumentation and disposable products. Expenditures for research and
development were approximately $3.8 million, $3.6 million, and $4.0 million and
in 1995, 1994 and 1993, respectively. The Company's research and development
staff numbered 23 full time employees at December 31, 1995.

No assurance can be given that the Company will be successful in designing,
manufacturing or selling its enhanced or new products in a timely manner. Nor
can any assurance be given that a competitor could not introduce a new or
enhanced product or technology that could have an adverse effect on the
Company's competitive position.

MANUFACTURING

Laserscope manufactures its own components and subassemblies only when it can
add significant value by doing so or when the devices have strong proprietary
design content. Accordingly, the Company manufactures the laser resonators used
in its laser systems, the system chassis and certain accessories. The Company's
laser manufacturing operations concentrate on the assembly and test of
components and subassemblies manufactured to the Company's designs and
specifications by outside vendors. The Company believes that it has sufficient
manufacturing capacity in its present facilities to support current operations
at least through the end of 1996.

                                      -7-
<PAGE>   131
In addition to its laser manufacturing capability, the Company established an
expanded production facility for certain of its disposable products during 1992.
The Company's Endostat fibers, KTP Disc Kit, and Angled Delivery Devices(ADD and
ADDStat) are manufactured in this facility.

Certain of the components used in the Company's products, including KTP
crystals, molded and cast components, power supplies, and certain optical
components, are purchased from single sources. While the Company believes that
most of these components are available from alternate sources, an interruption
of these or other supplies could adversely affect the Company. KTP crystals are
currently available at appropriate quality levels from only one supplier, a
division of Litton Industries. This supplier has a second crystal growing and
fabrication facility at a second location in the United States geographically
isolated from its original production facility. While the Company believes that
an alternative supplier of KTP crystals could be qualified, if the supply of
crystals from the present supplier were interrupted there could be an adverse
effect on the Company's business and results of operations.

COMPETITION

The Medical laser market is highly competitive. The ability of the Company to
compete effectively depends on such factors as market acceptance of its laser
systems, product performance and price, customer support, and success and timing
of new product development by the Company and its competitors. Some of the
Company's current and prospective competitors have or may have significantly
greater financial, technical, manufacturing and marketing resources than the
Company.

Laserscope competes in the nonophthalmic surgical segment of the worldwide
medical laser market, in which lasers are used in hospital operating rooms,
outpatient surgery centers and individual physician offices for a wide variety
of procedures. A large number of companies have entered the surgical laser
market over the past several years, certain of which have significantly greater
financial and other resources than the Company. Certain surgical laser
manufacturers have targeted their efforts on narrow segments of the market, such
as angioplasty and lithotripsy. To the extent that their products compete for
the same capital equipment funds, these manufacturers may be deemed to compete
with the Company. More generally, surgical laser manufacturers such as
Laserscope compete with standard surgical methods and other medical
technologies.

The Company believes that the primary competitive factors within the surgical
laser market are the breadth of surgical capabilities provided by surgical
lasers, the level of customer service and support, safety and price. Laserscope
believes that its KTP/532, YAG/1064 and KTP/YAG dual wavelength systems deliver
a broader range of surgical capabilities than competing systems and that it has
an effective customer support program. The Company also believes that its laser
products offer more versatility than systems offered by its primary competitors,
because of the dual wavelength feature of the KTP/YAG system, the modular design
of the Company's laser systems, the ability to deliver laser energy via optical
fibers, a micromanipulator or via other delivery devices such as the Dermastat,
Hexascan and Smartscan devices, and the ability to operate either in contact or
in near contact with tissue. The Company believes that these features, as well
as the broad range of power capabilities from its high power, 800 series laser
with XP to its lowest power Aura, position its laser systems to have
price/performance flexibility.

PATENTS AND LICENSES

While the Company believes the patents that it has and for which it has applied
are of value, other factors are of greater competitive importance. The Company
holds several patents issued in the United States, generally covering surgical
laser systems, delivery devices, calibration inserts, the laser resonator and
the connector used to attach disposable and reusable instrumentation to the
Company's laser systems.

In 1986, the Company acquired a license under certain United States patents from
Du Pont relating to KTP and related crystalline material used in the Company's
laser systems for $270,000. The license was exclusive for in vivo diagnostic and
therapeutic applications of KTP material. Although the license has a 15-year
term expiring in 2001, the principal patent licensed under this agreement
expired in April 1993. Accordingly, the use by competitors of a key component in
the Company's surgical laser systems has not been prohibited since the
expiration date. Under the terms of the Company's license, the Company is
required to achieve certain minimum sales of systems using KTP material to
maintain the license. In addition, Du Pont has sole discretion whether or not to
enforce the license against infringers. While the Company believes that it has
developed proprietary technology that will be difficult for competitors to
replicate without substantial time and expense, and while additional patents
have issued or have been applied for by 

                                      -8-
<PAGE>   132
the Company, there can be no assurance that others will not develop
substantially equivalent proprietary technology or otherwise obtain access to
the Company's know-how.

In February 1989, the Company entered into a license agreement with Patlex
Corporation (Patlex) for a license under the basic laser patents issued to Mr.
Gordon Gould, for whom Patlex is the exclusive licensing agent. The license
requires the Company to pay a royalty based on the net sales price of components
covered by the Gould patents. The Company believes that royalty payments due
under this agreement have not been and are not expected to be material to the
Company's results of operations. The Company believes that substantially all of
its competitors have also entered into license agreements with Patlex.

In April 1992, the Company entered into an exclusive, worldwide, license
agreement with PDT, Inc. (PDTI) for licenses under the dye laser patents issued
to PDTI. The licenses, which expire in April 1999, allow the Company to
sublicense, manufacture, have manufactured, use, lease and sell the dye laser.
Under the terms of the agreement, PDTI retains ownership of the intellectual
property licensed to the Company under the agreement and has the right to
manufacture, have manufactured, use, lease, and sell the dye laser for use in
photodynamic therapy with PDTI photodynamic drugs. To acquire the licenses, the
Company paid PDTI $400,000 and provided PDTI certain laser equipment. Under the
terms of the license, the Company must pay a royalty to PDTI based on the net
sales price of Dye Lasers sold by the Company. The agreement sets forth certain
minimum sales levels for PDT dye lasers which become effective when there is
final regulatory approval with respect to a photodynamic drug in a major
photodynamic therapy market. Japan and the United States qualify as major
photodynamic therapy markets and such approvals were granted during 1995.

GOVERNMENT REGULATION

Government regulation in the U.S. and other countries is a significant factor in
the development, manufacturing and marketing of many of the Company's products
and in the Company's ongoing research and development activities.

The Company and its products are regulated by the FDA under statutory
authorities, including the Federal Food, Drug and Cosmetic Act (the "FDC Act")
and the Radiation Control for Health and Safety Act.

The FDC Act provides two basic review procedures for medical devices. Certain
products may qualify for a Section 510(k) ("510(k)") procedure under which the
manufacturer gives the FDA premarket notification of the manufacturer's
intention to commence marketing the product. The manufacturer must, among other
things, establish that the product to be marketed is "substantially equivalent"
to a previously marketed product. In some cases, the manufacturer may be
required to include clinical data gathered under an investigational device
exemption ("IDE") granted by the FDA allowing human clinical studies.

If the product does not qualify for the 510(k) procedure, the manufacturer must
file a premarket approval application ("PMA") based on testing intended to
demonstrate that the product is both safe and effective. The PMA requires more
extensive clinical testing than the 510(k) procedure and generally involves a
significantly longer FDA review process. Approval of a PMA allowing commercial
sale of a product requires preclinical laboratory and animal tests and human
clinical studies conducted under an IDE establishing safety and effectiveness.
Generally, because of the amount of information required, the 510(k) procedure
takes less time than the PMA procedure.

To date, all of the Company's products (except for the 600 Series Dye Module)
have been marketed through the 510(k) procedure. Future applications, however,
may require clearance through the PMA procedure. There can be no assurance that
such marketing clearances can be obtained on a timely basis. Delays in receiving
such clearances could have a significant adverse impact on the Company. The FDA
may also require post-market testing and surveillance programs to monitor
certain products.

Certain other countries require the Company to obtain clearances for its
products prior to marketing the products in those countries. The requirements
vary widely from country to country and are subject to change. The European
community is in the process of developing a new approach to the regulation of
medical products which may significantly change how medical devices are marketed
in those countries within the next several years. In February 1996, the Company
achieved ISO 9001 and CE Mark registration in anticipation of this approach.

                                      -9-
<PAGE>   133
The Company is also required to register with the FDA and state agencies, such
as the Food and Drug Branch of the California Department of Health Services, as
a medical device manufacturer. The Company is inspected on a routine basis by
both the FDA and the State of California for compliance with the FDA's Current
Good Manufacturing Practice regulations. Those regulations impose certain
procedural and documentation requirements upon the Company with respect to
manufacturing, testing, and quality control activities. If violations of
applicable regulations are noted during these inspections, the continued
marketing of any products manufactured by the Company may be adversely affected.

In addition, the Company's laser products are covered by a performance standard
for laser products set forth in FDA regulations. The laser performance standard
imposes certain specific record keeping, reporting, product testing, and product
labeling requirements on the Company. These requirements also include affixing
warning labels to the Company's laser systems, as well as the incorporation of
certain safety features in the design of the Company's products. The Company
believes that it is in material compliance with all of these requirements.

In 1983, regulations were adopted under the Medicare program for the
reimbursement of health care costs based on Diagnostic Related Groups (DRGs).
The DRG regulations limit the dollar amount that a hospital may be reimbursed
depending on the nature of the diagnosis. This provides an incentive for the
hospital to treat a patient in the most cost-effective manner since the
reimbursement will be fixed, regardless of how much it costs the hospital to
provide the treatment. Changes in DRG regulations, such as those relating to
reimbursement of capital equipment costs, could have an adverse effect on the
Company. These regulations also influence reimbursements by private insurance
companies. Changes in insurance coverage could impact such reimbursements and
thereby adversely affect future sales of the Company's products.

Complying with applicable governmental regulations and obtaining necessary
clearances or approvals can be time consuming and expensive, and there can be no
assurance that regulatory review will not involve delays or other actions
adversely affecting the marketing and sale of the Company's products. The
Company also cannot predict the extent or impact of future legislation or
regulations.

During the past four years, there has been substantial debate in the political
arena related to prospective changes in the U.S. healthcare system. Cost
containment is a major element of these policy reviews and to the extent that
new policies and practices curtail hospital capital equipment and supplies
procurement patterns or dictate which surgical procedures will be covered by
applicable insurance or government funded or subsidized programs, this could
have a negative impact on the Company.

The Company is also subject to regulation under federal and state laws
regarding, among other things, occupational safety, the use and handling of
hazardous materials and protection of the environment. The Company believes that
it is in material compliance with these requirements.

PRODUCT LIABILITY EXPOSURE

The business of the Company entails the risk of product liability claims. The
Company has experienced product liability claims from time to time, which it
believes are ordinary for its business. While it is not feasible to predict or
determine the outcome of the actions brought against it, the Company believes
that these actions will not ultimately have a material adverse impact on the
Company's financial position or results of operations. At present, the Company
maintains product liability insurance on a "claims made" basis with coverage of
$10,000,000 in the aggregate and a deductible of $100,000 per occurrence and an
annual maximum aggregate deductible of $500,000. There is no assurance that such
insurance will be available at a reasonable cost, if at all, in the future, nor
can there be any assurance that other claims will not be brought against the
Company which would exceed applicable insurance coverage.

EMPLOYEES

At December 31, 1995, the Company had 174 full-time employees. Of these
employees, 21 were engaged in research and development, 50 in manufacturing and
quality assurance, 78 in sales, marketing and customer service and 25 in
administration. The Company believes that it maintains competitive compensation,
benefit, equity participation and work environment policies to assist in
attracting and retaining qualified personnel. The Company believes that the
success of its business will depend, in part, on its ability to attract and
retain such personnel. The loss or failure to 

                                      -10-
<PAGE>   134
recruit key personnel could have a materially adverse effect on the Company. The
Company is not a party to any collective bargaining agreements and considers its
relations with its employees to be good.

FACTORS AFFECTING FINANCIAL RESULTS AND STOCK PRICE

A number of factors affect the Company's financial results and stock price,
especially on a quarterly basis. One such factor is timing of shipments. The
Company's laser products are relatively expensive pieces of medical capital
equipment and the precise shipment date of specific units can have a marked
effect on the Company's results of operations on a quarterly basis. Any delay in
product shipments near the end of a quarter could cause quarterly results to
fall short of anticipated levels. Another related factor is the timing of
orders. To the extent orders are received by the Company near the end of a
quarter, the Company may not be able to fulfill the order during the balance of
that same quarter. In addition, the Company typically receives a
disproportionate percentage of its orders toward the end of each quarter. To the
extent that anticipated orders are not received or are delayed beyond the end of
the applicable quarter, the Company's revenues may be adversely affected and the
Company's revenues may be unpredictable from quarter to quarter. Further, there
can be no assurance that revenue growth or profitability on a quarterly or
annual basis will be accomplished.

The market price of the Company's common stock may be subject to significant
fluctuations. These fluctuations may be due to factors specific to the Company,
such as quarterly fluctuations in the Company's financial results, changes in
analysts' estimates of future results, changes in investors' perceptions of the
Company or the announcement of new or enhanced products by the Company or its
competitors. In addition, such fluctuations may be due to or exacerbated by
general conditions in the medical equipment industry or conditions in the
financial markets generally.

EXECUTIVE OFFICERS OF THE COMPANY

The following sets forth certain information with respect to the executive
officers of the Company, and their ages as of December 31, 1995:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
          Name                                       Age                Position
- -------------------------                            ---      ------------------------------
<S>                                                  <C>      <C>
Benjamin L. Holmes...............................    61       Chairman of the Board and Director
Robert V. McCormick..............................    51       President, Chief Executive Officer and
                                                              Director
Thomas B. Boyd...................................    49       Senior Vice President of Operations and
                                                              Finance
Roy Fiebiger.....................................    41       Vice President of Marketing and Sales
Bonnie Jones ....................................    47       Vice President of Human Resources
Dennis LaLumandiere..............................    42       Vice President of Finance and Chief
                                                              Financial Officer
</TABLE>

Benjamin L. Holmes has been a director of the Company since January 1992 and was
appointed Chairman of the Board of Directors in June 1992. Mr. Holmes was
General Manager of the Medical Products Group of Hewlett-Packard Company ("HP")
from 1983, and a Vice President of HP, from 1985 until his retirement in October
1995. Mr. Holmes is a member of the Board of Directors of Project HOPE and the
Massachusetts High Technology Council. He is also a member of the Massachusetts
Governor's Council on Economic Growth and Technology, Commissioner of the
Massachusetts Universal Health Care Commission, and a member of the Board on
Health Care Service, Institute of Medicine, National Academy of Sciences. He is
also Past Chairman of the Board of Directors of the Health Industry
Manufacturers Association (HIMA).

Robert V. McCormick has been President of the Company since December 1991 and
Chief Executive Officer since July 1992. Between December 1991 and July 1992 he
also served as the Company's Chief Operating Officer. He has been a director of
the Company since July 1992. Mr. McCormick also served as the Company's Senior
Vice President of Marketing and Field Operations from April 1991 to December
1991. Mr. McCormick was employed by Acuson Corporation, a manufacturer of
medical imaging equipment, from 1983 to April 1991 in a variety of sales and
marketing executive positions culminating as Vice President of Marketing and
Field Operations.


                                      -11-
<PAGE>   135
Thomas B. Boyd was hired as Senior Vice President of Operations and Finance in
April 1994. Prior to joining Laserscope, from January 1992 to March 1994, Mr.
Boyd was Vice President of Operations for American Safety Razor (ASR) Co., a
consumer and medical products company. From August 1975 to December 1991 he was
employed by Baxter Healthcare Corporation, an international manufacturer and
distributor of healthcare products, in various financial and operations
management positions including Vice President of Manufacturing from September
1989 to December 1991.

Roy Fiebiger was hired as Vice President of Marketing in September 1995 and was
promoted to Vice President of Marketing and Sales in November 1995. Prior to his
employment with Laserscope, from November 1994 to August 1995, Mr. Fiebiger was
President and Chief Executive Officer of EnVision Surgical Systems, a private,
development stage medical device company. From April 1991 to October 1994, Mr.
Fiebiger was Executive Vice President and Chief Operating Officer for Norian
Corporation, a development stage medical device company, and from August 1984 to
March 1991 he was Vice President of Sales and Marketing for Techmedica, a
medical device company.

Bonnie Jones has been employed with the Company since November 1988 when she was
hired as Laserscope's first Personnel Manager. She was promoted to Director of
Personnel in June 1991 and Vice President of Human Resources in June 1993. Prior
to working for the Company, she was as an independent consultant for various
companies and Director of Personnel for Humphrey Instruments, an ophthalmic
instruments company. Ms. Jones worked at Humphrey from 1982 through 1987.

Dennis LaLumandiere has been employed with the Company since September 1989 when
he was hired as Laserscope's Corporate Controller. He was promoted to Vice
President of Finance in February 1995 and appointed Chief Financial Officer in
February 1996. Prior to working for the Company, he held various financial and
operations management positions at Raychem Corporation, a multinational
materials science company. Mr. LaLumandiere was employed by Raychem from 1983 to
1989.

ITEM 2. PROPERTIES

The Company leases three buildings aggregating approximately 91,000 square feet
in San Jose, California under leases expiring in February 2001. The Company has
options to extend the leases at the then-current market rates. These facilities
house the Company's research and development and manufacturing operations as
well as the Company's principal sales, marketing, service and administrative
offices. During 1990, the Company leased additional space to accommodate the
manufacture of certain accessories and disposables and to increase production
capacity for its laser systems. During the past three years shipments of the
Company's laser systems declined from the levels of 1990 and, accordingly, the
Company has production capacity in excess of its current shipment level. During
1992, the production of certain disposable products, previously performed by an
outside vendor, was brought in house to utilize more fully the Company's
capacity. The Company believes that these facilities are suitable for its
current operations and are adequate to support those operations at least through
the end of 1995. The Company has also leased small offices in the United Kingdom
and France where the Company's local sales and marketing staffs are based.

ITEM 3. LEGAL PROCEEDINGS

On January 6, 1995, Xintec Corporation (Xintec) filed an action against
Laserscope in the United States District Court for the Northern District of
California, alleging intentional interference with economic advantage, negligent
interference with economic advantage, slander of title, trade liable and
antitrust violations all in connection with Xintec's right to repair the
Company's delivery systems and to distribute Xintec's multi-use connector
adapter and optical fibers, and seeking among other things, declaratory relief
(including a declaration of noninfringement) and money damages for alleged
business torts. Laserscope filed its answer and counterclaim on February 17,
1995. The Company has counterclaimed as to patent infringement, unfair
competition, contractual relations, prospective economic advantage and
conversion. Upon completion of informal discovery, the parties agreed not to
pursue the litigation and a Stipulation of Dismissal (without prejudice) was
filed on October 24, 1995.

The Company is a party to various legal proceedings arising in the normal course
of its business. These actions may include product liability and
employee-related issues. While it is not feasible to predict or determine the
outcome of the actions brought against it, the Company believes that the
ultimate resolution of these claims will not ultimately have a material adverse
impact on the Company's financial position or results of operations.

                                      -12-
<PAGE>   136
ITEM 4. SUBMISSION OF MATTERS TO A VOTE OF SECURITY HOLDERS

Not Applicable.

                                     PART II

ITEM 5. MARKET FOR THE REGISTRANT'S COMMON STOCK AND SHAREHOLDER MATTERS

The Company's common stock is traded on the Nasdaq National Market under the
symbol LSCP. As of December 31, 1995 the Company had approximately 1,000
shareholders of record.

The following table shows the Company's high and low selling prices for the
years ended December 31, 1995 and December 31, 1994 as reported by Nasdaq:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                            1995
                                             ----------------------------------
                                             High Bid                   Low Bid
                                             --------                   -------
<S>                                          <C>                        <C>
         First Quarter                       $ 4 3/8                    $ 3 1/2
         Second Quarter                      $ 4 1/2                    $ 3 3/8
         Third Quarter                       $ 5 1/8                    $ 3 1/4
         Fourth Quarter                      $ 4                        $ 1 1/2

<CAPTION>
                                                            1994
                                             ----------------------------------
                                             High Bid                   Low Bid
                                             --------                   -------
<S>                                          <C>                        <C>
         First Quarter                       $ 7 1/8                    $ 5 1/8
         Second Quarter                      $ 7                        $ 4 3/8
         Third Quarter                       $ 5 3/8                    $ 3 1/8
         Fourth Quarter                      $ 4 7/8                    $ 3 1/2
</TABLE>

The Company has not paid dividends on its common stock and has no present plans
to do so. Provisions of the Company's bank line of credit prohibit the payment
of dividends without the bank's permission.

                                      -13-
<PAGE>   137
ITEM 6. SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA

               (THOUSANDS EXCEPT PER SHARE AMOUNTS)

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS DATA:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                         1995         1994         1993        1992         1991
                         ----         ----         ----        ----         ----
<S>                  <C>          <C>          <C>         <C>          <C>     
Net revenue          $ 30,133     $ 36,320     $ 37,831    $ 35,963     $ 41,893

Net income (loss)      (3,552)        (931)         589      (4,421)      (5,212)

Net income (loss)
  per share             (0.51)       (0.13)        0.09       (0.66)       (0.79)
</TABLE>

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEET DATA (AT END OF PERIOD):

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                1995       1994       1993       1992       1991
                                ----       ----       ----       ----       ----
<S>                          <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>    
Cash, cash equivalents &
 short-term investments      $ 2,278    $ 6,602    $ 8,144    $10,143    $12,707

Working capital               12,564     16,825     17,132     16,219     20,157

Total assets                  23,582     27,321     29,301     30,242     35,394

Capital leases (excluding
 current portion)                 15         27         26         97        465

Shareholders' equity          17,326     20,901     21,234     20,182     24,208
</TABLE>

CONSOLIDATED QUARTERLY STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS DATA (UNAUDITED):

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                               THREE MONTHS ENDED
                                               ------------------
                                  MAR 31,     JUN 30,      SEP 30,      DEC 31,
                                  -------     -------      -------      -------
<S>                              <C>         <C>          <C>          <C>     
1995
- ----
Net revenues                     $  9,215    $  6,879     $  7,048     $  6,991

Gross Margin                        4,832       3,801        3,463        3,245

Net income (loss)                     251        (835)      (1,259)      (1,709)

Net income (loss) per share          0.04       (0.12)       (0.18)       (0.25)

1994
- ----
Net revenues                     $  9,124    $  8,232     $  8,769     $ 10,195

Gross Margin                        5,078       4,299        4,828        5,197

Net income (loss)                     180      (1,560)         178          271

Net income (loss) per share          0.03       (0.23)        0.03         0.04
</TABLE>

                                      -14-
<PAGE>   138
ITEM 7. MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS
        OF OPERATIONS

FINANCIAL REVIEW - RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

The following table sets forth certain data from the Company's consolidated
statement of operations, expressed as a percentage of net revenues:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                  1995        1994        1993
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                              <C>         <C>         <C>   
Net revenues                                      100.0%      100.0%      100.0%
Cost of sales                                      49.1        46.6        42.2
                                                 ------      ------      ------
Gross margin                                       50.9        53.4        57.8
Operating expenses:
     Research and development                      12.7         9.9        10.7
     Selling, general and administrative           50.9        46.8        46.2
                                                 ------      ------      ------
                                                   63.6        56.7        56.9
Operating income (loss)                           (12.7)       (3.3)         .9
Interest and other income, net                       .9          .7          .9
                                                 ------      ------      ------
Income (loss) before income taxes                 (11.8)       (2.6)        1.8

Provision for income taxes                         --          --            .2
                                                 ------      ------      ------

Net income (loss)                                 (11.8)%      (2.6)%       1.6%
                                                 ======      ======      ======
</TABLE>

The Company sells its laser system products to hospitals, outpatient surgery
centers and individual physicians in the United States, Europe, the Middle East
and the Pacific Rim for multispecialty use in a wide range of surgical and
therapeutic applications. The Company's sales in the U.S. are through its own
direct sales force. The Company's export sales, which are generated by its
wholly and majority owned subsidiaries in the United Kingdom and France and by
independent distributors in the rest of the world, are denominated in the local
currencies of the United Kingdom and France, and in U.S. dollars in the rest of
the world.

During 1995, the Company's revenues decreased 17% from 1994 which is the
combined result of lower product and service revenues. During 1995, the
Company's revenues from the sales of capital equipment declined 19% due to lower
unit shipments of lasers and lower average selling prices than in 1994. The
Company believes that the continuing trend towards reduced health care costs in
the United States is still a factor which continued to impact negatively capital
equipment procurement by its customers during 1995.

The Company's net revenues from the sales of products during the year ended
December 31, 1995 were also affected negatively by lower shipments of its
disposable supplies and instrumentation which were 18% lower in 1995 than in
1994. The Company believes that this was due primarily to lower shipments of its
side-firing devices due to fewer laser prostate surgeries being performed during
this period than in 1994. This was caused principally by increased drug
treatment for those patients with mild to moderate prostate disorders as well as
adoption of alternative electrosurgical techniques to perform prostate
surgeries.

The Company's net revenues from the sales of services during the year ended
December 31, 1995 were 9% lower than in the year ended December 31, 1994. The
declines reflect price erosion due to restructuring of the Company's contract
programs in response to competitive pressures and reduced customer acceptance of
service contracts.

In 1994, the Company's revenues decreased 4% from 1993 primarily due to weaker
demand for capital equipment in the United States which resulted in lower
shipments of its lasers partially offset by higher shipments of its
instrumentation, disposable supplies and service. The Company believes that
pressure to reduce health care costs in the United States and uncertainty
concerning health care reform were factors which negatively impacted capital
equipment procurement by its customers and resulted in lower shipments of the
Company's lasers.

Revenues from sales of instrumentation and disposable supplies represented
approximately 50% of total revenues in each of the years ended December 31, 1995
and 1994, and 43% of total revenues in 1993. Revenues from sales of service
represented approximately 17% of total revenues in 1995 and 16% of total
revenues in each of 1994 and 1993, 

                                      -15-
<PAGE>   139
respectively. The Company expects that revenues from the sales of
instrumentation and disposable supplies will be dependent on its ability to
increase its installed base of systems and to promote and develop surgical
procedures which use its laser systems, instrumentation and disposable supplies.

The Company believes that the acceptance of lasers in aesthetic surgery,
dermatology, urology and ear, nose and throat surgery, will continue to be
significant to its business. In addition, the adoption of photodynamic therapy
by medical practitioners also will be important. The Company continues to invest
in the development of new instrumentation for emerging surgical applications and
to educate surgeons in the U.S. and internationally to encourage the adoption of
such new applications. Finally, penetration of the international market,
although increasing, has been limited and the Company continues to view this as
a significant opportunity. International revenues accounted for approximately
23%, 17% and 13% of total revenues in 1995, 1994 and 1993, respectively.

The Company's product gross margin as a percentage of net revenues was 53.8%,
55.3% and 58.9% in 1995, 1994 and 1993, respectively. In 1994, the Company
implemented programs to reduce inventory levels, which, coupled with a 4%
reduction in its product revenues, resulted in lower production volumes and
unfavorable manufacturing variances. During 1995, a 19% reduction in its product
revenues caused further reductions in production volumes and greater unfavorable
manufacturing variances and thus a further reduction in product gross margin as
a percentage of net revenues. The Company expects that product gross margin as a
percentage of sales may vary from quarter to quarter during 1996 as it continues
to balance production volumes and inventory levels with product demand, and as
product and distribution mix varies.

Gross margin from service activities as a percentage of net revenues was 36.7%
in 1995, 43.3% in 1994, and 51.2% in 1993. The declines reflect price erosion
due to restructuring of the Company's contract programs in response to
competitive pressures and reduced customer acceptance of service contracts. The
Company expects that gross margin from service activities as a percentage of net
revenues will continue to be influenced by these factors and will remain at or
below 1995 levels at least for the next several quarters.

Research and development expenses are the result of activities related to the
development of new laser, instrumentation and disposable products and the
enhancement of the Company's existing products. In 1995, amounts spent on
research and development increased 7% due principally to expenses incurred in
the development of the Company's Aura laser system. As a result of expense
reduction efforts, amounts spent on research and development decreased 11% in
1994. As a percentage of revenues, research and development spending was 12.7%
in 1995, 9.9% in 1994 and 10.7% in 1993. The Company expects to continue to make
significant investments in research and development during 1996 and beyond.

Selling, general and administrative expenses as a percentage of net revenues
were 50.9% in 1995, 46.8% in 1994, and 46.2% in 1993. In absolute terms, these
expenses decreased $1.6 million during 1995 and $0.5 million during 1994. These
decreases are the result of expense control measures originally taken by the
Company in 1992 which continued through 1995. As a result, the Company expects
that selling, general and administrative expenses to be somewhat lower, in
absolute terms, in 1996 than in 1995 unless the revenue base increases
significantly. However, as a percentage of revenues, selling, general and
administrative expenses are expected to remain at relatively high levels during
1996 since the Company expects to continue to invest significant amounts in
international expansion, marketing programs and educational support.

During 1995 and 1994 the Company recorded no income tax provision due to its net
losses during these periods. In 1993 the Company recorded an income tax
provision with an effective tax rate of 10% which reflected the benefit of net
operating loss carryforwards.

FINANCIAL REVIEW - LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES

At December 31, 1995 the Company had working capital of $12.6 million and cash,
cash equivalents and short-term investments of $2.3 million. During 1995, both
working capital and cash, cash equivalents and short-term investments decreased
by $4.3 million, respectively. These changes were due to the funding of the
Company's agreement with NWL and the use of cash in operating activities.

In March 1995, the Company entered into an agreement with NWL Laser-Technologie
("NWL") whereby the Company paid NWL approximately $1.6 million in exchange for
a cross-distribution and development agreement, a 

                                      -16-
<PAGE>   140
current minority equity position in NWL and an option to purchase all of the
ownership interests in NWL. These assets are carried at cost. If the Company
does not exercise its option to purchase NWL by June 1997, there will be no
reimbursement of the Company's investment and the Company's equity position will
be relinquished. If the Company exercises its option, the remaining purchase
price will be paid over three and one half years from the exercise date. As of
December 31, 1995 the Company believes that it will exercise its purchase
option.

The Company's accounts receivable collection cycle is relatively long, which the
Company believes is typical of the surgical systems business. In addition, due
to the length of procurement and production lead times and the need for minimum
stock levels for certain components and accessories, the Company maintains
substantial inventories. For these reasons, the Company's operations require
substantial and varying investment of cash resources. At December 31, 1995 the
Company's net accounts receivable was 31% lower than at December 31, 1994,
primarily due to lower net revenues in the quarter ended December 31, 1995 than
in the corresponding quarter in 1994.

Inventories at December 31, 1995 were 37% higher at December 31, 1994. This was
due to lower product shipments relative to the prior year coupled with the
Company's increased inventory associated with the launch of its Aura laser
system. The Company also increased its inventory of products related to
photodynamic therapy which was approved by the Food and Drug Administration at
the end of December 1995 and for which the Company had expected earlier
approval.

In March 1996, the Company re-negotiated its agreement with a bank for a $5
million line of credit that provides for short-term borrowings based on certain
eligible accounts receivable. The line of credit, which expires in October 1996,
is secured by the assets of the Company and bears interest at the bank's prime
rate plus one percentage point. Provisions of this agreement prohibit the
payment of dividends and the repurchase of stock and require the Company to
maintain certain minimum working capital and net worth levels.

The Company currently has no material commitments for capital expenditures for
1996.

The Company anticipates that current cash resources, internally generated funds,
capital lease lines and available bank borrowings will be sufficient to meet
liquidity and capital needs at least through 1996.

NEW ACCOUNTING PRONOUNCEMENTS

In 1995, the Financial Accounting Standards Board released the Statement of
Financial Accounting Standards No. 121 (SFAS 121), "Accounting for the
Impairment of Long-Lived Assets and for Long-Lived Assets to be Disposed of."
SFAS 121 requires recognition of impairment of long-lived assets in the event
the net book value of such assets exceeds the future undiscounted cash flows
attributable to such assets. SFAS 121 is effective for fiscal years beginning
after December 15, 1995. Adoption of SFAS 121 is not expected to have a material
impact on the Company's financial position or results of operations.

The Company accounts for its stock option plans and its employee stock purchase
plan in accordance with the provisions of the Accounting Principles Board's
Opinion No. 25 (APB 25), "Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees". In 1995,
the Financial Accounting Standards Board released the Statement of Financial
Accounting Standards No. 123 (SFAS 123), " Accounting For Stock Based
Compensation". SFAS 123 provides an alternative to APB 25 and is effective for
fiscal years beginning after December 15, 1995. The Company expects to continue
to account for its employee stock plans in accordance with the provisions of APB
25. Accordingly, SFAS 123 is not expected to have any material impact on the
Company's financial position or results of operations.

ITEM 8. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA

Consolidated financial statements of Laserscope at December 31, 1995 and 1994
and for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 1995, the
report of independent auditors thereon and Supplementary Data are included as a
separate section in this Annual Report on Form 10-K in Item 14, "Exhibits,
Financial Statement Schedules and reports on Form 8-K."

ITEM 9. CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND
        FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE

Not applicable.

                                      -17-
<PAGE>   141
                                    PART III

ITEM 10. DIRECTORS AND EXECUTIVE OFFICERS OF THE REGISTRANT

Information with respect to executive officers of Laserscope is set forth in
"Item 1 - Business - Executive Officers of the Company" in this Annual Report on
Form 10-K. Executive officers of the Company do not serve for set terms, but
serve at the pleasure of the Board of Directors subject to Management Continuity
Agreements. See "CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS WITH MANAGEMENT
AND OTHERS." Members of the Company's Board of Directors serve until the next
annual meeting of the Company's shareholders following their election to the
Board, or until his or her successor has been elected and qualified.

The names of the Company's directors, and certain information about them as of
December 31, 1995, are set forth below:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
          Name                      Age            Position
          ----                      ---            --------
<S>                                 <C>   <C>
Benjamin L. Holmes..............    61    Chairman of the Board and Director
Robert V. McCormick.............    51    President, Chief Executive Officer and
                                          Director
E. Walter Lange.................    63    Director
Rodney Perkins, M.D.............    59    Director
Robert J. Pressley, Ph.D........    63    Director
</TABLE>

Benjamin L. Holmes has been a director of the Company since January 1995 and was
appointed Chairman of the Board of Directors in June 1992. Mr. Holmes was
General Manager of the Medical Products Group of Hewlett-Packard Company ("HP")
from 1983, and a Vice President of HP, from 1985 until his retirement in October
1995. Mr. Holmes is a member of the Board of Directors of Project HOPE and the
Massachusetts High Technology Council. He is also a member of the Massachusetts
Governor's Council on Economic Growth and Technology, Commissioner of the
Massachusetts Universal Health Care Commission, and a member of the Board on
Health Care Service, Institute of Medicine, National Academy of Sciences. He is
also Past Chairman of the Board of Directors of the Health Industry
Manufacturers Association (HIMA).

Robert V. McCormick has been President of the Company since December 1991 and
Chief Executive Officer since July 1992. Between December 1991 and July 1992 he
also served as the Company's Chief Operating Officer. He has been a director of
the Company since July 1992. Mr. McCormick also served as the Company's Senior
Vice President of Marketing and Field Operations from April 1991 to December
1991. Mr. McCormick was employed by Acuson Corporation, a manufacturer of
medical imaging equipment, from 1983 to April 1991 in a variety of sales and
marketing executive positions culminating as Vice President of Marketing and
Field Operations.

E. Walter Lange has been a Director of the Company since January 1992. Mr. Lange
has more than 31 years of experience in the pharmaceutical industry, having
served in a variety of executive positions at Eli Lilly & Co. from 1960 to 1991.
Most recently, Mr. Lange was Group Vice President of Marketing, Planning and
Development and was responsible for Lilly's worldwide product planning,
corporate strategic planning, business development and market research.

Rodney Perkins, M.D. is a co-founder of the Company and has been a Director
since its founding. Dr. Perkins also served as Chairman of the Board of
Directors from its founding until June 1995 and Chief Executive Officer from
February to May 1987, and from October 1991 to July 1992. He also served as the
President of the Company from October to December 1991. Dr. Perkins, a
specialist in otologic surgery, is President of the California Ear Institute at
Stanford and has been in private practice since 1968. He is Clinical Associate
Professor of Surgery at Stanford University School of Medicine, and is the
founder and President of Project HEAR a non-profit medical institute for ear
research and education. Dr. Perkins is a founder of Collagen Corporation, a
biomaterials company, and a member of its Board of Directors. Dr. Perkins is
also a founder and the Chairman of the Board of Directors of ReSound
Corporation, a hearing health care company.

Robert J. Pressley, Ph.D. is a co-founder of the Company and has been a Director
since its founding. Dr. Pressley founded Silicon Video, a developer of
electronic products, and served as its President and Chief Executive Officer

                                      -18-
<PAGE>   142
from January 1991 to January 1994. Dr. Pressley also founded XMR, Inc., a
manufacturer of eximer lasers and laser systems, and served as its Chief
Executive Officer from March 1979 until March 1990.

                                      -19-
<PAGE>   143
ITEM 11. EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

                       COMPENSATION OF EXECUTIVE OFFICERS
                           SUMMARY COMPENSATION TABLE

         The following table shows the compensation received by the Company's
Chief Executive Officer, the four other most highly compensated executive
officers of the Company for 1995 who were serving as executive officers at
December 31, 1995, one highly compensated executive officer who was not serving
as an executive officer at December 31, 1995 and the compensation received by
each such individual for the Company's two prior years.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                       LONG-TERM
                                                                                      COMPENSATION
                                                                                         AWARDS
                                                                                      ------------
                                                           ANNUAL COMPENSATION        OPTION/SARS
                                                           -------------------         (SHARES)            ALL OTHER
    NAME AND PRINCIPAL POSITION           YEAR        SALARY(1)         BONUS (2)(3)    (4)(5)          COMPENSATION (6)
    ---------------------------           ----        ---------         ------------  ------------      ----------------
<S>                                       <C>         <C>               <C>           <C>                <C>   
Robert V. McCormick                       1995        $248,060                  --       165,000             $2,004
   President and Chief Executive Officer  1994        $236,250                  --            --             $2,045
                                          1993        $225,000                  --        40,000             $1,927
Thomas B. Boyd                            1995        $168,324(7)               --        45,000             $2,400
   Senior Vice President of Operations    1994        $183,428(8)          $20,000        65,000             $1,471
   and Finance                            1993              --                  --            --                 --

Bonnie Jones                              1995        $107,330                  --        35,000             $1,543
   Vice President of Human Resources      1994        $ 99,750                  --        15,000             $1,496
                                          1993        $ 95,000             $ 9,500        35,000             $1,425

Dennis LaLumandiere                       1995        $119,690                  --        40,000             $1,794
   Vice President of Finance, Chief       1994        $103,500                  --        15,000             $1,548
   Financial Officer                      1993        $ 96,885             $ 9,821         8,500             $1,438

Joseph F. Rondinone                       1995        $131,250                  --            --             $1,312
   Vice President of Research and         1994        $125,000                  --        25,000             $1,250
   Development(9)                         1993        $162,766(10)              --        27,000             $1,136

Eli Wismer                                1995        $150,909             $32,643            --             $1,744
   Vice President of North American       1994        $153,399(12)         $78,160        50,000             $1,927
   Sales & Education(11)                  1993        $193,953(12)         $83,135        20,000             $1,786
</TABLE>

- ----------------

(1)      Includes amounts deferred under the Company's 401(k) plan.

(2)      Includes bonuses earned in the indicated fiscal year and paid in the
         subsequent fiscal year. Excludes bonuses paid in the indicated fiscal
         year but earned in the preceding fiscal year.

(3)      Executive officers are entitled to discretionary bonuses based on
         individual and corporate performance. These bonuses are determined by
         the Board of Directors based on the recommendation of the Human
         Resources Committee

(4)      The options listed with respect to 1995 long-term compensation awards
         include options granted upon the repricing of previously granted
         options. Options to purchase the following number of shares granted to
         the following persons in 1995 were canceled as a result of their
         repricing on November 30, 1995: Mr. McCormick--97,500: Mr.
         LaLumandiere--12,188. Such canceled options have not been included with
         respect to 1995 long-term 

                                      -20-
<PAGE>   144
         compensations award. The repriced options retain the same term and 
         vesting schedule as those options which were replaced.

(5)      All options granted in 1993, 1994 and 1995 to new employees and
         officers of the Company have 5-year terms and become exercisable
         cumulatively at the rate of 12.5% of the total six months after the
         vesting commencement date (first date of employment for new employees
         and date of grant for officers), and 1/48 of the shares subject to the
         option in equal monthly installments thereafter. All option granted in
         1993, 1994 and 1995 to existing employees also have 5-year terms but
         become exerciseable cumulatively at the rate of 1/48 of the shares
         subject to the option in equal monthly installments following their
         respective grant date. All unvested options are subject to earlier
         termination in the event of the termination of the participant's
         relationship with the Company. All options were granted at market value
         on the date of grant. In the event that certain change in control
         events were to occur, the options would be assumed or equivalent
         options substituted by a successor corporation, unless the Board of
         Directors determined that the options should become immediately
         exercisable. The exercise price may be paid, subject to certain
         conditions, by delivery of already owned shares or with the proceeds
         from the sale of the option shares. In addition, the Management
         Continuity Agreements entered into between the Company and each of its
         executive officers may affect the vesting and manner of exercise of
         options granted by the Company to these individuals. See "Transactions
         with Management and Others."

(6)      Consists of the Company's contributions to its 401(k) plan for the
         benefit of the named executive officers.

(7)      Includes $8,331 paid to Mr. Boyd in connection with the relocation of
         his principal residence to the San Jose metropolitan area.

(8)      Includes salary paid to Mr. Boyd during the period beginning on his
         employment commencement of April 18, 1994 and ending on December 31,
         1994 and $79,578 paid to Mr. Boyd in connection with the relocation of
         his principal residence to the San Jose metropolitan area.

(9)      Mr. Rondinone terminated his employment with the Company in January
         1996.

(10)     Includes $47,766 paid to Mr. Rondinone in connection with the
         relocation of his principal residence to the San Jose metropolitan
         area.

(11)     Mr. Wismer terminated his employment with the Company in October 1995.

(12)     Includes the following amounts paid to Mr. Wismer in connection with
         the relocation of his principal residence to the San Jose metropolitan
         area: 1994 -- $13,399 and 1993 --$53,953.

                                      -21-
<PAGE>   145
                           STOCK OPTION GRANTS IN 1995

The following table sets forth information for the named executive officers with
respect to grants of options to purchase Common Stock of the Company made in
1995 and the value of all options held by such executive officers on December
31, 1995.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                 POTENTIAL 
                                            INDIVIDUAL GRANTS                                   REALIZABLE
                                            -----------------                                 VALUE AT ASSUMED
                                                    % OF TOTAL                                 ANNUAL RATES OF 
                                                     OPTIONS                                       STOCK
                                                    GRANTED TO                               PRICE APPRECIATION
                                        OPTIONS     EMPLOYEES     EXERCISE OR                       FOR
                                        GRANTED     IN FISCAL      BASE PRICE   EXPIRATION     OPTION TERM (3)
NAME                                 (SHARES) (1)    YEAR (2)     (PER SHARE)      DATE        5%         10%
- ----                                 ------------   ----------    -----------   ----------   -------    -------
<S>                                  <C>            <C>           <C>           <C>          <C>        <C>    
Robert V. McCormick..............     22,500(4)        3.3%          $4.00        2/17/00    $24,900    $55,000
                                      97,500(5)       14.2%          $2.00        2/17/00    $44,600    $96,700
                                      45,000(6)        6.6%          $2.00       11/30/00    $24,900    $55,000
Thomas B. Boyd...................     45,000(6)        6.6%          $2.00       11/30/00    $24,900    $55,000
Bonnie Jones.....................     35,000(6)        5.1%          $2.00       11/30/00    $19,300    $42,700
Dennis LaLumandiere..............      2,812(4)        0.4%          $4.00        2/17/00    $ 3,100    $ 6,900
                                      12,188(5)        1.8%          $2.00        2/17/00    $ 5,600    $12,100
                                      25,000(6)        3.6%          $2.00       11/30/00    $13,800    $30,500
Joseph F. Rondinone, Ph.D(7) ......       --            --              --             --         --         --
Eli Wismer(8)....................         --            --              --             --         --         --
</TABLE>

- ---------------------

(1)      For a description of the material terms of the options, see footnote 5
         of the Summary Compensation Table.

(2)      The Company granted options to employees for an aggregate of 686,000
         shares of Common Stock during 1995 excluding 175,453 issued to replace
         options canceled from the 1984 Employee Stock Option Plan and 405,384
         issued to replace options canceled from the 1994 Employee Stock Option
         Plan.

(3)      Gains are reported net of the option exercise price but before taxes
         associated with exercise. These amounts represent certain assumed rates
         of appreciation only. Actual gains, if any, on stock option exercises
         are dependent on future performance of the Company's Common Stock, as
         well as the optionee's continued employment through the vesting period.

(4)      Options listed were granted on February 17, 1995.

(5)      Options listed were granted on November 30, 1995 to replace options
         which were originally granted on February 17, 1995 then canceled on
         November 30, 1995 due to repricing.

(6)      Options listed were granted on November 30, 1995.

(7)      Dr. Rondinone terminated his employment with the Company in January
         1996

(8)      Mr. Wismer terminated his employment with the Company in October 1995.

                                      -22-
<PAGE>   146
                       AGGREGATED OPTION EXERCISES IN 1995
                           AND YEAR-END OPTION VALUES

         The following table sets forth information for the named executive
officers with respect to exercises in 1995 of options to purchase Common Stock
of the Company.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                      NUMBER OF         VALUE OF UNEXERCISED
                                                                     UNEXERCISED        IN-THE-MONEY OPTIONS
                                      SHARES                     OPTIONS AT 12/31/95:       AT 12/31/95:
                                     ACQUIRED                    --------------------  ---------------------
                                        ON           VALUE          (EXERCISABLE/          (EXERCISABLE/
NAME                                 EXERCISE      REALIZED       UNEXERCISABLE) (1)   UNEXERCISABLE) (1)(2)
- ----                                 --------      --------      --------------------  ---------------------
<S>                                  <C>           <C>           <C>                   <C>
Robert McCormick.................         --            --        217,083 / 237,917           --   /  --
Thomas B. Boyd...................         --            --         26,041 /  83,959           --   /  --
Bonnie Jones.....................         --            --         41,712 /  65,288           --   /  --
Dennis LaLumandiere..............         --            --         26,103 /  57,397           --   /  --
Joseph F. Rondinone, Ph.D. (3)...         --            --         42,562 /  39,438           --   /  --
Eli Wismer (4)...................         --            --         58,978 /       0           --   /  --
</TABLE>

- -----------

(1)      Based on the closing price of the Company's Common Stock as reported on
         the NASDAQ National Market System on December 29, 1995 of $1.938 per
         share.

(2)      The closing price of the Company's Common Stock on the Nasdaq National
         Market on December 29, 1995 was less than the exercise price of the
         referenced options.

(3)      Dr. Rondinone terminated his employment with the Company in January
         1996.

(4)      Mr. Wismer terminated his employment with the Company in October 1995.

                                      -23-
<PAGE>   147
         HUMAN RESOURCES COMMITTEE INTERLOCKS AND INSIDER PARTICIPATION

There are currently no employee directors serving on the Human Resources
Committee of the Board of Directors. The following non-employee directors serve
on the Company's Human Resources Committee: Rodney Perkins, M.D., Robert J.
Pressley, Ph.D.

Dr. Perkins purchased an aggregate of 16,667 shares of the Company's Common
Stock on September 11, 1989 under the Company's 1984 Stock Purchase Plan at an
aggregate price of $75,002. Dr. Perkins purchased such shares through promissory
notes in favor of the Company bearing interest at the annual rate 9% and secured
by the shares purchased. At December 31, 1995, Dr. Perkins owed an aggregate of
$128,603 under such notes, the largest amount of indebtedness owed by him to the
Company at any time during 1995.

Dr. Perkins is also Chairman of the Board of Directors and a member of the Board
of Directors' Human Resources Committee of ReSound Corporation, a publicly
traded hearing health care company. The Company and ReSound Corporation have not
conducted any business with each other in the past and the Company does not
presently anticipate doing so in the future.

Dr. Perkins was also a founding shareholder of AcuVasive (formerly EnVision
Surgical Systems), a manufacturer of microvisualization catheter products
("AcuVasive"). The Company has a commercial relationship with AcuVasive, Mr.
McCormick is a member of its Board of Directors and Dr. Perkins and the Company
are each holders of AcuVasive's capital stock. See "Transactions with Management
and Others."

                            COMPENSATION OF DIRECTORS

Non-employee members of the Board of Directors receive a retainer of $2,000 per
quarter and $500 per meeting of the Board of Directors attended. In addition,
non-employee members of the Board of Directors receive options to purchase
shares of the Company's Common Stock pursuant to its 1990 Directors' Stock
Option Plan (the "1990 Directors' Option Plan") and 1995 Directors' Stock Option
Plan (the "1995 Directors' Option Plan").

The 1990 Directors' Option Plan, which has been terminated by the Board of
Directors with respect to the grant of any future options, provided for the
grant of nonstatutory options to nonemployee directors of the Company at an
exercise price not less than the fair market value of the Company's Common Stock
on the date of grant. Under the 1990 Directors' Option Plan, persons who were
non-employee directors as of October 18, 1991, as well as persons who have
joined the Board since that date through election by the shareholders of the
Company or appointment by the Board of Directors to fill a vacancy, have been
granted an option to purchase 45,000 shares of the Company's Common Stock.
Options issued pursuant to this plan vest and become exercisable over three
years with respect to each optionee who remains a director and expire five years
after the date of grant.

The 1995 Directors' Option Plan was approved by the Board of Directors in
November 1995 and also provides for the grant of nonstatutory options to
non-employee directors of the Company at an exercise price not less than the
fair market value of the Company's Common Stock on the date of grant. Under the
1995 Directors' Option Plan, persons who were non-employee directors as of
November 30, 1995, as well as persons who have joined the Board since that date
through election by the shareholders of the Company or appointment by the Board
of Directors to fill a vacancy, have been granted an option to purchase 45,000
shares of the Company's Common Stock. Options issued pursuant to this plan vest
and become exercisable over three years with respect to each optionee who
remains a director and expire five years after the date of grant.

Directors who are employees of the Company do not receive any additional
compensation for their services as a director.

                                      -24-
<PAGE>   148
ITEM 12. SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT

       COMMON STOCK OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT

The following table sets forth the beneficial ownership of the Company's Common
Stock as of March 20, 1996 as to (i) each person who is known by the Company to
own beneficially more than five percent of the Company's Common Stock, (ii) each
of the Company's directors, (iii) each of the executive officers named in the
Summary Compensation Table beginning on page 30, and (iv) all directors and
executive officers as a group.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                          SHARES BENEFICIALLY OWNED (1)
                                                        --------------------------------
                                                        NUMBER(2)       PERCENT OF TOTAL
                                                        ---------       ----------------
<S>                                                     <C>             <C>     
Thomas B. Boyd......................................       35,286              *
Benjamin L. Holmes..................................       61,041              *
Bonnie Jones........................................       53,407              *
Dennis LaLumandiere.................................       34,946              *
E. Walter Lange.....................................       51,250              *
Robert V. McCormick.................................      339,781            4.6%
Rodney Perkins, M.D. ...............................      177,717            2.5%
Robert J. Pressley, Ph.D. ..........................       72,266            1.0%
Joseph F. Rondinone, Ph.D.(3).......................        1,121              *
Eli Wismer(4).......................................       17,378              *
All directors and executive officers as a group
 (12 persons).......................................      850,410           11.0%
</TABLE>

- ------------------

*        Less than 1%.

(1)      The persons named in this table have sole voting and investment power
         with respect to all shares of Common Stock shown as beneficially owned
         by them, subject to community property laws where applicable and the
         information contained in the other footnotes to this table.

(2)      Includes with respect to each named person the following shares subject
         to options exercisable within 60 days of March 15, 1996: Mr. Boyd --
         32,812; Mr. Holmes -- 58,541; Ms. Jones -- 49,219; Mr. LaLumandiere --
         32,300; Mr. Lange -- 51,250; Mr. McCormick -- 277,082; Dr. Perkins --
         111,250; Dr. Pressley -- 51,250; Dr. Rondinone -- 0; Mr. Wismer -- 0.

(3)      Dr. Rondinone terminated his employment with the Company in January
         1996.

(4)      Mr. Wismer terminated his employment with the Company in October 1995.

ITEM 13. CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS

                     TRANSACTIONS WITH MANAGEMENT AND OTHERS

Dr. Perkins was a founding shareholder of AcuVasive (formerly EnVision Surgical
Systems), a manufacturer of microvisualization catheter products ("AcuVasive"),
and is currently a member of its Board of Directors. The Company is also party
to a Product Development and Marketing Agreement with AcuVasive dated June 4,
1993 (the "Development Agreement") pursuant to which AcuVasive has agreed to
develop certain microvisualization catheter products for which Laserscope shall
have world-wide, exclusive, royalty-free marketing rights provided that
Laserscope purchases certain minimum volumes of such products from AcuVasive.
Should Laserscope fail to meet such minimums, its market rights under the
Development Agreement become non-exclusive. As of December 31, 1995, AcuVasive
had not completed and the Company did not expect that AcuVasive would complete
the development of such products. In addition, during 1995, the Company loaned
AcuVasive $100,000 pursuant to a promissory note. At December 31, 1995,
AcuVasive was in default of the payment terms of the note 

                                      -25-
<PAGE>   149
and the Company does not expect to be repaid at least within the next year due
to AcuVasive's current lack of financial resources. Robert McCormick is also a
director of AcuVasive, and Dr. Perkins and the Company are each holders of
AcuVasive's capital stock. From November 1994 to August 1995, Roy Fiebiger was
President and Chief Executive Officer of AcuVasive.

In March 1994, the Company entered into Management Continuity Agreements with
each of its executive officers, which were amended in December 1994. These
agreements provide (1) for continued employment or salary continuation at the
Company or its successor for at least twelve (12) months following any Change in
Control of the Company (as defined below), at the same salary and with the same
benefit program as were in effect prior to such Change in Control, (2) that such
executives may, with thirty (30) days written prior notice, resign but will be
entitled to receive his or her current salary and level of benefits for the
remainder of the twelve (12) months following the Change in Control if, in
connection with such Change in Control the executive's duties or
responsibilities are materially reduced or executive is asked to relocate to a
facility or location more than 50 miles from the Company's current location, (3)
that all stock options exercisable for the Company's securities held by such
executives shall become immediately vested and shall be exercisable in full in
accordance with the provisions of the option agreement and plan pursuant to
which such option was granted, and (4) that upon the immediate vesting of stock
options, the optionee will have the right (subject to any limitations imposed by
Section 16 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 or other applicable securities
laws and only to the extent permitted by the terms of the applicable option
plan) to deliver a non-recourse promissory note (secured only by the pledged
shares for repayment), at the prime rate of interest determined as of the date
of the note, in payment of the exercise price for the outstanding options. For
purposes of the Management Continuity Agreements, a Change in Control of the
Company shall be deemed to have occurred upon the happening of any of the
following events: (1) any acquisition of twenty percent (20%) or more of the
Company's then outstanding voting securities without the approval of the Board
of Directors, (2) any merger or consolidation in which the Company is not the
surviving entity, (3) approval of a plan of complete liquidation of the Company
or an agreement for the sale or disposition by the Company of all or
substantially all of the Company's assets, or (4) a change in the composition of
the Board of Directors of the Company, as a result of which fewer than a
majority of the directors are incumbent directors.

The Company has sold Common Stock to certain employees and directors and
accepted promissory notes secured by that stock as payment for certain of those
shares. These notes originally carried annual interest rates of 9.0% to 9.5%.
During 1995 the principal and accrued interest on these notes were refinanced
and the notes now carry annual interest rates of 5.79%. See "HUMAN RESOURCES
COMMITTEE INTERLOCKS AND INSIDER PARTICIPATION."

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                  INDEBTEDNESS
                                                                 TO THE COMPANY
                                TOTAL SHARES      AGGREGATE           AS OF
                                 PURCHASED         PRICE         12/31/95 (1)(2)
                                ------------      ---------      ---------------
PURCHASER
- ---------
<S>                             <C>               <C>            <C>     
Rodney Perkins, M.D  .........    16,667          $75,001            $128,603
Robert J. Pressley, Ph.D  ....    16,666          $74,997            $128,788
</TABLE>

- ----------

(1)      The shares were sold to Drs. Perkins and Pressley in September 1989.

(2)      In all cases, the amount shown was also the largest amount of
         indebtedness owed to the Company at any time during 1995. 

(3)      Payment in the form of promissory notes in the above transactions was
         approved in ach case by a majority of the disinterested directors of
         the Company and such sales were made pursuant to the Company's 1984
         Stock Purchase Plan, which was approved by the shareholders of the
         Company. The original notes were due and payable in June 1991. The
         notes, which remained unpaid and continued to accrue interest, were
         refinanced in November 1995 and mature in November 1998.

                                      -26-
<PAGE>   150
During 1995 Mr. Holmes received $25,000 in compensation from the Company for
consulting services to the Company beyond his duties as Chairman of the Board of
Directors.

Non-employee members of the Company's Board of Directors receive cash
compensation and options to purchase shares of Common Stock in connection with
their service on the Board.

The Company has entered into indemnification agreements with each of its
directors and executive officers, which may require the Company, among other
things, to indemnify them against certain liabilities that may arise by reason
of their status or service as directors or officers, to advance their expenses
incurred as a result of any proceeding against them as to which they could be
indemnified, and to obtain directors' and officers' liability insurance if
available on reasonable terms.

     PART IV

ITEM 14. EXHIBITS, FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES AND REPORTS ON FORM 8-K

(a) (1)  Financial Statements:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                              Page
                                                                                                              ----
<S>                                                                                               <C>
         Report of Ernst & Young LLP,  Independent Auditors.                                                   F-1

         Consolidated Balance Sheets at December 31, 1995 and 1994.                                            F-2

         Consolidated Statements of - Years ended December 31, 1995, 1994 and 1993.                            F-3


         Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows - Years ended December 31, 1995, 1994 and 1993.                 F-4

         Consolidated Statements of Shareholders'  Equity - Years ended December 31, 1995,
         1994 and 1993.                                                                                        F-5

         Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.                                              F-6 through F-14
</TABLE>

    (2)  The following financial statement  for the years ended December 31, 
         1995, 1994 and 1993 is submitted herewith:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                              Page
                                                                                                              ----
<S>                                                                                                           <C>
         Schedule II - Valuation and Qualifying Accounts                                                       S-1
</TABLE>

         All other schedules are omitted because they are not applicable or the
         required information is shown in the consolidated financial statements
         or notes thereto.

    (3)  Exhibits included herein (numbered in accordance with Item 601 of 
         Regulation S-K):

                                      -27-
<PAGE>   151
Exhibit
Number            Description
- ------            -----------

3.3               Seventh Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation of
                  Registrant.(1)

3.4               By-laws of Registrant, as amended.(5)

4.1               Common Shares Rights Agreement dated as of October 31, 1991
                  between Laserscope and American Stock Transfer & Trust Company
                  as Rights Agent.(13)

10.1A             1984 Stock Option Plan, as amended, and forms of Incentive
                  Stock Option Agreement Nonstatutory Stock Option Agreement.(5)

10.1B             1994 Stock Option Plan and forms of Incentive Stock Option
                  Agreement Nonstatutory Stock Option Agreement.(10)

10.2              1984 Stock Purchase Plan and form of Common Stock Purchase
                  Agreement.(2)

10.3              1989 Employee Stock Purchase Plan and form of Subscription
                  Agreement.(5)

10.4              401(k) Plan.(2)

10.6              Net Lease Agreement between the Registrant and Realtec
                  Properties dated October 7, 1987. (2)

10.6A             Amendment No. 1 dated January 18, 1990 to Net Lease Agreement
                  between the Registrant and Realtec Properties dated October 7,
                  1987.(2)

10.6B             Net Lease Agreement between Registrant and Realtec Properties
                  dated December 14, 1989.(2)

10.6C             Net Lease Agreement between Registrant and Realtec Properties
                  dated June 25, 1990.(4)

10.6D             Amendment No. 2 dated November 10, 1992 to Net Lease Agreement
                  between Registrant and Realtec Properties dated October 7,
                  1987.(6)

10.6E             Amendment No. 3 dated April 19, 1994 to Net Lease Agreement
                  between Registrant and Realtec Properties dated October 7,
                  1987.(8)

10.6F             Amendment No. 1 dated April 19, 1994 to Net Lease Agreement
                  between Registrant and Realtec Properties dated June 25,
                  1990.(8)

10.6G             Amendment No. 1 dated April 19, 1994 to Net Lease Agreement
                  between Registrant and Realtec Properties dated December 14,
                  1989.(10)

10.8              License Agreement between the Registrant and DuPont dated June
                  10, 1986.(2)

10.9              License Agreement between the Registrant and Patlex
                  Corporation dated February 24, 1989.(2)(3)

10.10             Form of Indemnification Agreement.(2)

                                      -28-
<PAGE>   152
Exhibit
Number            Description
- -------           -----------

10.11             Business Loan Agreement between the Registrant and Silicon
                  Valley Bank dated June 7, 1991 and Promissory Note, as
                  amended.(5)

10.11A            Change in Terms Agreement and Commercial Security Agreement
                  between the Registrant and Silicon Valley Bank dated April 10,
                  1992 as amended on November 6, 1992.(6)

10.11B            Modification to Loan Agreement between the Registrant and
                  Silicon Valley Bank dated April 15, 1993.(7)

10.11C            Letter Agreement between the Registrant and Silicon Valley
                  Bank dated May 12, 1993.(7)

10.11D            Modification to Loan Agreement between the Registrant and
                  Silicon Valley Bank dated April 15, 1994.(8)

10.11E            Letter Agreement between the Registrant and Silicon Valley
                  Bank dated July 29, 1994.(8)

10.11F            Covenant Waiver letter form Silicon Valley Bank dated August
                  1, 1994.(8)

10.11G            Modification to Loan Agreement between the Registrant and
                  Silicon Valley Bank dated July 15, 1994.(9)

10.11H            Modification to Loan Agreement between the Registrant and
                  Silicon Valley Bank dated August 1, 1995.(11)

10.11I            Modification to Loan Agreement between the Registrant and
                  Silicon Valley Bank dated September 22, 1995.(11)

10.11J            Modification to Loan Agreement between the Registrant and
                  Silicon Valley Bank dated October 1, 1995.(12)

10.11K            Modification to Loan Agreement between the Registrant and
                  Silicon Valley Bank dated March 18, 1996.(12)

10.11L            Amended Loan Agreement between the Registrant and Silicon
                  Valley Bank dated March 18, 1996.(12)

10.12             License Agreement between the Registrant and Hughes Aircraft
                  Company effective April 1, 1990.(4)

10.13             1990 Directors' Stock Option Plan and form of Option
                  Agreement.(5)

10.14             Form of Laserscope Management Continuity Agreement, as
                  amended.(10)

10.15             Common Stock Purchase Agreement between the Registrant and
                  EnVision Surgical Systems dated June 4, 1993.(7)

10.16             Preferred Stock Purchase Agreement between the Registrant and
                  EnVision Surgical Systems dated June 4, 1993.(7)

10.17             Product Development and Marketing Agreement between the
                  Registrant and EnVision Surgical Systems dated June 4,
                  1993.(7)

                                      -29-
<PAGE>   153
Exhibit
Number            Description
- -------           -----------

10.18             1995 Directors' Stock Option Plan and form of Option
                  Agreement.(12)

22.1              Subsidiaries of Registrant.(7)

23.1              Consent of Ernst & Young LLP, Independent Auditors (see page
                  30).(12)


(b) Reports on Form 8-K:  None.

(1)      Incorporated by reference to identically numbered exhibits filed in
         response to Item 14(a)(3), "Exhibits," of the Registrant's Annual
         Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1989.

(2)      Incorporated by reference to identically numbered exhibits filed in
         response to Item 16(a), "Exhibits," of the Registrant's Registration
         Statement on Form S-1 and Amendment No. 1 and Amendment No. 2 thereto
         (File No. 33-31689), which became effective on November 29, 1989.

(3)      Confidential treatment granted by order effective November 28, 1989.

(4)      Incorporated by reference to identically numbered exhibits filed in
         response to Item 14(a)(3), "Exhibits", of the Registrant's Annual
         Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1990.

(5)      Incorporated by reference to identically numbered exhibits filed in
         response to Item 14(a)(3), "Exhibits", of the Registrant's Annual
         Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1991.

(6)      Incorporated by reference to identically numbered exhibits filed in
         response to Item 14(a)(3), "Exhibits", of the Registrant's Annual
         Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1992.

(7)      Incorporated by reference to identically numbered exhibits filed in
         response to Item 14(a)(3), "Exhibits", of the Registrant's Annual
         Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1993.

(8)      Incorporated by reference to identically numbered exhibits filed in
         response to Item 6(a), "Exhibits", of the Registrant's Quarterly Report
         on Form 10-Q for the quarterly period ended June 30, 1994.

(9)      Incorporated by reference to identically numbered exhibits filed in
         response to Item 6(a), "Exhibits", of the Registrant's Quarterly Report
         on Form 10-Q for the quarterly period ended September 30, 1994.

(10)     Incorporated by reference to identically numbered exhibits filed in
         response to Item 14(a)(3), "Exhibits", of the Registrant's Annual
         Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1994.

(11)     Incorporated by reference to identically numbered exhibits filed in
         response to Item 6(a), "Exhibits", of the Registrant's Quarterly Report
         on Form 10-Q for the quarterly period ended September 30, 1995.

(12)     Filed herewith.

(13)     Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 1 of the Registrant's Registration
         Statement on Form 8-A filed November 15, 1991.


                                      -30-
<PAGE>   154
                                  EXHIBIT 23.1

               CONSENT OF ERNST & YOUNG LLP, INDEPENDENT AUDITORS

We consent to the incorporation by reference in the Registration Statements
(Form S-8 No. 33-38831, 33-53052) pertaining to the 1990 Director's Stock Option
Plan and the Registration Statements (Form S-8 No. 33-33692, 33-53158)
pertaining to the 1989 Employee Stock Purchase Plan and 1984 Stock Option Plan
and the Registration Statement (Form S-8 No. 33-40506) pertaining to the 1984
Stock Option Plan and the Registration Statements (Form S-8 No. 33-82524,
33-63603) pertaining to the 1994 Stock Option Plan of Laserscope of our report
dated January 26, 1996, with respect to the consolidated financial statements,
and schedule of Laserscope included in the Annual Report (Form 10-K/A) for the
year ended December 31, 1995.

                                                    ERNST & YOUNG LLP

San Jose, California
July 22, 1996

                                      -31-
<PAGE>   155
                                   SIGNATURES

         Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities
Exchange Act of 1934, the Registrant has duly caused this Report to be signed on
its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.

                                                    LASERSCOPE

Date: July 22, 1996                                 By: /s/ Robert V. McCormick*
                                                        ------------------------
                                                            Robert V. McCormick
                                                            President and Chief
                                                            Executive Officer

         Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934,
this Report has been signed below by the following persons in the capacities and
on the dates indicated.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
       Signature                          Title                           Date
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                 <C>                                <C>
/s/ Benjamin L. Holmes*             Chairman of the Board of           July 22, 1996
- ------------------------------      Directors
 (Benjamin L. Holmes)               

/s/ Robert V. McCormick*            President, Chief Executive         July 22, 1996
- ------------------------------      Officer and Director
   (Robert V. McCormick)            

/s/ Dennis LaLumandiere*            Vice President of Finance          July 22, 1996
- ------------------------------      (Principal Financial and
   (Dennis LaLumandiere)            Accounting Officer)

/s/ E. Walter Lange*                Director                           July 22, 1996
- ------------------------------
   (E. Walter Lange)

/s/ Rodney Perkins*                 Director                           July 22, 1996
- ------------------------------
   (Rodney Perkins, M.D.)

/s/ Robert J. Pressley*             Director                           July 22, 1996
- ------------------------------
   (Robert J. Pressley, Ph.D.)


*By: /s/ Dennis LaLumandiere
     -------------------------
       (Dennis LaLumandiere
        Attorney-in-fact)
</TABLE>

                                      -32-
<PAGE>   156
REPORT OF ERNST & YOUNG LLP, INDEPENDENT AUDITORS

The Board of Directors and Shareholders
Laserscope

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Laserscope as of
December 31, 1995 and 1994, and the related consolidated statements of
operations, shareholders' equity and cash flows for each of the three years in
the period ended December 31, 1995. Our audits also included the financial
statement schedule listed in the Index at Item 14(a). These financial statements
and schedule are the responsibility of the Company's management. Our
responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements and
schedule based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with generally accepted auditing
standards. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material
misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting
the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes
assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by
management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation.
We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present
fairly, in all material respects, the consolidated financial position of
Laserscope at December 31, 1995 and 1994 , and the consolidated results of its
operations and its cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended
December 31, 1995, in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles.
Also, in our opinion, the related financial statement schedule, when considered
in relation to the basic financial statements taken as a whole, presents fairly
in all material respects the information set forth therein.

                                               ERNST & YOUNG LLP

San Jose, California
January 26, 1996
<PAGE>   157
                                   LASERSCOPE
                           CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
                                                                              
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                        December 31,                                                
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
(dollars in thousands)                                                     1995        1994

ASSETS

<S>                                                                       <C>        <C>
Current Assets:
     Cash and cash equivalents                                            $ 2,278     $ 4,604
     Short-term investments                                                     -       1,998
     Accounts receivable, net                                               5,543       8,066
     Inventories                                                           10,292       7,512
     Other current assets                                                     692       1,038
                                                                         --------    --------
     Total current assets                                                  18,805      23,218
Property and equipment, net                                                 2,663       3,320
Investment in NWL                                                           1,681          --
Other assets                                                                  433         783
                                                                         --------    --------
Total assets                                                              $23,582     $27,321
                                                                           ======      ======

LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY

Current Liabilities:
     Accounts payable                                                    $  1,455    $  1,292
     Accrued compensation                                                   1,156       1,136
     Warranty                                                                 476         677
     Deferred revenue                                                       2,008       2,325
     Other accrued liabilities                                              1,132         950
     Current obligations under capital leases                                  14          13
                                                                          -------    --------
     Total current liabilities                                              6,241       6,393

Obligations under capital leases                                               15          27

Commitments and contingencies

Shareholders' equity:

     Common stock    7,060,634 shares outstanding (6,983,844 in 1994)      37,248      37,074
     Accumulated deficit                                                  (19,296)    (15,744)
     Translation adjustments                                                 (251)       (180)
     Notes receivable from shareholders                                      (375)       (249)
                                                                          -------    --------

     Total shareholders' equity                                            17,326      20,901
                                                                          -------    --------

Total liabilities and shareholders' equity                                $23,582     $27,321
                                                                           ======      ======
</TABLE>

See notes to consolidated financial statements

                                      F-2
<PAGE>   158
                                   LASERSCOPE
                      CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                  Years Ended December 31,

(thousands, except per share amounts)                                       1995             1994            1993
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                                                    <C>              <C>            <C> 
Net Revenues:

     Products                                                          $  24,974        $  30,671      $  31,946
     Services                                                              5,159            5,649          5,885
                                                                       ---------        ---------      ---------
                                                                          30,133           36,320         37,831
Cost of Sales:

     Products                                                             11,526           13,715         13,115
     Services                                                              3,266            3,203          2,872
                                                                        --------         --------      ---------
                                                                          14,792           16,918         15,987

Gross margin                                                              15,341           19,402         21,844

Operating expenses:

     Research and development                                              3,838            3,589          4,044
     Selling, general and administrative                                  15,333           16,994         17,477
                                                                          ------           ------      ---------
                                                                          19,171           20,583         21,521

Operating income (loss)                                                   (3,830)          (1,181)           323

Interest and other income, net                                               278              250            331
                                                                        --------         --------      ---------

Income (loss) before income taxes                                         (3,552)            (931)           654

Provision for income taxes                                                     -                -             65
                                                                        --------         --------      ---------

Net income (loss)                                                       $ (3,552)        $   (931)     $     589
                                                                        ========         ========      =========

Net income (loss) per share                                             $  (0.51)        $  (0.13)     $    0.09
                                                                        ========         ========      =========

Shares used in per share calculations                                      6,999            6,924          6,834
                                                                        ========         ========      =========
</TABLE>

See notes to consolidated financial statements

                                      F-3
<PAGE>   159
                                   LASERSCOPE
                      CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                               Years Ended December 31,

(in thousands)                                                                   1995          1994           1993
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                                                          <C>            <C>           <C>
CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES:

      Net income (loss)                                                      $ (3,552)      $   (931)     $    589

      Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to cash provided (used) by
        operating activities:

      Depreciation and amortization                                             1,419          1,623         1,714

      Increase (decrease) from changes in:

         Accounts receivable                                                    2,523           (460)       (1,575)
         Inventories                                                           (2,780)           853           487
         Other current assets                                                     346             20            98
         Other assets                                                             350             86          (399)
         Accounts payable                                                         163           (485)         (860)
         Accrued compensation                                                      20           (312)         (143)
         Warranty                                                                (201)          (166)          (75)
         Deferred revenue                                                        (317)          (151)           44
         Other accrued liabilities                                                182           (432)         (723)
                                                                             --------       --------      --------

      Cash used by operating activities                                        (1,847)          (355)          (84)
                                                                             --------       --------      --------

CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES:

      Purchase of held-to-maturity investments                                      -         (3,001)       (3,056)
      Maturity of held-to-maturity investments                                  1,998          3,030         8,174
      Capital expenditures                                                       (762)        (1,684)       (1,383)
      Funding of agreement with NWL                                            (1,681)             -             -
      Other                                                                       (71)            11           (47)
                                                                             --------       --------      --------

      Cash provided (used) by investing activities                               (516)        (1,644)        3,688
                                                                             --------       --------      --------

CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES:

      Payment on obligations under capital leases                                 (11)          (101)         (236)
      Proceeds from the sale of common stock under stock
      plans, net of repurchases and shareholder notes receivable                   48            587           510
                                                                             --------       --------      --------

      Cash provided by financing activities                                        37            486           274
                                                                             --------       --------      --------

      Increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents                         (2,326)        (1,513)        3,119

      Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of year                              4,604          6,117         2,998
                                                                             --------       --------      --------

      Cash and cash equivalents, end of year                                 $  2,278       $  4,604      $  6,117
                                                                             ========       ========      ========
</TABLE>

See notes to consolidated financial statements

                                      F-4
<PAGE>   160
                                   LASERSCOPE
                 CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                        Notes            Total
                                                   Accumulated    Translation     Receivable from     Shareholders'
(dollars in thousands)            Common Stock       Deficit      Adjustments      Shareholders          Equity
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                             <C>              <C>               <C>               <C>               <C>
Balance at December 31, 1992    $     36,094     $    (15,402)     $       (144)     $       (366)     $     20,182

Issuance of 104,924 shares
   under stock plans, net
   of repayment of notes                 399                                                  111               510

Translation adjustments                                                     (47)                                (47)

Net Income                                                589                                                   589
                                ------------     ------------      ------------      ------------      ------------
Balance at December 31, 1993          36,493          (14,813)             (191)             (255)           21,234

Issuance of 140,665 shares
   under stock plans, net
   of repayment of notes                 581                                                    6               587

Translation adjustments                                                      11                                  11

Net loss                                                 (931)                                                 (931)
                                ------------     ------------      ------------      ------------      ------------
Balance at December 31, 1994          37,074          (15,744)             (180)             (249)           20,901

Issuance of 76,790 shares
   under stock plans, net
   of repayment and
   refinancing of notes                  174                                                 (126)               48

Translation adjustments                                                     (71)                                (71)

Net loss                                               (3,552)                                               (3,552)
                                ------------     ------------      ------------      ------------      ------------
Balance at December 31, 1995    $     37,248     $    (19,296)     $       (251)     $       (375)     $     17,326
                                ============     ============      ============      ============      ============

</TABLE>

See notes to consolidated financial statements

                                      F-5
<PAGE>   161
                                   LASERSCOPE
                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

1.  SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

Business
The Company operates in one business segment, the medical systems business. The
Company develops, manufactures, markets and supports surgical lasers and other
surgical systems, related instrumentation and disposable supplies. The Company
markets its products and services in over twenty countries worldwide to
hospitals, outpatient surgery centers and physicians.

Basis of presentation
The accompanying consolidated financial statements include the Company and its
wholly and majority-owned subsidiaries. All intercompany transactions and
balances have been eliminated.

Use of estimates
The preparation of financial statements in conformity with generally accepted
accounting principles requires management to make estimates and assumptions that
affect the amounts reported in the financial statements and accompanying notes.
Actual results could differ from those estimates.

Cash equivalents and short-term investments
The Company invests its excess cash in high-quality debt instruments. The
Company considers cash equivalents to be short-term financial instruments that
are readily convertible to cash, subject to no more than insignificant interest
rate risk and that have original maturities of three months or less. Short-term
investments consist of short-term financial instruments with less than one year
to maturity.

At December 31, 1994 and December 31, 1995 the Company's cash equivalents were
in the form of institutional money market accounts and totaled $3.0 million and
$1.1 million, respectively.

Effective January 1, 1994, the Company adopted Statement of Financial Accounting
Standard No. 115 (FAS 115), "Accounting for Certain Investments in Debt and
Equity Securities". Under FAS 115, management determines the appropriate
classification of debt securities at the time of purchase as held-to-maturity,
trading, or available-for-sale, and reevaluates such designation as of each
balance sheet date. At December 31, 1994, all debt securities were designated as
held-to-maturity as management believed it had the positive intent and ability
to hold the securities until maturity. Held-to-maturity securities were stated
at amortized cost, adjusted for amortization of premiums and accretion of
discounts to maturity. Such amortization, as well as any interest on the
securities, were included in interest income. At December 31, 1994 the Company's
investment in held to maturity securities stated at amortized cost, which
approximates their fair value, consisted of corporate debt securities of $2.03
million. At December 31, 1995 the Company had no investments in debt securities.

Revenue recognition and product warranty
The Company generally recognizes revenue related to the sale of systems,
instrumentation and disposables at the time of shipment and provides currently
for the estimated cost to repair or replace products under warranty provisions
in effect at the time of the sale. Service revenue is recognized as the services
are provided or pro rata over the period of the applicable contract.

Property and equipment
Property and equipment is stated at cost less accumulated depreciation and
amortization.

Equipment is depreciated using principally accelerated methods over estimated
useful lives of three to seven years. Equipment under capital leases is
amortized over the period of the lease. Leasehold improvements are amortized
using the straight-line method over the remaining term of the lease.

Inventories
Inventories are stated at the lower of cost (computed on a first-in, first-out
basis) or market.

                                      F-6
<PAGE>   162
Net income (loss) per share
Net income (loss) per share is based upon the weighted average number of shares
of common stock outstanding and dilutive common equivalent shares from stock
options (using the treasury stock method).

Foreign currency translation
The functional currencies of the Company's foreign subsidiaries are their local
currencies. Accordingly, all assets and liabilities related to their operations
are translated at the current exchange rates at the end of each period. The
resulting cumulative translation adjustments are recorded directly to the
translation adjustments account included in shareholders' equity. Revenues and
expenses are translated at average exchange rates in effect during the period.

New Accounting Pronouncements
In 1995, the Financial Accounting Standards Board released the Statement of
Financial Accounting Standards No. 121 (SFAS 121), "Accounting for the
Impairment of Long-Lived Assets and for Long-Lived Assets to be Disposed of."
SFAS 121 requires recognition of impairment of long-lived assets in the event
the net book value of such assets exceeds the future undiscounted cash flows
attributable to such assets. SFAS 121 is effective for fiscal years beginning
after December 15, 1995. Adoption of SFAS 121 is not expected to have a material
impact on the Company's financial position or results of operations.

The Company accounts for its stock option plans and its employee stock purchase
plan in accordance with the provisions of the Accounting principles Board's
Opinion No. 25 (APB 25), "Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees". In 1995,
the Financial Accounting Standards Board released the Statement of Financial
Accounting Standards No. 123 (SFAS 123), "Accounting For Stock Based
Compensation". SFAS 123 provides an alternative to APB 25 and is effective for
fiscal years beginning after December 15, 1995. The Company expects to continue
to account for its employee stock plans in accordance with provisions of APB 25.

Accordingly, SFAS 123 is not expected to have any material impact on the
Company's financial position or results of operations.

2.  ACCOUNTS RECEIVABLE

Accounts receivable at December 31 consist of:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
(in thousands)                                       1995                1994    
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                               <C>              <C>         
Trade accounts receivable                         $      6,033     $      8,606
Less:  allowance for doubtful accounts                    (490)            (540)
                                                  ------------     ------------

                                                  $      5,543     $      8,066
                                                  ============     ============
</TABLE>

3.  INVENTORIES

Inventories at December 31 consist of:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
(in thousands)                                       1995                1994
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                               <C>              <C>         
Sub-assemblies and purchased parts                $      7,201     $      4,996
Finished goods                                           3,091            2,516
                                                  ------------     ------------

                                                  $     10,292     $      7,512
                                                  ============     ============
</TABLE>

                                      F-7
<PAGE>   163
4.  PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT

Property and equipment at December 31 consists of:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
(in thousands)                                                           1995                1994     
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                                                   <C>              <C> 
Machinery and equipment                                               $      4,562     $      4,189
Office equipment and furniture                                               6,917            6,535
Leasehold improvements                                                       1,781            1,776
                                                                      ------------     ------------

                                                                            13,260           12,500
Less accumulated depreciation and amortization                             (10,597)          (9,180)
                                                                      ------------     ------------

                                                                      $      2,663     $      3,320
                                                                      ============     ============
</TABLE>


5.  INVESTMENT IN NWL

In March 1995, the Company entered into an agreement with NWL Laser-Technologie
("NWL") whereby the Company paid NWL approximately $1.6 million in exchange for
a cross-distribution and development agreement, a current minority equity
position in NWL and an option to purchase all of the ownership interests in NWL.
These assets are carried at cost. If the Company does not exercise its option to
purchase NWL by June 1997, there will be no reimbursement of the Company's
investment and the Company's equity position will be relinquished. If the
Company exercises its option, the remaining purchase price will be paid over
three and one half years from the exercise date. As of December 31, 1995 the
Company believes it will exercise its purchase option.

6. LEASE OBLIGATIONS

The Company has not entered into any significant lease agreements that have been
accounted for as capital leases during the last three years. The Company's
capital lease obligations at December 31, 1995 and 1994 were immaterial. Leased
equipment and accumulated amortization related to assets under capital leases at
December 31 were:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
(in thousands)                                                           1995                1994
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                                                   <C>              <C>
Leased equipment                                                      $      1,545     $      1,545
Accumulated amortization                                                     1,518            1,503
</TABLE>

The Company leases its facilities and certain equipment under noncancelable
operating leases. Rental expense under these leases amounted to approximately
$966,000, $1,070,000 and $960,000 in each of the three years ended December 31,
1995, 1994 and 1993, respectively.

Future minimum lease payments under operating leases were as follows at December
31, 1994:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
(in thousands)
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                  <C>         
         1996        $        918
         1997                 839
         1998                 817
         1999                 777
         2000                 777
         2001                 130
                     ------------
                     $      4,258
                     ============
</TABLE>

7.  SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY

The Company has 25,000,000 shares of no par value common stock authorized. In
addition, the Company has authorized 5,000,000 shares of undesignated preferred
stock with rights, preferences and privileges to be determined by the Company's
Board of Directors.

                                      F-8
<PAGE>   164
1994 and 1984 Stock Option Plans

During 1994 and 1984, the Company adopted stock option plans under which the
Board of Directors may grant incentive stock options to purchase shares of
common stock to employees of the Company at a price not less than the fair value
of the shares as of the date of grant. The Board of Directors may also grant
nonstatutory stock options to employees and consultants, including directors who
serve as employees or consultants, at not less than 85% of the fair market value
of the shares as of the date of grant. All options vest and become exercisable
over periods of up to five years and expire five to ten years after the date of
grant.

The 1984 Stock Option Plan expired by its terms with respect to any future
option grants effective in August 1994. At December 31, 1995 there were
1,032,690 options outstanding and 799,689 options exercisable under this plan
with exercise prices ranging from $3.50 to $9.25.

In 1995, the Company allowed non officer employees to cancel outstanding options
that had been granted under the 1984 plan but that had not yet become
exercisable and replace them with new nonstatutory grants outside of the 1984
plan for a like number with the same exercisability restrictions at the fair
market value of the common stock at the date of grant. Employees elected to
cancel and receive new grants to purchase an aggregate of 175,453 shares at an
exercise price of $2.00. At December 31, 1995 none of these options had been
exercised.

The Company has reserved 725,000 shares of common stock for issuance pursuant to
its 1994 stock option plan of which 150,000 shares were subject to shareholder
approval as of December 31, 1995..

In 1995, the Company allowed employees to cancel outstanding options that had
been granted under the 1994 plan but that had not yet become exercisable and
replace them with new grants for a like number with the same exercisability
restrictions at the fair market value of the common stock at the date of grant.
Employees elected to cancel and receive new grants to purchase an aggregate of
455,384 shares at an exercise price of $2.00. These options are included in the
cancellations and grants in 1995 in the following table which summarizes plan
activity for the year ended December 31, 1995.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                            Number of Shares
                                        -------------------------
                                        Available       Options              Price Per
                                        For Grant     Outstanding              Share
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                    <C>            <C>                   <C>  
Balance, December 31, 1994                307,000          18,000           $4.13 - $4.75
Additional shares authorized              400,000               -
Granted                                (1,191,384)      1,191,384           $2.00 - $4.48
Exercised                                    -                  -
Canceled                                  504,799        (504,799)          $3.63 - $4.75
                                       ----------     -----------

Balance, December 31, 1995                 20,415         704,585           $2.00 - $4.75
                                       ==========     ===========
</TABLE>

At December 31, 1995, options were exercisable for approximately 75,000 shares
at $2.00 to $4.75 per share.

1990 and 1995 Directors' Stock Option Plans

The Company has reserved 600,000 shares of its common stock for issuance
pursuant to its 1990 and 1995 Directors' Stock Option Plans in aggregate,
300,000 of which were subject to shareholder approval as of December 31, 1995.
Under these plans, non-employee directors of the Company have been granted
options to purchase 90,000 shares (45,000 shares pursuant to each plan) of the
Company's common stock exercisable at the fair market value of such shares on
the respective grant dates. Because the 1990 Directors' Stock Option Plan was
terminated in 1995 with respect to any additional grants, new non employee
directors receive only a grant under the 1995 Directors' Stock Option Plan.
Options issued pursuant to these plans vest and become exercisable over three
years from the respective original date of issuance with respect to each
optionee who remains a director and expire five years after the date of grant.
The following table summarizes activity in the plans during the year ended
December 31, 1995:

                                      F-5
<PAGE>   165
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                         Available         Options              Price Per
                                         For Grant       Outstanding              Share
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                    <C>            <C>                   <C>  
Balance, December 31, 1994                 30,000         270,000           $7.13 - $8.13
Additional shares authorized              300,000               -
Granted                                  (180,000)        180,000           $2.00
Exercised                                       -               -
Canceled                                   90,000         (90,000)          $7.13 - $8.13
Expired                                  (120,000)              -
                                       ----------     -----------

Balance, December 31, 1995                120,000         360,000           $2.00 - $8.00
                                       ==========     ===========
</TABLE>

At December 31, 1995, options were exercisable for 185,000 shares at $2.00 to
$8.00 per share.

1989 Employee Stock Purchase Plan

The Company has reserved 450,000 shares of common stock, (200,000 of which were
subject to shareholder approval as of December 31, 1995) for issuance pursuant
to its 1989 Employee Stock Purchase Plan. Under this plan, qualified employees,
excluding non-employee directors, may purchase up to a specified maximum amount
of the Company's common stock through payroll deduction at 85% of its fair
market value. At December 31, 1995, approximately 294,000 shares had been
purchased under this plan.

1991 Shareholder Rights Plan

In November 1991, the Company adopted a shareholder rights plan and distributed
a dividend of one right to purchase one share of common stock (a "Right") for
each outstanding share of common stock of the Company. The Rights become
exercisable in certain limited circumstances involving a potential business
combination transaction of the Company and are initially exercisable at a price
of $34 per share. Following certain other events after the Rights have become
exercisable, each Right entitles its holder to purchase for $34 an amount of
common stock of the Company, or in certain circumstances, securities of the
acquirer, having a then current market value of twice the exercise price of the
Right. The Rights are redeemable at the Company's option at $0.01 per Right
before they become exercisable. Until a Right is exercised, the holder of a
Right, as such, has no rights as a shareholder of the Company. The Rights expire
on November 20, 2001.

8.  EMPLOYEE SAVINGS AND INVESTMENT PLAN

In October 1989, the Company adopted a 401(k) savings and investment plan which
covers all employees. The Company's contributions to the plan have been 50%
matching of employee contributions up to 3% of each employee's base compensation
and were approximately $109,000, $118,000 and $101,000 in the years ended
December 31, 1995, 1994 and 1993, respectively.

9. INCOME TAXES

Significant components of the provision for income taxes were as follows (in
thousands):
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                      1995        1994        1993
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                                                  <C>         <C>         <C>    
Current federal taxes                                                $     -     $     -     $    15
Current state taxes                                                        -           -          50
                                                                     -------     -------     -------

Provision for income taxes                                           $     -     $     -     $    65
                                                                     =======     =======     =======
</TABLE>

Pretax losses from foreign operations were $1,185,000, $1,100,000 and $900,000
respectively in 1995, 1994 and 1993.

                                      F-10
<PAGE>   166
Income taxes differ from the amount computed by applying the statutory federal
income tax rate of 34% to income (loss) before taxes. The reasons for the
differences and the tax effect of each are as follows (in thousands):

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                         1995             1994           1993
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                                  <C>              <C>              <C>         
Computed expected tax                                $    (1,208)     $      (317)     $        200
Operating loss with no carryback benefit                   1,208              391                 -
State taxes, net of federal benefit                            -                -                33
Benefit of net operating loss carryforward                     -              (74)             (168)
                                                     -----------      -----------      ------------

Provision for income taxes                           $         -      $         -      $         65
                                                     ===========      ===========      ============
</TABLE>
The components of the deferred tax asset consist of the following at 
December 31, (in thousands):

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                  1995             1994
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                              <C>              <C>         
Net operating loss carryforwards                 $      4,000     $      2,763
General business credit carryforwards                   1,000              816
Inventory reserves and adjustments                      1,400            1,354
Other accruals and reserves not
   currently deductible for tax purposes                1,500            1,814
                                                 ------------     ------------
                                                        7,900            6,817
Valuation allowance                                    (7,900)          (6,817)
                                                 ------------     ------------
Net deferred tax asset                           $          -     $          -
                                                 ============     ============
</TABLE>

For federal tax purposes, the Company has net operating loss, research and
development credit and minimum tax credit carryforwards of $9,000,000, $350,000,
and $300,000, respectively, expiring in 1997 through 2010. The Company has net
operating loss and research and development credit carryforwards of $1,000,000
and $500,000, respectively, for state tax reporting purposes. The state net
operating loss carryforward expires in the year 2000. In addition, the Company
has foreign tax loss carryforwards of approximately $3,600,000 which begin to
expire in 1998.

10. FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS WITH MARKET RISK AND CONCENTRATIONS OF CREDIT RISK

The Company's trade receivables are made up of amounts due from its health care
industry customers, primarily in the United States. Any concentration of credit
risk is substantially alleviated by the Company's credit evaluation and
collection practices and the relative lack of concentration as well as
geographical dispersion of customer accounts comprising its accounts receivable.
Bad debt expense has been insignificant.

The Company's export sales represent sales to unaffiliated customers and are
displayed in the following table in approximate percentages of net revenues.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                      1995                       1994                       1993
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                   <C>                        <C>                        <C> 
EUROPE                                 15%                        10%                        7%
MIDDLE EAST                             1%                         1%                        1%
PACIFIC RIM                             7%                         6%                        5%
                                      ----                       ----                       ----
TOTAL                                  23%                        17%                       13%
</TABLE>

The Company also has an Investment Policy approved by its Board of Directors
related to its short-term cash investment practices. That policy limits the
amount of credit exposure to any one financial institution and restricts
investments to certain types of financial instruments based on specified credit
criteria.

11.  CONTINGENCIES

The Company is a party to a number of legal proceedings arising in the ordinary
course of its business. These actions may include product liability and
employee-related issues. While it is not feasible to predict or determine the
outcome of the actions brought against it, the Company believes that the
ultimate resolution of these claims will not ultimately have a material adverse
effect on its financial position or results of operations.

                                      F-11
<PAGE>   167
12.  SUBSEQUENT EVENTS (UNAUDITED)

In March 1996, the Company re-negotiated its agreement with a bank for a $5
million line of credit that provides for short-term borrowings based on certain
eligible accounts receivable. The line of credit, which expires in October 1996,
is secured by the assets of the Company and bears interest at the bank's prime
rate plus one percentage point. Provisions of this agreement prohibit the
payment of dividends and the repurchase of stock and require the Company to
maintain certain minimum working capital and net worth levels.

                                      F-12
<PAGE>   168
 
                                   EXHIBIT G
 
                    LASERSCOPE QUARTERLY REPORT ON FORM 10-Q
                 FOR THE QUARTERLY PERIOD ENDED MARCH 31, 1996
<PAGE>   169
                                  UNITED STATES
                       SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
                             WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549
                               -------------------
                                    FORM 10-Q

(Mark One)

         X        Quarterly report pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the
        ---       Securities Exchange Act of 1934
                           For the quarterly period ended March 31,1996 or 

        ---       Transition report pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the
                  Securities Exchange Act of 1934
                           For the transition period from ______ to ______

                         Commission file number 0-18053

                                   LASERSCOPE

             (Exact name of Registrant as specified in its charter)

             CALIFORNIA                                 77-0049527
      (State of Incorporation)              (I.R.S. Employer Identification No.)

               3052 ORCHARD DRIVE, SAN JOSE, CALIFORNIA 95134-2011
                    (Address of principal executive offices)

                  Registrant's telephone number: (408) 943-0636

Indicate by check mark whether the Registrant (1) has filed all reports required
to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during
the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the Registrant was
required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing
requirements for the past 90 days.

                                    Yes X    No
                                       --- 
The number of shares of Registrant's common stock issued and outstanding as of
April 30, 1996 was 7,060,755. This document consists of 10 pages of which this
is page 1.
<PAGE>   170
                                TABLE OF CONTENTS
                                                                            PAGE
                                                                            ----
PART I.  FINANCIAL INFORMATION                                               3
     Item 1.    Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets                        3

                Condensed Consolidated Statements of Income                  4

                Condensed Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows              5

                Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements         6


      Item 2.   Management's Discussion and Analysis of
                  Financial Condition and Results of Operations              7


                Results of Operations                                        7

                Liquidity and Capital Resources                              8


PART II.  OTHER INFORMATION                                                  9

  Item 1.       Legal Proceedings                                            9

  Item 2.       Changes in Securities                                        9

  Item 3.       Defaults upon Senior Securities                              9

  Item 4.       Submission of Matters to a Vote of Security Holders          9

  Item 5.       Other Items                                                  9

  Item 6.       Exhibits and Reports on Form  8-K                            9


SIGNATURES                                                                  10

                                      -2-
<PAGE>   171
PART I.         FINANCIAL INFORMATION

ITEM 1.  CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS:

                                   LASERSCOPE
                      CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
                                   (UNAUDITED)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                 MARCH 31,        DECEMBER 31,
(thousands)                                                           1996             1995
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ASSETS

<S>                                                              <C>              <C>
Current assets:
     Cash and cash equivalents                                   $      2,591     $      2,278
     Accounts receivable, net                                           5,674            5,543
     Inventories                                                        9,497           10,292
     Other current assets                                                 643              692
                                                                 ------------     ------------
              Total current assets                                     18,405           18,805

Property and equipment, net                                             2,478            2,663

Other assets                                                            2,104            2,114
                                                                 ------------     ------------
              Total assets                                       $     22,987     $     23,582
                                                                 ============     ============


LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY

Current liabilities:
Accounts payable                                                 $      1,255     $      1,455
Accrued compensation                                                    1,257            1,156
Other current liabilities                                               3,099            3,630
                                                                 ------------     ------------
     Total current liabilities                                          5,611            6,241

Obligations under capital leases                                           12               15
Commitments and contingencies

Shareholders' equity:
         Common stock                                                  37,248           37,248
         Accumulated deficit                                          (19,159)         (19,296)
         Translation adjustments                                         (350)            (251)
         Notes receivable from shareholders                              (375)            (375)
                                                                 ------------     ------------
              Total shareholders' equity                               17,364           17,326
                                                                 ------------     ------------
              Total liabilities and shareholders' equity         $     22,987     $     23,582
                                                                 ============     ============
</TABLE>
See notes to condensed consolidated financial statements         

                                      -3-
<PAGE>   172
                                   LASERSCOPE
                   CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME
                                   (UNAUDITED)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                             THREE MONTHS ENDED
                                                                   MARCH 31,

 (thousands except per share amounts)                       1996              1995
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                                      <C>              <C>         
Net revenues                                             $      7,722     $      9,215
Cost of sales                                                   3,852            4,383
                                                         ------------     ------------
Gross margin                                                    3,870            4,832

Operating expenses:
     Research and development                                     629              921
     Selling, general and administrative                        3,092            3,723
                                                         ------------     ------------
                                                                3,721            4,644

Operating income                                                  149              188
Interest and other income, net                                      7               99
                                                         ------------     ------------
Income before income taxes                                        156              287
Provision for income taxes                                         19               36
                                                         ------------     ------------
Net income                                               $        137     $        251
                                                         ============     ============

Net income per share                                     $       0.02     $       0.04
                                                         ============     ============

Shares used in per share calculations                           7,295            6,989
                                                         ============     ============
</TABLE>

See notes to condensed consolidated financial statements

                                      -4-
<PAGE>   173
                                  LASERSCOPE
                 CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
                                   (UNAUDITED)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                    THREE MONTHS ENDED
                                                                                          MARCH 31,
(thousands)                                                                        1996            1995
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                                                            <C>              <C>
CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES
     Net income                                                                $        137     $        251

     Adjustments to reconcile net income to cash 
         cash provided by operating activities:
         Depreciation and amortization                                                  277              403
         Increase (decrease) from changes in:
              Accounts receivable                                                      (131)             391
              Inventories                                                               795              291
              Other current assets                                                       49                5
              Other assets                                                               10               22
              Accounts payable                                                         (200)             138
              Accrued compensation                                                      101              312
              Other current liabilities                                                (531)            (149)
                                                                               ------------     ------------
Cash provided by operating activities                                                   507            1,664
                                                                               ------------     ------------
CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES:
     Capital expenditures                                                               (92)            (242)
     Maturities of  held-to-maturity investments                                          -              984
     Other                                                                              (99)               9
                                                                               ------------     ------------
Cash provided (used) by investing activities                                           (191)             751
                                                                               ------------     ------------
CASH USED BY FINANCING ACTIVITIES:

     Payments on obligations under capital leases                                        (3)               -
                                                                               ------------     ------------
Increase in cash and cash equivalents                                                   313            2,415
Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of period                                        2,278            4,604
                                                                               ------------     ------------
Cash and cash equivalents, end of period                                       $      2,591     $      7,019
                                                                               ============     ============

SUPPLEMENTAL DISCLOSURE OF CASH FLOW INFORMATION: 
     Cash paid during the period for:
              Interest                                                         $          3     $         20
              Income taxes                                                     $         25     $         22
</TABLE>


See notes to condensed consolidated financial statements

                                      -5-
<PAGE>   174
         NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS:

         1.       The accompanying condensed consolidated financial statements
                  include Laserscope (the "Company") and its wholly and
                  majority-owned subsidiaries. All intercompany transactions and
                  balances have been eliminated. While the financial information
                  in this report is unaudited, in the opinion of management, all
                  adjustments (which included only normal recurring adjustments)
                  necessary to present fairly the financial position and results
                  of operations as of and for the periods indicated have been
                  recorded. It is suggested that these consolidated financial
                  statements be read in conjunction with the consolidated
                  financial statements and the notes thereto for the year ended
                  December 31, 1995 included in the Company's annual report. The
                  results of operations for the three month period ended March
                  31, 1996 are not necessarily indicative of the results
                  expected for the full year. 

         2.       Inventory was comprised of the following:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                     MARCH 31,      DECEMBER 31,
                                                                       1996             1996
                                                                  ------------      ------------
<S>                                                               <C>               <C>         
                   Sub-assemblies and purchased parts             $      6,558      $      7,201
                   Finished goods                                        2,939             3,091
                                                                  ------------      ------------
Total                                                             $      9,497      $     10,292
                                                                  ============      ============
</TABLE>

         3.       Net income per share is based upon the weighted average number
                  of shares of common stock outstanding and dilutive common
                  equivalent shares from stock options (using the treasury stock
                  method).

         4.       The Company invests its excess cash in high-quality debt
                  instruments. The Company considers cash equivalents to be
                  financial instruments that are readily convertible to cash,
                  subject to no more than insignificant interest rate risk and
                  that have original maturities of three months or less.
                  Short-term investments consist of financial instruments with
                  less than one year to maturity. At March 31, 1996 and December
                  31, 1995 the Company's cash equivalents were in the form of
                  institutional money market accounts and totaled $1.05 million
                  and $3.02 million, respectively. At March 31, 1996 and
                  December 31, 1995 the Company had no investment in short-term
                  financial instruments.

         5.       Subsequent event: During April 1996, the Company and Heraeus
                  MED, GmbH signed a definitive agreement for Heraeus Surgical,
                  Inc.(a wholly-owned subsidiary of Heraeus MED, GmbH) to be
                  acquired by the Company. The transaction is subject to
                  approval by the shareholders of the Company as well as the
                  obtaining of necessary governmental consents. Heraeus MED will
                  receive approximately 4.6 million shares of newly issued
                  Laserscope common stock and a $2.00 million cash payment in
                  exchange for all of the outstanding shares of Heraeus
                  Surgical, Inc. and certain assets and liabilities of Heraeus
                  MED's German laser distribution organization.

                                      -6-
<PAGE>   175
ITEM 2. MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS
OF OPERATIONS:

Except for the historical information contained in this Quarterly Report on Form
10-Q, the matters discussed herein are forward-looking statements subject to
certain risks and uncertainties that could cause the actual results to differ
materially for those projected. Factors that could cause actual results to
differ materially include, but are not limited to, the timing of orders and
shipments, the Company's ability to balance its inventory and production
schedules, the timely development and market acceptance of new products and
surgical/therapeutic procedures, the impact of competitive products and pricing,
the Company's ability to expand further into international markets, public
policy relating to health care reform in the United States and other countries,
approval of its products by government agencies such as the United States Food
and Drug Administration as well as government agencies in other countries, the
Company's ability to integrate successfully acquired businesses and other risks
included from time to time in the Company's press announcements and public
disclosure filings with the United States Securities and Exchange Commission,
copies of which are available upon request from Laserscope's Investor Relations
Department. The Company assumes no obligation to update any forward-looking
statements contained herein. 

RESULTS OF OPERATIONS: 

The following discussion should be read in conjunction with the unaudited
consolidated financial statements and notes thereto included in Part I -- Item 1
of this Quarterly Report and the audited financial statements and notes thereto
and Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of
Operations for the year ended December 31, 1995 contained in the Company's
Annual Report on Form 10-K. 

Net revenues for the quarter ended March 31, 1996 were $7.72 million, a decrease
of 16% from net revenues of $9.22 million in the corresponding quarter of 1995.
Net revenues decreased during the first quarter of 1996 relative to the first
quarter of 1995 as a combined result of higher unit shipments of the Company's
KTP/YAG Surgical Laser Systems at lower average selling prices, lower shipments
of disposable supplies and instrumentation and, to a lesser extent, lower sales
of services. 

Revenues from the sales of capital equipment comprised approximately 39% of
total net revenues during the quarter ended March 31, 1996 compared to
approximately 35% of total net revenues during the corresponding period in 1995.
Although the revenues from sales of capital increased as a proportion of total
net revenues, in absolute dollars these revenues decreased. While laser unit
shipments were 11% higher in the first quarter of 1996 relative to the first
quarter of 1995, average unit prices decreased during this period as a combined
result of greater shipments of lower priced Aura office laser units as well as
increased shipments to independent international distributors. The Company
believes that the continuing trend toward reduced health care costs in the
United States is still a factor which continues to impact negatively capital
equipment procurement by its customers, particularly its hospital customers in
the United States. As a result, the Company expects that its revenue mix trends
for capital equipment in the United States will continue to shift toward its
lower priced Aura office laser. 

Revenues from the sales of disposable supplies, instrumentation and service
comprised approximately 61% of total net revenues during the quarter ended March
31, 1996, compared to approximately 65% of total net revenues in the
corresponding period in 1995. The decrease is primarily the result of lower
shipments of its side-firing devices used in prostate surgeries due to fewer
prostate surgeries using laser surgical techniques being performed during the
quarter ended March 31, 1996 than in the corresponding quarter of 1995. The
Company believes that this was caused principally by increased drug treatment of
those patients with mild to moderate prostate disorders as well as adoption of
alternative electrosurgical techniques to perform prostate surgeries. 

The Company believes that acceptance of lasers in aesthetic surgery,
dermatology, urology, ear, nose and throat surgery, will continue to be
important to its business. In addition, the adoption of photodynamic therapy by
medical practitioners will be important. The Company continues to invest in
developing new instrumentation for emerging surgical applications and to educate
surgeons in the United States and internationally to encourage the adoption of
such new applications. Finally, penetration of the international market,
although increasing, has been limited and the Company continues to view this as
a significant opportunity. 

Gross margin as a percentage of net revenues for the quarter ended March 31,
1996 was 50%, compared to 52% for the corresponding quarter in 1995. The
decrease is due in part to a higher proportion of revenues from sales to
independent international distributors during the first quarter of 1996 than in
the corresponding quarter of 1995. These revenues generally generate lower gross
margins than those generated by revenues from sales through the Company's direct
sales force. In addition, the Company continued to balance its inventories with
product demand and it reduced production volumes in the first quarter of 1996
relative the first quarter of 1995 which further negatively impacted gross
margins during the first quarter of 1996. The Company expects that gross margin
as a percentage of revenues for the remainder of 

                                      -7-
<PAGE>   176
1996 may vary from quarter to quarter as it continues to balance production
volumes and inventory levels with product demand and as product and distribution
mix varies. 

Research and development expenses, which are the result of activities related to
the development of new laser, instrumentation and disposable products and the
enhancement of the Company's existing products were approximately 32% lower in
the first quarter of 1996 when compared to the corresponding quarter of 1995. As
a percentage of net revenues these expenses were 8% and 10% in the quarters
ended March 31, 1996 and March 31, 1995, respectively. This decrease is the
combined result of expense control measures implemented by the Company during
the fourth quarter of 1995 and reduced spending on the Company's Aura office
laser which the Company shipped commercially commencing in December 1995. The
Company expects to continue to make significant investments in research and
development during 1996 and beyond. 

Selling, general and administrative expenses in absolute terms decreased
approximately 17% in the quarter ended March 31, 1996 compared to the
corresponding quarter of 1995 although they did not decrease significantly as a
percentage of net revenues. The reduction in the expense level is the combined
result of lower direct selling expenses resulting from a higher proportion of
its revenues being generated from sales to independent international
distributors and expense reduction measures implemented by the Company during
the fourth quarter of 1995. In absolute terms, the Company expects these amounts
to continue to be lower in 1996 than in the corresponding periods in 1995 unless
the Company's revenue base increases significantly. However, as a percentage of
revenues, selling, general and administrative expenses are expected to remain at
relatively high levels during 1996 since the Company expects to continue to
invest significant amounts in international expansion, marketing programs and
educational support. 

During the quarters ended March 31, 1996 and 1995 the Company recorded income
tax provisions representing effective tax rates of 12% and 13%, respectively.
The amounts are below the combined federal and state rates primarily as a result
of the utilization of available net operating loss carryforwards. 

LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES:

Total assets and liabilities as of March 31, 1996 were $22.99
million and $5.61 million respectively, compared to assets and liabilities of
$23.58 million and $6.24 million at December 31, 1995. Working capital increased
$0.23 million from $12.56 million at December 31, 1995 to $12.79 million at
March 31, 1996 while cash and cash equivalents increased $0.31 million during
the period. The net increase in cash and cash equivalents was primarily due to
cash provided by operating activities of $0.51 million. The Company anticipates
that future changes in cash and working capital will be dependent on the levels
of its business. 

At March 31, 1996, cash and cash equivalents amounted to approximately $2.59
million. The Company currently has in place a $5.00 million revolving bank line
of credit which expires October 1996 and under which no borrowings were
outstanding at March 31, 1996. 

The Company's need for capital is affected by the current and anticipated demand
for its products as well as procurement and production lead times in its
manufacturing operations. Changes in these factors can have a significant impact
on capital requirements. 

From time to time, the Company may also consider the acquisition of, or evaluate
investments in, certain products and businesses complementary to the Company's
business. Any such acquisition or investment may require additional capital
resources. During April 1996, the Company and Heraeus MED, GmbH signed a
definitive agreement for Heraeus Surgical, Inc.(a wholly-owned subsidiary of
Heraeus MED, GmbH) to be acquired by the Company. The transaction is subject to
approval by the shareholders of the Company as well as the obtaining of
necessary governmental consents. Heraeus MED will receive approximately 4.6
million shares of newly issued Laserscope common stock and a $2.00 million cash
payment in exchange for all of the outstanding shares of Heraeus Surgical, Inc.
and certain assets and liabilities of Heraeus MED's German laser distribution
organization. The Company is exploring alternatives for financing its
acquisition of Heraeus Surgical, Inc. including debt, equity or the use of the
Company's currently existing cash resources. In the event the Company finances
the Heraeus Surgical, Inc. acquisition using its existing cash resources, the
Company anticipates while its remaining cash resources will be sufficient to
fund its short term operating needs, additional financing either through the
Company's bank line of credit or otherwise would be required for the Company's
currently envisioned long term needs.

                                      -8-
<PAGE>   177
PART II. OTHER INFORMATION

ITEM 1.  LEGAL PROCEEDINGS

The Company is a party to a number of legal proceedings arising in the ordinary
course of business. While it is not feasible to predict or determine the outcome
of the actions brought against it, the Company believes that the ultimate
resolution of these claims will not ultimately have a material adverse effect on
its financial position or results of operations. 

ITEM 2. CHANGES IN SECURITIES

                  Not applicable.

ITEM 3.  DEFAULTS UPON SENIOR SECURITIES

                  Not applicable.

ITEM 4.  SUBMISSION OF MATTERS TO A VOTE OF SECURITY HOLDERS

                  Not applicable.

ITEM 5.  OTHER ITEMS

                  Not applicable.

ITEM 6.  EXHIBITS AND REPORTS ON FORM 8-K

         (a)      Exhibits filed herewith (numbered in accordance with Item 601
                  of Regulation S-K):

Exhibit
Number                             Description
- -------                            -----------
10.14           Form of Laserscope Management Continuity Agreement, as amended.
10.19           Acquisition of Heraeus Laser Business Agreement.
         
         (b)      Reports on Form 8-K:  None

                                      -9-
<PAGE>   178
SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the
Registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the
undersigned thereunto duly authorized.

                                  LASERSCOPE

                                  Registrant


                                  /s/ Dennis LaLumandiere
                                  ----------------------------------
                                  Dennis LaLumandiere
                                  Vice President of Finance
                                    and Chief Financial Officer
                                    (Principal Financial and Accounting Officer)

Date:  May 15, 1996

                                      -10-
<PAGE>   179
           THIS PROXY IS SOLICITED ON BEHALF OF THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS
                                 OF LASERSCOPE

                        SPECIAL MEETING OF SHAREHOLDERS

The undersigned shareholder of Laserscope, a California corporation (the
"Company"), hereby acknowledges receipt of the Notice of Special Meeting of
Shareholders and Proxy Statement, each dated July __, 1996, and hereby appoints
Robert V. McCormick and Dennis LaLumandiere or either of them, proxies and
attorneys-in-fact, with full power to each of substitution, on behalf and in the
name of the undersigned, to represent the undersigned at the Special Meeting of
Shareholders of Laserscope to be held on August 29, 1996 at 9:00 a.m., local
time, at the executive offices of Laserscope, 3052 Orchard Drive, San Jose,
California 95134-2011 and at any adjournment or postponement thereof, and to
vote all shares of Common Stock which the undersigned would be entitled to vote
if then and there personally present, on the following matters, and, in their
discretion, upon such other matters that may properly come before the meeting
and any adjournment(s) thereof.




                                                                     -----------
                                                                     SEE REVERSE
                                                                        SIDE
                                                                     -----------
<PAGE>   180
[X]  PLEASE MARK YOUR VOTES AS IN THIS EXAMPLE

THIS PROXY WILL BE VOTED AS DIRECTED OR, IF NO CONTRARY DIRECTION IS INDICATED,
WILL BE VOTED AS FOLLOWS: (1) FOR APPROVAL OF THE AGREEMENT AND THE TRANSACTIONS
AND AGREEMENTS CONTEMPLATED THEREIN; (2) FOR APPROVAL OF THE AMENDMENT TO THE
COMPANY'S 1994 STOCK OPTION PLAN AND THE RESERVATION OF 975,000 SHARES OF COMMON
STOCK FOR ISSUANCE THEREUNDER; (3) FOR APPROVAL OF THE COMPANY'S 1995 DIRECTORS'
STOCK OPTION PLAN AND THE RESERVATION OF 300,000 SHARES OF COMMON STOCK FOR
ISSUANCE THEREUNDER.

1.   Proposals to approve the acquisition agreement between the Company and
     Heraeus Med GmbH dated April 23, 1996 (the "Agreement") and the
     transactions and agreements contemplated therein.

                  FOR               AGAINST          ABSTAIN

                  [ ]                 [ ]              [ ]

2.   Proposal to approve an amendment to the Company's 1994 Stock Option Plan to
     increase the number of shares of common stock reserved for issuance
     thereunder by 975,000 shares.

                  FOR               AGAINST          ABSTAIN

                  [ ]                 [ ]              [ ]

3.   Proposal to approve the adoption of the Company's 1995 Directors' Stock
     Option Plan and the reservation of 300,000 shares of common stock for
     issuance thereunder.

                  FOR               AGAINST          ABSTAIN

                  [ ]                 [ ]              [ ]

PLEASE SIGN EXACTLY AS YOUR NAME APPEARS HEREON.  IF THE STOCK IS REGISTERED IN
THE NAMES OF TWO OR MORE PERSONS, EACH SHOULD SIGN. EXECUTORS, ADMINISTRATORS,
TRUSTEES, GUARDIANS AND ATTORNEYS-IN-FACT SHOULD ADD THEIR TITLES. IF SIGNER IS
A CORPORATION, PLEASE GIVE FULL CORPORATE NAME AND HAVE A DULY AUTHORIZED
OFFICER SIGN, STATING TITLE. IF SIGNER IS A PARTNERSHIP, PLEASE SIGN IN
PARTNERSHIP NAME BY AUTHORIZED PERSON.

PLEASE VOTE, DATE AND PROMPTLY RETURN THIS PROXY IN THE ENCLOSED RETURN ENVELOPE
WHICH IS POSTAGE PREPAID IF MAILED IN THE UNITED STATES.



SIGNATURE(S) _____________________________________ DATE _______________


NOTE: This Proxy should be marked, dated, signed by the shareholder(s) exactly
      as his or her name appears hereon, and returned in the enclosed envelope.
      Persons signing in a fiduciary capacity should so indicate. If shares are
      held by joint tenants or as community property, both should sign.


© 2022 IncJournal is not affiliated with or endorsed by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission